L'espace de travail IA pour les professionnels du droit
Essai gratuit de 14 jours (10 questions/jour pendant l'essai)
title-165•Alabama Administrative Code, Title 165 — Alabama Athletic Commission
title-165Alabama Admin. Code Title 165Regulation1 janv. 1900
(1) "Applicant" means any persons, corporations, organizations or associations required to be licensed before promoting, holding, organizing, participating in, or competing in a professional boxing match, contest, or exhibition.
(2) "Body jewelry" means any tangible object affixed to, through, or around any portion of the contestant's body.
(3) "Federal Identification Card" means an identification card issued by the commission pursuant to Chapter 165-X-1-.02 or any such card issued by another boxing commission as required by Chapter 165-X-1-.02.
(4) "Official" unless otherwise indicated is an exclusive term collectively meaning "judge," "referee," "timekeeper," and "inspectors"
(5) "Sanctioning Organization" means a national or international organization generally recognized in the boxing community and which: ranks boxers within each weight class; sanctions and approves championship matches in those weight classes; and awards championship status and championship prizes (belts, rings, plaques, etc.) to the winner of those matches.
(6) "Special Event" means a boxing card or boxing show, which has among its contests a championship match, a pay-per-view or subscription television match, a national televised match, or any other match of significance to boxing in this state as designated by the commission.
(7) "The Commission" is reference for the Alabama Athletic Commission.
History
(1) Application Procedures.
(a) Terms and Agreements. Every license issued is subject to the terms, conditions, and agreements set forth in the application as well as those set forth in these rules and the Alabama Boxing, Wrestling, and Mixed Martial Arts Act.
(b) Application Forms. Applications for annual license shall be submitted to the Commission on an application form provided by the Commission.
(c) Incomplete Applications.
No license or permit shall be issued until the person seeking the license or permit has submitted a complete application.
Applications submitted without proper payment as provided in these rules will not be processed or approved.
(d) License Application Due Date. Except as provided in 165-X-1-.03(1)(a) below, all license applications must be submitted prior to the weigh-in preceding the first professional match, contest, or exhibition in which the applicant intends to participate in this state.
No official weigh-in will be conducted for an unlicensed boxer unless approved by a Commission official.
Licenses shall be issued annually and shall expire on December 31 of each calendar year.
(e) Approval and Denial of Participant Licenses. Annual licenses for referees, judges, timekeepers, matchmakers, boxers, managers, trainers and seconds, may be approved or denied by the Commission.
(f) Background Investigation. The Commission shall request general background information of any applicant for any license.
(g) Denial of License. The Commission may deny issuing a license to any person who has violated the Alabama Boxing, Wrestling, and Mixed Martial Arts Act, or has violated Commission rules and regulations or violated Commission bylaws or who submits an application containing false statements or material omissions.
(h) Expiration Date. Annual licenses are valid until December 31 of the calendar year in which they are issued.
(i) Verbal or physical abuse of official or commission appointed supervisor. Any licensee who verbally or physically abuses an official or member of the Commission appointed supervisor of a match, contest, or exhibition shall be summarily suspended and his or her license may be revoked.
(j) Prohibited Communication with Individual Commissioners. Anyone wishing to communicate with members of the Commission must notify the executive director of the Commission two (2) weeks prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting. Timely written notices will be added to the meeting's agenda. Any person wishing to address the Commission shall be given the opportunity to do so during the new business section of the next regularly scheduled Commission meeting.
(k) Documents. All documents submitted to the Commission for the purposes of making application or any other purpose shall be property of the Commission.
(2) License Fees.
(a) Application Fee. All application and renewal fees shall be submitted with the application or renewal. All fees shall be by certified check or money order.
Schedule of Fees. Annual fees for participant licenses, promoter's licenses, and match permits are as follow:
| (i) Boxers | $ 40.00 | | --- | --- | | (ii) Judge | $100.00 | | (iii) Manager | $100.00 | | (iv) Application for Match Permit | $250.00 | | (v) Match Permit | 6% of gross sales | | (vi) Matchmaker | $100.00 | | (vii) Promoter | $250.00 | | (viii) Referee | $100.00 | | (ix) Second | $ 40.00 | | (x) Timekeeper | $100.00 | | (xi) Trainer | $100.00 | | (xii) Returned Check | $ 30.00 | | (xiii) Federal Identification Card | $ 25.00 |
Application Fees are not refundable. The proposed date of any match, contest, or exhibition disclosed on an open match permit application may be changed without the requirement of an additional fee.
(3) Licenses Issued By the Commission.
(a) Promoter's License. Application for a promoter's license must be made in writing and received by the Commission no less than thirty (30) days in advance of the proposed date for any professional match, contest, or exhibition in this state.
Each application for a promoter's license shall be accompanied with cash, certified check, cashier's check, or personal check in the amount of $250.00 and made out to the Alabama Athletic Commission.
Each application for a promoter's license shall be accompanied with an appropriate security bond.
Applications for a promoter's license shall be signed in the presence of a Commission representative, or shall be signed in the presence of and verified by a notary public.
The promoter shall provide the Commission's executive director a video of the match, contest, or exhibition within fourteen (14) days of the match, contest, or exhibition. The video shall be provided in a format acceptable to the Commission or the commission executive director. The Commission reserves the right to change the requested format of the video at any time.
Promoters are prohibited from participating in any match, contest, or exhibition that they are promoting without approval from the Commission. Any promoter that is approved to participate in a match, contest, or exhibition must obtain the appropriate participant license from the Commission.
Any licensed promoter who partners or joint-ventures with any other person, for the promotion of a boxing match, contest, or exhibition in this state, shall disclose to the Commission each party's financial responsibility in the partnership or joint-venture. The promoter licensed by the Commission shall be considered the principal promoter of the show and will be solely responsible for all financial obligations incurred in its production. Contracts shall be filed with the Commission delimiting each party's financial responsibility.
Any licensed promoter who partners or joint-ventures with any other person, or the promotion of a boxing match, contest, or exhibition in this state, shall be considered a co-promoter.
Co-promoters must obtain a promoters license prior to promoting any professional match, contest, or exhibition in this state.
Agreements between the promoter and any other party or co-promoter for payment of any purse will not be honored by the Commission unless the co-promoter or any other party files with the Commission an approved security bond in the amount of the total deferred obligation.
Agreements between the promoter and any other party or co-promoter for payment of any regulatory fees, match permit fees, license fees, and or taxes will not be honored by the Commission without prior approval by the Commission and without the co-promoter or other party filing with the Commission an approved security bond or some combination thereof in the amount of the total deferred obligation.
Any co-promoter of a boxing shall obtain a promoter license from the Commission. There shall be no limitation on the number of days prior to a match, contest or exhibition when a co-promoter's application may be submitted to the Commission, however, the application must be submitted thirty (30) days prior to the match, contest or exhibition.
(i) Rules and requirements shall be the same for co-promoters as for promoters, provided however that the Commission may require from each co-promoter, in addition to the promoter's license bond, a suitable match permit bond or such other financial security as defined by these rules or the Alabama Boxing, Wrestling, and Mixed Martial Arts Act.
(ii) Agreements between the co-promoter and the promoter for payment of any purse shall be submitted to the Commission and approved prior to the start of the match, contest, or exhibition.
(iii) Agreements between the co-promoter and the promoter for payment of any fees, and taxes shall be submitted to the Commission and approved prior to the start of the match, contest, or exhibition.
(b) Match Permit.
Applications for a match permit must be made in writing and received by the Commission at least 30 days in advance of the date for such professional boxing match, contest, or exhibition. Any licensed promoter who has held a professional boxing match, contest, or exhibition in the state within the previous twelve months may apply for subsequent match permits no less than 15 days in advance of the proposed date of each subsequent professional boxing match, contest, or exhibition.
Each match permit application shall be accompanied by a certified check, cashier's check or personal check in the amount of $250.00 and made out to the Alabama Athletic Commission.
A match permit fee will be calculated by the Commission. Match permit fee shall be calculated at six percent (6%) of gross receipts from ticket sales to the professional boxing match, contest, or exhibition. For television and broadcasts, match permit fee shall be calculated at three percent (3%) of gross receipts from television and broadcast revenue for the first one million dollars ($1,000,000) of revenue and one percent (1%) of the next two million ($2,000,000). Match Permit fees and Broadcast fees will cap at fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) total.
(i) Ticket sales include the face value all tickets, orders, and lots sold for the event, and the fair value or face value of any promotional tickets, orders, and lots sold or provided at no cost.
(ii) The promoter must complete and submit to the Commission a Match Permit Fee Form provided by the Commission at the conclusion of the match, contest, or exhibition. The Commission will calculate the Permit Fee and notify the promoter.
(iii) The promoter shall have thirty (30) days to submit the Permit Fee. Permit fees not received within thirty (30) days of the planned event may be subject to an additional match permit application and match permit application fee.
(iv) Two percent (2%) of tickets may be complimentary and exempt from the match permit fee.
Each application for a match permit shall be accompanied with an appropriate security bond as provided for in these rules.
Applicants for a match permit will be notified of the date, time, and place of documents submitted by the applicant will be reviewed by the Commission.
(i) Applicants or their designated and licensed representative(s) may attend the meeting and answer any questions the Commission has concerning the proposed event.
(ii) The Commission shall notify the applicant that his or her application has been approved or denied within seven (7) days of the Commission's decision.
(c) Matches, Contests and Exhibitions Benefiting Charity.
A person who wishes to promote a match, contest or exhibition for charitable purposes must file with the Commission a letter of intent to present the match, contest or exhibition as benefiting a charitable organization. The letter of intent must contain the name of the charity, charitable fund, or organization which is to benefit from the match, contest or exhibition and the amount expected to be to be paid to the charity. The letter of intent must be signed by the promoter and co-signed by an authorized representative of the charity to benefit from the match, contest or exhibition. No match permit shall be issued for a charitable match, contest, or exhibition without full financial disclosure of all promoters and charitable organizations involved, including all contracts and proposals between all licensees, officials, and parties involved.
Within three (3) business days after a match, contest, or exhibition benefiting a charitable organization is held, the promoter(s) and benefiting charitable organization(s) shall furnish to the Commission:
(i) A certified copy of the ticket manifest showing the number of tickets sold. The manifest shall give a breakdown disclosing the number of tickets sold in each price range and the number of complimentary tickets given for the match, contest, or exhibition;
(ii) A certified and itemized statement of the match, contest, or exhibition's gross receipts from sponsorships, ticket sales, advertisements, or any other source;
(iii) A statement disclosing the itemized and total gross expenditures in connection with the match, contest, or exhibition;
(iv) A statement co-signed by the promoter and the authorized representative of the Charitable organization, disclosing the net amount paid to the charitable fund or organization.
(i) Shall notify the promoter that his or her license is summarily suspended.
(ii) Shall notify the charity of the suspension.
(iii) Decline to issue a match permit to the promoter for the holding of any match, contest, or exhibition until the statements are provided.
(iv) Decline to issue a match permit to any promoter to hold any future match, contest, or exhibition for the benefit of the charitable organization, until the statements are provided.
(d) Boxers. Boxers applying to be licensed in Alabama shall meet the medical requirements laid out in 165-X-1-.04.
(e) Matchmakers. Matchmakers applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
A matchmaker may, upon the request of the Commission, demonstrate that he or she has the necessary background to be a matchmaker, and shall produce a list of all professional fighters that he or she has matched, the promoters who promoted the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
(f) Trainers. Trainers applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant may, upon request of the Commission, demonstrate that he or she has experience in training boxers, and shall produce a list of all professional fighters that he or she has trained, the promoters who promoted the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur fighters that he or she has trained.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
(g) Seconds. Seconds applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant may, upon the request of the Commission, demonstrate that he or she has the necessary background to serve as a second, and shall produce a list of all professional fighters that he or she has served as a second, the promoters who promoted the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur fighters that he or she has served as a second.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
(h) Disciplinary Action.
(i) Any person who has had his or her license revoked by the Commission may not petition for reinstatement or apply for a new license until one (1) year after the revocation.
(i) Falsifying an Application. Upon a finding by the majority of the Commission that any licensee or applicant has knowingly made a misleading, deceptive, untrue or fraudulent representation in regard to a professional match contest or exhibition of boxing or any document connected therewith or practiced fraud or deceit or intentionally made any false statement in obtaining a license to participate or promote a professional match contest or exhibition of boxing or made a false statement or deceptive registration with the Commission then the Commission shall have the authority to refuse to grant a license to an applicant, revoke the license of a person licensed by the Commission, or discipline a person licensed by the Commission.
History
(1) Promoter's License Surety Bond.
(a) Before any promoter's license is issued authorizing the promotion of professional boxing matches in Alabama, the applicant shall make and deliver to the Commission a security bond executed by a surety corporation authorized to transact business in this state.
(b) Any and all bond applications shall be on a form provided or approved by the Commission, and shall be accompanied by an enforceable power of attorney. The Commission may also require certificate of "good standing" issued by the Commissioner of Insurance.
(c) If any company issuing a bond shall be removed from doing business in this state, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Insurance to notify the Alabama Athletic Commission within 30 days.
(d) The bond shall be in such amount as the commission may determine based upon the payment of officials' fees, fees necessary to secure the proper medical supervision of any professional boxing show in Alabama, and/or the estimated potential damages, penalties, taxes or expenses resulting from promotional activities contemplated in Alabama.
(e) Whenever the Commission shall determine that a previously approved bond has for any cause become insufficient, the Commission may require an additional bond or bonds to be given, conforming with the requirements of these rules.
(2) Match Permit Bond.
(a) Before any match permit is issued authorizing the sale of tickets and the ancillary contracting necessary to promote a professional boxing show in Alabama, the applicant shall make and deliver to the Commission a security bond executed by a surety corporation authorized to transact business in this state. The purpose of the bond is to ensure that each Contestant competing in Alabama is paid their entire purse, and that full payment of other contractual liabilities is made.
(b) Any and all bond applications shall be on a form provided by the Commission, and shall be accompanied by an enforceable power of attorney. The Commission may also require a certificate of 'good standing' issued by the Commissioner of Insurance.
(c) If any company issuing a bond shall be removed from doing business in this state, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Insurance to notify the Alabama Athletic Commission within 30 days.
(d) The bond shall be in such amount as the Commission may determine based upon the estimated contractual liabilities against the licensed promoter for damages and expenses resulting from non-payment of contract liabilities, including but not limited to the total amount of each competing Contestant's purse or other services contracted for or from promotional activities conducted within Alabama.
(e) Whenever the Commission shall determine that a previously approved bond has for any cause become insufficient, the Commission may require additional bond or bonds to be given, conforming with the requirements of these rules.
(3) Complaints and Actions to Recover Damages. Complaints shall be categorized and kept on file by the Commission the appropriate action to be taken. Reports of illegal events, contesting of bout results, complaints against a licensee, and claims against a bond shall be categorized as complaints.
(a) Any person claiming that he or she has been damaged by a breach of the conditions of a bond given by a licensee as provided in these rules shall notify the Attorney General.
(b) The Attorney General, after an investigation is conducted, may contact the Commission, its executive director or other duly authorized representative for disciplinary action against the person whom the complaint was filed.
(c) Reports of unsanctioned events shall be logged on a complaint database and given a claim number. The Executive Director or other Commission appointed representative(s) may work with the Attorney General's Office and federal, state, and/or local law enforcement agencies to terminate illegal event.
(d) Complaint against a bout result. See 165-X-1-.08,9., C.
(e) Complaints against a licensee. See 165-X-1-.08,9., C and D.
History
(1) Medical Examinations.
(a) Neurological Examination.
All boxers intended to compete in Alabama who have competed in over two-hundred (200) rounds during their professional career, according to the number of rounds disclosed on such boxer's official ring record, and prior to competing in Alabama, must submit to the Commission the results of a detailed neurological examination performed within the previous twelve (12) months by a board certified and state licensed neurologist or Commission approved physician.
Such examination shall include a careful examination for signs of any trauma-induced neurological damage along with any other specific test or tests requested by the neurologist.
Any boxer not submitting said results prior to the match may be allowed to compete provided however that such boxer's license will, at the conclusion of the match, be medically suspended until such time as his/her neurological examination requirement is fulfilled.
(b) Eye Examination.
All boxers intending to compete in Alabama who have competed in over two-hundred (200) rounds during their professional career, according to the number of rounds disclosed on such boxer's official ring record, and prior to competing in Alabama, must submit to the Commission results from a complete ophthalmological or optometric examination performed within the previous twelve (12) months by a state licensed optometrist or board-certified ophthalmologist.
Such examination shall include a careful dilated examination of the retinal periphery utilizing indirect ophthalmoscope sufficient to identify any sign of previous trauma or retinal damage along with any other specific test or tests requested by said ophthalmologist or optometrist.
(i) The Commission may require updated examinations pursuant to sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) of this rule after each successive fifty (50) fought rounds after the previous submission, as disclosed on such boxer's official ring record.
(2) Pre-Fight Examination. At the time of weigh-in, or at such other time as is then announced, all boxers must pass a pre-fight medical examination and a Commission designated physician must complete a Pre-Fight Medical Examination Form. The examining physician shall deliver all Pre-Fight Examination Forms to the Athletic Commission or to its authorized representative on the day of the weigh-in.
(a) Pregnancy Testing.
Each female boxer, during the pre-fight physical, will be required to submit to a pregnancy test administered under the direction of the examining physician, or such physician's authorized assistant. The cost of such test, unless the boxer's contract or bout agreement states otherwise, shall be the responsibility of the promoter. Pregnant fighters may not fight.
Female boxers submitting written documentation acceptable to the examining physician may be waived from the pre-fight physical pregnancy test requirement. Such documentation shall be limited to:
(i) A copy of a lab report from a recognized clinical laboratory and dated within ten (10) days of the pre-fight physical attesting that the boxer is not pregnant, or
(ii) A statement from a state licensed physician, on such physician's letterhead stationery, stating that the boxer has undergone certain medical procedures rendering her medically improbable of bearing children.
(b) Failed Pre-Fight Physical.
Whenever a boxer's examination indicates that he or she is unfit for competition, because of any weakness or disability discovered by the physician, an immediate report of such evidence must be made to the Commission. In such case, the boxer shall be prohibited from participating in the match.
The examining physician shall deliver all pre-fight examination reports to the Commission or to its authorized representative immediately after the weigh-in.
Any contestant who fails his or her pre-fight physical for medical reasons or for lack of general conditioning shall be placed on immediate medical suspension and reported to the Commission.
(c) Hydration Testing.
(d) Minimum Uncorrected Visual Acuity.
(e) Additional Medical Examinations.
(i) The Commission shall require re-examinations submitted after each successive fifty (50) professional rounds after the previous submission, as disclosed on such boxer's official ring record.
(f) Medical Suspensions by Other Commissions.
Medical suspensions. Other athletic commissions recognized by the Association of Boxing Commissions and which are published by any boxing registry approved for such purposes by the Association of Boxing Commissions shall be recognized by the Commission.
(g) Drugs Prohibited.
(i) The Commission may order a boxer to undergo a drug screening at any time. A Drug Screen Form must be completed by an approved laboratory and submitted to the Commission within seven (7) days of the order.
(h) Post Contest Inactive Period.
(i) Head Injury.
(j) Knock Out and Technical Knock Out.
When a boxer is defeated by knock out, that boxer's license shall be placed on an immediate sixty (60) day medical suspension.
A Post-Knock Out Examination Form shall be completed by a physician and submitted to the Commission along with request for medical clearance for thirty (30) days prior to participating in a contest or exhibition in this state. Any boxer losing by knock out in two (2) or more consecutive fights shall be placed on immediate medical suspension for a period of six (6) months.
Unless otherwise ordered by the attending ringside physician, there shall be a minimum thirty (30) day medical suspension after a technical knockout.
Technical knock outs caused by a severe cut shall result in either a forty-five (45) day or sixty (60) day medical suspension.
Submissions with injury may also warrant a medical suspension as determined by the ringside physician.
Completing a suspension may require approved medical evaluations as determined by the ringside physician.
(k) Under-Conditioned Fighter.
(i) If it should be determined by the referee, any member of the Commission present, or any designated representative of the Commission present that a boxer did not give a good faith effort to display his or her skills, then that boxer shall be subject to disciplinary action.
(ii) A disqualified boxer may be disciplined by the Commission.
(l) Consecutive Losses.
(m) Verification of Contestant Experience.
(i) Boxer is making his or her pro debut
(ii) Boxer has not competed in the last twelve (12) months
(iii) Boxer has lost his or her last six (6) consecutive events
(iv) Boxer has lost three (3) consecutive events by TKO, KO, or DQ
(n) General Responsibilities and Provisions.
(i) Medical Insurance.
(I) The promoter shall provide for the boxers' insurance covering ambulance services, medical, surgical, and hospital care with a minimum limit of $20,000 for injuries sustained while participating in said program and for a $20,000 death benefit awarded to the estate of any contestant should death occur from injuries received while participating in the contest or exhibition.
(ii) Physician.
(I) A ringside physician shall be present at all events. A Commission designated ringside physician must be at ringside each bout. A Commission designated ringside physician shall be either a M.D. or D.O.
I. Physicians not having completed the Ringside Physician Certification shall be licensed as "Non-Ringside Physicians," but may serve at ring or cage side so long as a minimum of one certified Ringside Physician is present.
(II) All "Ringside" physicians serving ring or cage side shall obtain ARP/ACSM Certified Ringside Physician (CRP) certification. All physicians having completed the CPR shall be licensed as a "Ringside Physician."
(iii) Ambulance Service.
(I) The promoter shall provide continuous ambulance service with a state-certified EMT attendant and state-certified paramedic, who shall provide a resuscitator, stretcher, backboard, oxygen, and such other medical equipment reasonably expected for immediate trauma care, and who shall be present before the start of each contest and shall remain on site until the end of the program.
(II) For the purposes of this section, a program of boxing begins with the commencement of the first contest or exhibition and ends when the last boxer leaves the site of the program.
(III) The chief referee and/or Commission appointed supervisor shall meet with the EMT and paramedic prior to the beginning of the match, contest, or exhibition. During such meeting the chief referee or Commission supervisor will instruct the EMT and paramedic concerning the match, contest, or exhibition, placement of the stretcher and any other information necessary to ensure prompt and appropriate immediate care.
(IV) An ambulance shall be able and available to immediately transport any severely injured boxer to an appropriate medical facility. No other scheduled contest or exhibition may proceed until there is an ambulance and paramedic at the facility, that has met with the chief referee and/or the Commission appointed supervisor as described in subparagraph (III), above.
(V) In addition to the above-mentioned ambulance, a paramedic, licensed by the State of Alabama, shall be present at ringside with the ringside physician. The paramedic shall possess advanced life support equipment necessary to resuscitate a fighter and package them for transport to the hospital. The paramedic is in addition to any EMT's or paramedics that are hired for the safety of the crowd and shall not leave ringside while a fight is taking place and shall be in direct communication with the ringside physician at all times. The ringside paramedic shall only leave ringside to attend to a spectator or other person in the event of an emergency and when no other paramedic is available.
(iv) Hepatitis and HIV Testing.
(I) Blood borne pathogen testing. All boxers in all bouts shall be tested for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and HIV by a laboratory approved by the Commission. The initial test for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and HIV detection shall be conducted within (365) days prior to competition.
I. In addition to the pre-competition test, any boxer shall be re-tested for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and HIV prior to his or her participation in each boxing match, contest, or exhibition in Alabama if the match, contest, or exhibition is scheduled to occur more than (365) days after the date of the most recent test. The results must be submitted to the Commission with the show date request prior to the official weigh-in.
(II) Positive tests for blood-borne pathogens. Any boxer who tests positive for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, or HIV shall appear before the medical advisory panel, which after verifying the results of the test, shall advise the Commission as to whether the boxer's participation in a match, contest, or exhibition would pose a threat to the health and safety of a participant, official, or spectator.
I. Any boxer that tests positive for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, or HIV who is scheduled for competition must disclose to the promoter that he or she has tested positive for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, or HIV.
History
(1) General Safety. It shall be the promoter's responsibility to ensure safety for the Contestants, officials, media and fans and to comply with all safety standards required by the Commission.
(a) Arena Security. Arena security is the responsibility of the promoter and such security measures provided by the promoter shall be sufficient to maintain order. At a minimum, two (2) sworn off duty law enforcement officers shall be retained for security.
(b) Obtain Ring. The promoter will provide a ring for the show and that the ring or cage must pass the certification requirements established by the Commission.
(c) Extra Gloves. Each promoter must have an extra set of gloves of the appropriate weight available to be used in case a glove is broken or otherwise damaged during the course of the contest or exhibition of boxing or mixed martial arts.
(d) Ring and Glove Certification. It is the promoter's responsibility to ensure that the ring or cage and gloves selected for use during each show meet the Commission's rules and regulations concerning proper certification.
(e) Advanced Advertising. In addition to the requirements in this Chapter, no contestant or celebrity shall be advertised by any promoter before said promoter has in his or her possession a written commitment from said contestant or celebrity and before said promoter has filed a copy of such written commitment with the Commission.
(f) Suggesting Benefits for Charitable Organization. No promoter may advertise, hold out, or suggest in any fashion that a portion of the proceeds of any proposed boxing or mixed martial arts show will be donated to a charitable organization without first complying with the Commission's rules governing "programs for charity."
(g) Main Event Start Time. The final bout for all boxing or mixed martial arts events sanctioned by the Alabama Athletic and Entertainment Commission shall start by 11:59 pm on the date for which the event permit is approved.
(2) Ringside Physician.
(a) Providing a physician. It shall be the responsibility of the Commission representative to assign one or more physicians at ringside during each boxing or mixed martial arts contest.
The physicians assigned must be on the roster of physicians authorized to conduct pre-fight physicals and serve as ringside physicians created by the Alabama Athletic Commission.
At least one ringside physician must have in his or her possession any medical supplies and equipment reasonably anticipated to provide first-aid medical assistance for the type of injuries reasonably anticipated to occur in professional boxing or professional mixed martial arts matches.
The promoter shall compensate assigned ringside physicians in an amount to be mutually agreed upon by the promoter.
(3) Arena.
(a) Drinks. No boxing or mixed martial arts match will be allowed to commence or continue, without specific authorization from the commission, in any arena where concessionaires dispense or serve beverages in containers other than plastic or paper cups.
(b) Arena safety. No boxing or mixed martial arts match will be allowed to commence or continue in any arena which appears to the commission appointed supervisor to be unsafe or where the commission appointed supervisor has reason to believe that such building or location does not conform to any applicable laws, ordinances and regulations in the city or unincorporated county area.
(c) Dressing rooms. The only people allowed in the Contestant's dressing room are the contestants, managers, seconds, Commission representatives including appointed Commissioners and approved physician(s).
Promoters shall be required by the commission appointed supervisor to post a Guard or Commission appointed inspector at the entrance to the dressing rooms to aid in enforcement of dressing room security.
A separate dressing area shall be provided for all referees and judges and all other Commission appointed representatives.
(4) Media Guidelines.
(a) Promoter Responsibilities For Media Personnel. It shall be the responsibility of the promoter to provide access to any sanctioned event to media professionals for print, television, radio and online media. The promoter has a duty to provide unencumbered access to media professionals while ensuring their personal safety at the event.
Promoters of boxing events shall provide media personnel with easily identifiable credentials that are clearly visible to state inspectors.
Promoters of boxing events shall provide a four-foot (4') wide open buffer zone between credentialed media and the ring apron.
Promoters shall ensure the safety of credentialed media professionals by requiring them to remain outside the four-foot (4') buffer zone at all times.
(i) Promoters shall provide security in the general area of credentialed media to insure they are allowed to perform their job functions with a clear view of the action and without hindrance from ticket holders, fight staff or others.
(b) Media Access to Restricted Areas. Promoters may provide credentialed media inside the ring or cage immediately following a bout.
Following an individual bout or at the close of an event, promoters may allow access to credentialed reporters and photographers directly outside the dressing rooms or staging areas restricted for fighters, fight staff and state officials.
Promoters shall ensure the personal safety of any credentialed media by providing a police officer in any area designated for interviews, photographs or press conferences.
(5) Violation: Penalties.
(a) Promoters or contestants that violate any section of this chapter shall be referred to the investigations hearing of the Alabama Athletic Commission for further action. Provided however that any action taken as a result of the hearing or by the full Commission to enforce or attempt to enforce the provisions of this chapter will be taken only after notice and hearing according to the Alabama Administrative Procedure Act. Either paragraph (a) or (b) within this subsection shall be subject to disciplinary action by the Commission.
(6) Show.
(a) Marketing Prohibited Without Prior Commission Approval. Commission approval or authorization must be obtained prior to selling tickets, making announcements, or distributing advertisements concerning any show, show date, contestants, or matches of professional boxing or professional mixed martial arts. Violations shall be referred to the investigations hearing of the Commission for disciplinary action.
(b) Professional Rounds scheduled.
Unless otherwise approved by the commission, promoters shall schedule no less than twenty (25) rounds of boxing on one (1) program. An emergency bout must be provided in case any of the scheduled bouts are not held.
No boxing match shall have any rounds lasting longer than three (3) minutes.
(i) All contests or exhibitions in professional boxing featuring male boxers will be required to have three (3) minute rounds with one (1) minute rest periods between rounds.
(ii) All contests or exhibitions in professional boxing featuring female boxers will be required to have two (2) minute rounds with one (1) minute rest periods between rounds.
(c) Card Approval. Requests for preliminary approval of boxing cards should be received by the Executive Director of the Commission or Commission appointed supervisor no less than ten (10) days prior to the start of the event. The names and federal identification numbers and verification numbers of all competitors must be included and shall be typed. No handwritten requests shall be accepted. The Final card must be received by the Commission appointed supervisor or Chief Inspector no less than three (3) days prior to the date of the contest.
Substitutions to the final card will only be allowed after sufficient written evidence documenting the reason why such substitution is required. The information must be written on a form provided by the Commission and the signature must be witnessed by the Executive Director, Commission appointed supervisor or a state of Alabama notary public. Failure to provide sufficient evidence will result in the cancellation of the scheduled bout and/or disciplinary action by the Commission.
(i) No bout will be allowed to take place without the prior approval of the Chief Inspector or Commission appointed supervisor for the event.
(7) Purse.
(a) Method of Payment. Except as otherwise stated below, purses shall be paid by check, certified or cashier's check immediately after the contest. No cash shall be accepted. Payments of percentage contracts shall be made as soon as the amount can be determined. If requested by the Commission or by any Contestant, All purse payments shall be made in the presence of the authorized Commission representative.
After notification and approval by the Commission, arrangement for the payment of any purse greater than $50,000.00 shall be mutually agreed to by the promoter and the Contestant.
Should a promoter default on payments to Contestants, only that amount disclosed on the contract or bout agreement filed with the Commission and in advance of the bout will be covered by any bond on file with the Commission.
(b) Minimum Payment per Contracted Round. All contestants shall be guaranteed a purse equal to or exceeding $100 per contracted round. No "cash equivalent" substitutions for the payment of the minimum contracted amount including tickets in lieu of payment shall be allowed. Contestants shall be paid by check or money order only. Violations shall be referred to an investigative hearing of the Commission for disciplinary action.
(8) Contracts.
(a) Contract or Bout Agreement: Unless agreed upon in advance by the Alabama Athletic Commission, all bout agreements must be on the form approved by the Commission.
(i) The amount of guarantee or percentage promised; the number and time limit of rounds; when and where the official weigh-in will be conducted; when and where the Contestants are scheduled to appear; weight; and all other reasonably expected to be an issue of agreement within professional boxing and mixed martial arts contracts and agreements.
(I) Weights expressed on bout agreements for all four (4) and six (6) round bouts shall allow no less than a +/-2 pounds variance of the contracted weight.
(II) Weights expressed on bout agreements for all championship (12 rounds) matches shall be absolute and shall not allow for any variance.
(ii) Signature of the promoter or his or her designated representative, and the Contestant or his or her designated representative.
(iii) Each Contestant applying for a license is required to obtain on their own a Hepatitis B and Hepatitis C blood test and must present to the Commission representative no later than at the weigh-in the results of such test conducted within 180 days of the proposed match.
(b) Contract or Bout Agreement: Required Form for Submission. All information appearing on any written agreements or contracts must be legible.
(c) Contract or Bout Agreement: File with Commission. One (1) copy of each signed written agreement or contract, once executed by both parties and within three (3) calendar days of such execution, shall be filed with the Commission or the Commission appointed representative.
(d) Violations: Grounds for Suspension. Violation by either party of any written bout agreement or contract may be grounds for suspension of any license issued by the commission and shall in addition to such suspension result in a fine or other disciplinary action imposed by the Commission. Violations shall be referred to the investigations hearing of the Commission for disciplinary action.
(9) Failure to Perform.
(a) Promoter Failure to Perform. The failure of a promoter to perform according to the terms of the contract; to produce contestants or special added attractions as advertised; to pay the contestants their contractual guarantee, or percentage; or the failure of a promoter to live up to his or her agreement with his or her contestants or performers who did perform as scheduled is prohibited and violations shall be referred to an investigative hearing of the Commission for disciplinary action.
(b) Contestant Failure to Perform. The failure of a contestant under contract with a licensed promoter to perform according to the terms of said contract; or the failure of a contestant to live up to his or her agreement with a person to which the contestant is under contractual agreement is prohibited. Violations shall be referred to an investigative hearing of the Commission for disciplinary action.
(c) Violation: Penalties.
(i) Violation of either paragraph (a) or (b) within this subsection may, for the first offense, be grounds for administrative suspension of not less than 90 days and a fine of not more than the contracted purse amount disclosed on the bout agreement or contract. Violations shall be referred to an investigative hearing of the Commission for disciplinary action.
(ii) The second and/or any subsequent violation by any person of either paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) within this subsection may, in addition to any suspension by the Commission, subject the violator to a fine of not more than the contracted purse amount as disclosed on the bout agreement or contract plus not more than an additional $10,000. Said fine to be imposed by the Commission. Violations shall be referred to an investigative hearing by the Commission for disciplinary action. Additional disciplinary action may be imposed.
(iii) Any person or license holder violating on three (3) or more occasions either sub-paragraph (a) or sub-paragraph (b) within this subsection shall have his or her license suspended indefinitely. Provided however that any action by the Commission to enforce or attempt to enforce the provisions of this sub-paragraph will be taken only after notice and hearing according to the Alabama Administrative Procedure Act.
History
(1) General Provisions.
(a) Any dimension in this rule, where the unit of measurement is "inches," shall be considered only as a general and approximate guideline. Where such dimension guidelines are exceeded, the Commission appointed supervisor shall have the authority to allow or disallow any such variance from the established guideline.
(2) The Ring.
(a) Ring Size. The ring must be a square and not less than sixteen feet (16') or more than twenty feet (20') on a side within the ropes. The ring platform (floor) must extend beyond the ropes at least eighteen inches (18") on all sides (apron).
For purposes of the subparagraph, the term "all boxers" shall be limited to those boxers contracted to compete in bouts of eight (8) rounds or more.
(b) Safety Padding. The ring floor shall be padded with one-inch (1") thick slow recovery foam matting, or other soft material approved by the Commission or its authorized representative, and shall extend over the edge of the ring platform with a top covering of canvas, duck or similar material tightly stretched and laced to the ring platform. Padding material that tends to gather in lumps may not be used.
(c) Ring Mat. The mat and covering shall be kept clean and free from disagreeable odors at all times. The corners must be covered by a pad long enough to cover all the rope joints.
(d) Platform Height. The ring platform shall not be more than fifty-four inches (54") from the floor of the building and shall be provided with suitable steps for use by the contestants.
(e) Ringside Tables. Each promoter shall be responsible for employing a safety plan to protect boxers who might fall outside of elevated rings. Except where deemed impractical, the floor of those sides not so protected shall be covered with protective matting.
(f) Ring Posts. Ring posts shall be made of some strong material, preferably metal pipe, three inches (3") in diameter, extending from the floor of the building to a height of at least fifty-eight inches (58") above the ring floor.
(g) Ring Certification. Rings uses in professional boxing matches in Alabama must be certified by the chief referee and/or the Commission representative in attendance at the show.
Any ring judged unsafe by the chief referee and/or the Commission representative or not otherwise meeting basic standards as defined in Commission rules, or which is deemed by the chief referee or Commission representative to be improperly stabilized will not be certified.
Failure to obtain certification will result in immediate and summary suspension of the match permit.
(3) Ring Ropes.
(a) Rope Dimensions. Ring ropes shall be four (4) in number, at least one inch (1") in diameter, the lower rope eighteen inches (18") above the ring floor and the top rope fifty-two inches (52") from the ring floor. The two remaining ropes will be evenly spread between the top and bottom ropes. All four ropes shall be wrapped in soft material.
(b) Rope Lanyards. Each ring rope on each side of the ring shall be connected with two (2) rope lanyards.
(c) Rope Lighting. The ring shall be amply illuminated by the overhead lights, which shall be so arranged that shadow shall be eliminated and discomfort from heat and glare minimized for persons in and near the rings.
(4) Bell.
(a) The bell shall be approved by the Commission and it shall be of sufficient size to enable its sound to be heard by both contestants and the referee.
(5) Ring Equipment.
(a) The promoter shall provide a sufficient number of water buckets for the use of all contestants. Each bucket shall be disinfected before being used. Additionally, the promoter shall provide, stools, and such other articles as are required for the conduct of each bout.
(6) Scales.
(a) Scales shall be furnished by the promoter. The Commission may require that the scales be certified. Residential bathroom scales of the type generally used in private residences will not meet certification requirements of the Commission and will not be allowed for use at any weigh-in.
(b) Weigh-Ins for Championship and Televised Events.
The scale used for the official weigh-in shall be provided by the producer.
The scale used for the weigh-in may upon the request of the Commission be an NTEP Certified Scale, which shall be registered with the Alabama Department of Agriculture, Weight and Measure Division.
The scale used for the official weigh-n may upon the request of the Commission be certified as being accurate, on the morning of the weigh-in. by the State of Alabama, Department of Agriculture, Weight and Measures Staff.
Documentation verifying the scales accuracy may be upon request of the Commission be submitted to the Executive Director no later than noon (12p) on the due date of the weigh-in is to occur.
No one shall be allowed on the scale once it is certified, until the Chief Inspector is present.
If a scale is moved after certifications, it shall be recertified before any further weigh-ins can be performed on that scale.
once certified, the promoter shall have a security member watch the scale until the tine of weigh-in, to avoid tampering.
A "Ceremonial" scale may be used during a Ceremonial Weigh-In. The Ceremonial Scale shall not be used to record official weights and are strictly to be used for ceremonial purpose.
(7) Hand Wrapping: Gauze and Tape.
(a) Contestants desiring to stabilize the metacarpal bones may use no more than six inches (6") of adhesive tape, not more than two inches (2") in width, across the back of each hand, provided however that the Commission inspector or representative must sign each piece of tape prior to placing gauze over such tape.
(b) Stabilization tape may not extend beyond a line one inch on the posterior side of the knuckle.
(c) Gauze shall be of soft surgical-type gauze not more than two inches (2") in width, held in place by surgeon's tape for each hand. All contestants will have their hands wrapped in the dressing room [or some other suitable place in the general vicinity of the dressing room] under the examination of a representative from the Commission. Whenever requested by any party, hand wrapping shall take place only in the presence of one or more representatives from the opposing contestant's camp.
(1) In all weight classes, the bandages on each hand shall be restricted to soft gauze cloth not more than 13 yards (13 yds.) in length and two inches (2") in width, held in place by not more than 10 feet (10') of surgeon's tape, one inch (1") in width, for each hand. Any Commission inspector or representative must sign each hand prior to placing a glove on the hand.
(d) Under no condition will any adhesive tape be allowed to extend a position within one inch (1") of the posterior line of knuckles; provided however, that a thin "butterfly" of tape between the fingers will be allowed to stabilize the placement of gauze.
(e) Stacking the process of layering on top of the boxer's wrapped hand additional layers of gauze and tape is prohibited.
(8) Gloves.
(a) Weight Allowed In Bout. Unless otherwise approved by the Commission, contestants in all weight categories up to and including welterweights (up to 147 pounds) shall use 8-ounce (8 oz.) gloves. In heavier classes, 10-ounce (10oz.) gloves must be worn.
(b) Brand-Name Certification Required. The commission is authorized to certify boxing gloved by brand-name or manufacturer and gloves not so certified may not be used. Each promoter desiring to use for the first time in Alabama a brand of gloves or gloves manufactured by a company not previously certified for use in Alabama are advised to seek prior certification.
(c) Glove Condition. Gloves may not be broken or twisted, nor may the padding be misplaced or lumpy.
(d) Glove Approval. Gloves shall be examined by the referee and/or the Commission representative prior to the start of the matches. In certain instances, the Commission may require more than one pair of gloves be sent for the bouts, matches, and exhibitions.
(e) Glove Style. Only gloves of the "thumb-attached" or thumbless variety will be used, and all gloves must be laced with the knot on the top [or exterior] side of the wrist. Thumbless gloves may be worn only if both boxers in a particular match agree.
(f) New Gloves: Main Event Bouts. The promoter shall furnish new gloves for all events of 8 or more rounds.
(g) Skinning of Gloves. "Skinning" (the practice of tying gloves in such a manner as to force a portion of the padding back from the fist area to over the contestant's wrist) is prohibited. Any glove tied in such a manner will be required to be re-tied.
(h) Taping of Gloves. Unless otherwise permitted by the Commission appointed supervisor, glove laces shall not be covered by tape except under the direct supervision of a commission approved inspector or official.
History
(1) General Provisions.
(a) The Commission shall appoint to each contest, match, or exhibition a chief inspector, a referee, a minimum of three judges, two corner inspectors, and two timekeepers.
(b) The referee or three judges shall determine the outcome of all contests, matches, or exhibitions. A majority vote of the judges will determine the outcome of a contest that does not result in a knockout, TKO, or disqualification.
(c) No manager, promoter, matchmaker, trainer, second, or contestant shall be allowed to officiate at any contest.
(d) Officials must be physically fit and mentally sharp.
(e) All boxing events must have, at minimum, two referees.
(2) Officials' Fees.
(a) All fees and travel expenses shall be paid by the promoter conducting the match, contest, or exhibition and shall be on the following schedule:
Payment shall be made to the Commission appointed supervisor no later than at the weigh-in, and shall be by personal check, cashier's check or money order
When assigned by the Commission or the Commission Executive Director, the fee for a chief official who will perform the duties of the Commission representative shall be $425.00
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition does not exceed $50,000, the fee for each referee shall be $300.00 and the fee for each judge shall be $175.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition is between $50,000 and $100,000, the fee for each chief official shall be $500.00
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition is between $50,000 and $100,000, the fee for each judge shall be $200.00 and the fee for each referee shall be $350.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition is between $100,000 and $300,000, the fee for each chief official shall be $500.00
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition is between $100,000 and $300,000, the fee for each judge shall be $250.00 and the fee for each referee shall be $450.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition exceeds $300,000, the fee for the chief official, referees and judges shall not exceed $5,000 for each official.
Payments for the timekeeper and countdown person shall be the same as payment for each assigned judge.
Travel expenses for officials required to travel a distance of fifty (50) miles or greater to the site of a match, contest, or exhibition shall be set by the Commission appointed supervisor, provided that such amount shall not exceed the usual and customary amount allowed by state guidelines for state employees. Hotel rooms may be required, but only when the distance traveled exceeds 100 miles.
(b) In the event one or more of the referees assigned to a boxing match, contest, or exhibition become incapacitated, or in an emergency situation where he or she become unavailable, the remaining referee(s) shall referee the remaining contests of the program and, at the discretion of the Commission assigned supervisor, may be compensated in a greater amount not to exceed the total amount originally intended for the unavailable referee(s). In such a situation, the compensation to be paid to the incapacitated or unavailable referee shall be reduced accordingly.
(c) The compensation schedule set forth in (a) above shall not apply in a sanctioned championship bout. The Commission shall set compensation to be paid to the boxing referees and judges officiating at sanctioned championship bouts. In making this determination, the Commission may consider any standards or recommendations made by a recognized boxing association or organization. Nevertheless, the Commission shall retain full authority to set the compensation schedule for boxing referees and judges in championship bouts regardless of a recommendation by such an association.
(3) Chief Inspector.
(a) Chief Inspector's Authority. The Chief Inspector shall have complete authority over each professional contest, match, or exhibition in this state.
(b) Chief Inspector's Duties. The Chief Inspector assigned to a contest, match, or exhibition shall have the following duties:
The Chief Inspector shall attend the weigh-in and contest, match, or exhibition.
(4) Corner Inspectors.
(a) Corner Inspector's Authority. A Corner Inspector shall be assigned to the red corner and a Corner Inspector shall be assigned to the blue corner to observe the fighters assigned to the corresponding corners before, during, and after each match.
(b) Corner Inspector's Duties.
Corner inspectors shall observe fighters in dressing room while wrapping hands, securing gloves, and warming up.
Corner Inspectors shall observe fighters, trainers, and seconds, before, during and between rounds.
Corner Inspectors shall be responsible for identifying and reporting all rules violations to the chief official and referee.
(5) Referee.
(a) Referee's Authority. The referee is the chief official of the contest and has general supervision over the contest, match, or exhibition.
(b) Referee's Duties. The referee assigned to a contest, match, or exhibition shall have the following duties:
Before the contest, the referee shall ask the name of each contestant's chief second and shall hold that chief second responsible for the conduct of the contestant during the contest.
Before each bout the referee shall call the contestants and their chief second together for final instructions. Referees must then instruct boxing contestants that wrestling and rough tactics will not be tolerated, and instruct the boxers to protect themselves at all times. The contestants, after receiving final instructions, shall retire to their corners.
Any referee or judge assigned to a match who becomes unable to officiate shall notify the chief inspector twelve (12) hours before the start of the contest.
(c) Referee License. Referees applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant may upon the request of the Commission demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in refereeing, and shall produce a list of all professional matches that he or she has served as referee, the judges who scored the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur matches that he or she has served as referee, the judges who scored the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine whether applicant is qualified for licensure.
(6) Judges.
(a) Judge's Authority. Each judge shall determine the outcome of each contest, match, or exhibition in this state that does not end in knockout, TKO, or disqualification.
(b) Judge's Duties. The judges assigned to a contest, match, or exhibition shall have the following duties:
The judges shall score the contest, match, or exhibition according to the rules and regulations of the Commission.
The judges shall score the contest, match, or exhibition fairly.
The judges shall deduct points as directed by the referee.
(c) Judge License. Judges applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in judging, and shall produce a list of all professional matches that he or she has served as official judge, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur matches that he or she has served as official judge, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine the whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
(7) Timekeepers
(a) Timekeepers' Authority. At boxing matches, there may upon the request of the Commission be appointed to each contest, match or exhibition two (2) Timekeepers: a Clock Timekeeper who keeps time of the match, and a Countdown Timer who starts the official count once a boxer is knocked down.
(b) Clock Timekeeper's duties. The timekeeper starts the clock and rings the bell at the beginning of each round. Ten (10) seconds before the end of the round, the Clock Timekeeper shall alert the referee to the impending end of the round.
(c) Countdown Timekeeper's duties. The Countdown Timekeeper keeps official count when a boxer is knocked down until the referee picks up the count.
(d) Timekeepers License. Timekeepers applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant may upon the request of the Commission demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in timekeeping, and shall produce a list of all professional matches that he or she has served as official timekeeper, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur matches that he or she has served as official timekeeper, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
History
(1) Professional Boxers.
(a) False Name. No boxer shall enter any agreement or contract with a promoter, compete in any match, contest, or exhibition, or otherwise participate in any capacity in a boxing program under any name which does not appear on his or her Federal ID card.
(b) Prohibition if Under Suspension. No boxer shall enter any agreement or contract with a promoter, compete, or attempt to compete in any match, contest, or exhibition in this state when the boxer knows that his or her boxing license, issued by this Commission is under suspension.
(c) Pregnancy. No boxer shall enter any agreement or contract with a promoter, compete, or attempt to compete in any match, contest, or exhibition in Alabama when such boxer knows that she is pregnant.
(d) Diuretics Prohibited. The use of any herbal, prescription or non-prescription diuretic by any boxer within twelve hours prior to the weigh-in is strictly prohibited.
(e) Weigh-In.
(i) Ceremonial weigh-ins may be conducted in such manner and at such place as agreed to by all parties involved in the promotion or match, contest, or exhibition.
(135/2) No over-contract-weight contestant appearing at the initial weigh-in and weighing 135 pounds or less will be allowed to lose in excess of two (2) pounds in order to make contract weight unless such boxer is re-examined by the ringside physician and receive clearance from the ringside physician prior to entering the ring.
(160/3) No over-contract-weight contestant appearing at the initial weigh-in and weighing 135.1 pounds but less than 160 pounds will be allowed to lose in excess of three (3) pounds in order to make contract weight unless such boxer is reexamined by the ringside physician and receives clearance from the ringside physician prior to entering the ring.
(190/4) No over-contract-weight contestants appearing at the initial weigh-in and weighing 160.1 pounds but less than 190 pounds will be allowed to lose in excess of four (4) pounds in order to make contract weight unless such boxer is reexamined by the ringside physician and receive clearance from the ringside physician prior to entering the ring.
(f) Weight Classes. Weight classes for professional boxers shall be:
Flyweight - 112 lbs. or under
Bantamweight - over 112 lbs. - 118 lbs.
Featherweight - over 118 lbs. - 126 lbs.
Lightweight - over 126 lbs. - 135 lbs.
Welterweight - over 135 lbs. - 147 lbs.
Middleweight - over 147 lbs. - 160 lbs.
Light Heavyweight - over 160 lbs. - 175 lbs.
Cruiserweight - over 175 lbs. - 200 lbs.
(g) Weight Spread. No boxing contest or exhibition may be scheduled, and no boxer may engage in a boxing contest or exhibition without the approval of the Athletic Commission or the Commission's representative if the difference in weight between the boxers exceeds the following allowances:
Up to 118 lbs. - not more than 3 pounds
118 lbs. - 126 lbs. - not more than 5 pounds
126 lbs. - 135 lbs. - not more than 6 pounds
135 lbs. - 147 lbs. - not more than 7 pounds
147 lbs. - 200 lbs. - not more than 9 pounds
200 lbs. and over (Heavyweight) - no limit
(i) Any agreement to proceed with a boxing contest or exhibition where the weight spread exceeds the limit established in this rule shall be entered on each participant's bout contract and shall be initialed or signed by such participant.
(h) Appearance Time. All contestants must be in the officially designated dressing room at least sixty (60) minutes before the event is scheduled to begin.
(i) Ring Attire. Boxers shall appear and compete in proper ring attire.
(i) Male boxers shall wear a standard kidney protection belt designed for male boxers, which includes a groin protection cup of such construction as to prevent any claim of injury caused by an unintentional blow.
(I) This gear shall be properly adjusted and tied prior to entering the ring.
(II) During the course of the match, contest, or exhibition the upper belt of this gear may not rise above the trunk waistline so as to protect the boxer from normal body blows.
(III) The use of a protective belt commonly referred to as a training protective belt, which incorporates an oversized torso protection shield is prohibited.
(ii) Female boxers may wear a standard kidney protection belt designed for female boxers and which provides the necessary pelvic and ovary protection and shall wear a sports bra with an interior pocket which can, at the option of the boxer, hold an appropriately sized breast protector of a turtle-shell style.
(I) This gear shall be properly adjusted and tied prior to entering the ring.
(II) During the course of the match, contest, or exhibition the upper belt of this gear may not rise above the trunk waistline so as to protect the boxer from normal body blows.
The belt-line of the trunks shall not extend above the waistline and the hem may not extend below the knee.
Each boxer shall use a mouthpiece and no round may start without a boxer's mouthpiece in place.
(i) If the mouthpiece is dislodged during competition, the referee will call time and have the mouthpiece replaced at the first opportune moment without interfering with immediate action.
(ii) Points may be deducted by the referee, if the referee feels the mouthpiece is purposely spit out.
Shoes shall be of soft material and shall not be fitted with spikes, cleats, hard soles, or hard heels. Shoelace knots will be secured with adhesive tape.
When deemed necessary by the referee all boxers shall have their hair secured in a manner that does not interfere with the vision and safety of either contestant.
(i) Provided however that no object can be worn to secure the contestant's hair which may cause injury to either contestant.
The wearing of body jewelry will be strictly prohibited during all contests.
The wearing of any facial or body cosmetic is strictly prohibited during all contests.
(j) Profanity. Use of profanity by a boxer, manager or second is prohibited. Any use of profanity after a warning by the referee or chief official may result in disqualification of the contestant, or ejection from the facility and a penalty point may be deducted from the contestant.
(k) Entering Ring. All contestants must be ready to enter the ring immediately upon the conclusion of the preceding contest or exhibition on a scheduled fight card.
(l) Demeanor During the Round. Each boxer shall take care to avoid fouling their opponent or illegally striking their opponent.
Regulations against fouls, as defined in these rules will be strictly enforced.
Wrestling and/or roughhousing in the ring will not be tolerated. Any boxer who intentionally lifts his or her opponent and then drops such opponent on the ring floor will be subject to immediate disqualification.
Boxers are at all times to follow the instructions of the referee. Any call for a break should immediately result in a clean break.
(m) Under-Conditioned Fighter. A contestant deemed under-conditioned by the referee, Commission or any designated representative of the Commission, shall be suspended for ninety (90) days.
(n) Penalty for Disqualification. Any boxer who is disqualified for any reason by the referee or chief official of the program will be subject to disciplinary action by the Athletic Commission.
(o) Fines. Any boxer can be fined, have his or her license suspended or have his or her license revoked in the event that a majority of the commission determines that the boxer did not utilize his or her best efforts in a match, contest, or exhibition.
(2) Seconds.
(a) Number Allowed. Each boxer must have two (2) seconds, unless the Commission permits otherwise. Each contestant shall have one (1) chief second. The seconds must be neatly attired. Persons holding a manager's or trainer's license in this state may participate in a contest as a second without applying for or obtaining a second's license.
(b) Leaving the Ring. Seconds shall leave the ring enclosure at the sound of the timekeeper's whistle. They shall leave the ring platform promptly when the bell sounds for the beginning of each round and immediately remove all obstructions, including stools, buckets, and any other corner equipment. None of these articles shall be replaced on the ring floor until the bell has sounded the end of a round.
(c) Assisting Contestant during Bout. During rounds, seconds are prohibited from assisting or interfering with the contestants.
(d) Throwing Towels. Seconds are prohibited from tossing a towel into the ring.
(e) Ejection and Disqualification. Violations of the provisions of this subparagraph may result in ejection of the offender from the ring corner, and may result in the disqualification of his or her contestant by the referee.
(3) Between Round Care. Between rounds care of a boxer will be strictly enforced by the Commission.
(a) Licensees Allowed in Ring between Rounds. One (1) licensee shall be allowed in the ring with the boxer during the rest period between rounds and no more than two (2) licensees, exclusive to the corner inspector and approved media personnel, will be allowed on the apron during that time.
(b) Corner Kit. The use of an unapproved preparation during the match, contest, or exhibition is prohibited. The only substances and materials allowed in the corner are limited to the following:
Ice;
Water;
Cotton swabs;
Gauze pads;
Clean towels;
Vaseline or surgical lubricant approved by the Commission;
Enswell;
Avitine or Adrenalene;
Athletic tape approved by the Commission.
(i) Any variance to the materials must be approved by the Commission.
(ii) Substances such as Monsell's solution, other iron or bismuth compounds, collodion, silver nitrate, ammonia or smelling salts will not be used and the use of such modalities will result in disqualification, and disciplinary action against the boxer, manager, second and/or trainer.
(c) Excessive Lubricant. The use of excessive lubricant on the body, arms or face of a boxer shall be prohibited. The referee shall determine whether excessive lubricant is on boxer's body, arms or face.
(d) Rehydration of Contestant during Bout. Water shall be used to hydrate a boxer between rounds. Honey, electrolyte glucose, sugar or any other substance mixed with water is prohibited.
(4) Referee.
(a) Stopping a Match. No one other than the referee may stop a fight during or between rounds. The referee shall have the authority to stop a contest at any time if one of the boxers is unable or no longer able to defend himself.
(b) Pre-match Instructions. Referees shall meet with the contestants and with each chief second appointed by the contestants prior to the beginning of the match, contest, or exhibition and during that meeting shall inform each party of the rules applicable to each fight as well as the in-ring conduct expected from each contestant and second assisting in the corner of each contestant.
(c) Pre-Bout Confirmation of Officials and Physician. Prior to calling for the sounding of the bell to begin each bout, the referee in the ring will confirm that the ringside physician as well as each judge assigned to the bout is in place at ringside.
(d) Count. The referee's count is the official count. When a contestant is knocked down, the referee shall order the opponent to retire to the farthest corner of the ring, pointing to that corner. Once the opponent has so retired to the farthest neutral corner the referee will immediately pick up the timekeeper's count. The referee shall then audibly announce the passing of each second, accompanying the count upward with motions of his or her arm, indicating the count with visual finger counts at the end of each second. The referee may cease counting if the opponent fails to remain in the neutral corner until the count is complete. No contestant who is knocked down shall be allowed to resume boxing until the referee has finished counting eight. The contestant may take the count either on the floor or standing.
(e) Count for Dazed Contestant. Should a contestant who is down rise before the count of ten (10) and again go down without being struck then the referee shall resume the count where he or she stopped.
(f) Saved by the Bell. A boxer cannot be saved by the bell in any round including the final round of any boxing contest.
When any round ends before a contestant who was knocked down rises, the bell shall not ring and count shall continue. If the contestant rises before the count of ten, the bell shall ring ending the round.
The one-minute rest period, delayed by the count in (g)(1) above, shall not begin until the bell has sounded ending the round.
A knockdown will not be awarded or scored if the blow was struck after the bell ending the round has sounded.
(g) Boxers Knocked Out of the Ring.
Any boxer knocked out of the ring or onto the floor shall receive a twenty (20) second count.
During the time that any such boxer is outside the ring, he or she shall not be assisted by any member of their corner, and if such assistance is offered, it shall end the match, contest, or exhibition with that boxer losing by a technical knockout.
As a general precaution, to protect the safety of the boxer and to prevent any potential injury, a boxer knocked out of the ring may have his or her fall stopped or slowed by any person without penalty, provided that such assistance shall only be to prevent injury from the fall and not to assist the boxer in returning to the ring.
(i) Standing Eight Count. There shall be no standing eight count.
(h) Knock-Out. If the contestant fails to rise before the count of ten (10), the referee shall declare said contestant the loser by a knockout.
(i) Failure to Answer Bell. A contestant shall not leave the ring during any one (1) minute rest period between rounds. If any contestant fails or refuses to resume boxing when the bell sounds signaling the commencement of the next round, the referee shall award a decision of technical knockout to his opponent as of the round which has last been finished.
(5) Fouls.
(a) In general, a referee has wide discretion in how to punish an offending boxer who fouls his or her opponent.
If the referee determines that a foul is unintentional, he or she may simply caution the offending boxer to be attentive to rules concerning fouls.
If the foul is determined to be intentional, the referee may issue a warning to the offending boxer, or may deduct one or more points from the offending boxer.
(b) Fouls, whether intentional or unintentional, are defined as follows:
Hitting below the belt;
Holding an opponent with one hand while hitting said opponent with the other hand, injuring the opponent;
Hitting an opponent who is "down" or who is getting up after being "down";
Holding an opponent or deliberately maintaining a clinch;
Butting with the head or shoulder or using the knee, injuring the opponent;
Hitting with the inside or butt of the hands, the wrists, or the elbows, injuring the opponent;
Hitting or "flicking" with open gloves;
Wrestling or roughing at the ropes;
Purposely going down without being hit;
Striking deliberately at that part of the body surrounding the kidneys;
The use of abusive or profane language;
Jabbing an opponent's eyes with the thumb of glove;
Rabbit punches (hitting the back of the head or neck);
Failure to obey the referee;
If the referee feels that boxer has conducted himself/herself in an unsportsmanlike manner, the referee may stop the bout and disqualify the boxer.
(c) Intentional Foul. At the referee's discretion, any foul defined in sub-paragraph (b) may be called "intentional."
Upon the first occurrence of such intentional foul and during the same round as such intentional foul occurs, the referee may, at his or her discretion and without previous warning, disqualify the offending boxer or deduct one (1) point from the offending boxer.
Upon the second occurrence of such intentional foul, the referee may, at his or her discretion and without previous warning disqualify the offending boxer or deduct two (2) points from the offending boxer.
If an intentional foul causes an injury and the injury is severe enough to terminate the bout immediately, the boxing causing the injury shall lose by disqualification.
If an intentional foul causes an injury and the bout is allowed to continue, the referee will immediately notify the judges of the foul and the injury, and deduct two (2) points from the boxer who caused the foul. Point deduction for an intentional foul that causes injury to a boxer is mandatory.
If an intentional foul causes an injury and the injury results in the bout being stopped later in the round, the injured boxer:
(i) If ahead on the score cards, will win by Technical Decision (TW), or
(ii) If behind or even on the score cards, the bout will be judged a Technical Draw (TD).
(d) Unintentional Foul. Except as provided below, no point will be deducted from the score or other disciplinary action taken against either boxer for an unintentional foul unless a previous warning has been given to the offending boxer. For the purposes of this subparagraph, unintentional fouls are actions as described by sub-paragraph (b) above, which in the judgment of the referee were not intentionally caused.
If an unintentional foul causes an injury severe enough for the referee to stop the bout, the bout result will be announced in accordance with the Uniform Championship Rules in effect at the time of the bout.
If an unintentional foul causes an injury severe enough for the referee to stop the bout after four (4) rounds have been completed, the bout will result in a Technical Decision (TW), awarded to the boxer who is ahead on the score cards at the time the bout is stopped.
(i) Partial or incomplete rounds will be scored. If no action has occurred, the round shall be scored as an even round.
(e) Cuts and Lacerations. A cut or laceration caused by either an intentional or an unintentional foul may only be treated during the one (1) minute break between rounds, provided however that the referee may a call a brief time-out and request a physician's evaluation of the cut to determine if the bout shall be allowed to continue. During such time-out, the cut may not be treated by the physician or any other person.
(6) Scoring.
(a) When Contestant Considered Knocked Down. A contestant shall be deemed down when, after a scoring blow was struck, and:
Any part of the downed boxer's body, other than his or her feet, makes contact with the ring floor;
He or she is hanging over the ropes in a defenseless manner (a referee can count the boxer out either on the ropes or on the floor);
(b) When Contestant Considered Not Knocked Down. A knockdown will not be scored or counted when:
The referee indicated that the boxer fell after slipping or being tripped.
The referee or the Commission supervisor determines that the blow was struck after the bell sounded ending the round.
(c) Deducting Points for Fouls.
A judge shall be careful to correctly deduct any point or points from the scorecard as commanded by the referee.
When one or more points is to be deducted from a boxer's score, the judge shall first record his or her actual score for the round (gross points before any points are deducted) and shall then deduct the appropriate number of points from that score to arrive at a net score for the round. The net-score for the round, after points are deducted, may result in neither boxer receiving a 10-point score.
(d) The 10 Point Must System.
(7) Low Blows: Intentional or Unintentional.
(a) Recuperation Time. Any contestant struck by a low blow may, at the discretion and after consultation with the ring physician, be given up to five (5) minutes to recuperate.
During such recuperation the injured boxer may sit on a stool inside the ring, or in a neutral corner, but may not rest in his assigned corner.
Only the referee is allowed to assist the injured boxer during the five-minute rest period.
The uninjured fighter, during any such rest period, may not be assisted and shall remain in the neutral corner furthest from the boxer.
(b) Bout Stopped by Low Blow. Except as provided in sub-paragraph (5)(b)(15) of this rule, no contestant injured by a low blow may be awarded the contest.
(8) Timekeepers.
(a) Number Assigned per Bout. Two (2) licensed timekeepers, assigned by the Commission, may upon the request of the Commission be required at each event; one (1) to keep time and one (1) to count for the knockdowns.
(b) Announcement Responsibilities.
(i) Regardless of the sounding of the bell, the referee in the ring is the sole authority to announce when the round begins. Each boxer will remain in their assigned corner. The referee, once he or she is satisfied that each boxer is prepared to begin and that no condition exists which may present a medical hazard to either boxer, will announce "FIGHT."
(ii) The timekeeper will immediately start the clock at the referee's command of "FIGHT."
Timekeepers shall alert the referee by striking the table ten (10) seconds prior to the end of each round.
Timekeepers shall indicate ten (10) seconds prior to the end of each one (1) minute rest period.
(d) Countdown Responsibilities. When a boxer is down, the timekeeper shall rise and start his or her count, counting by one (1) for each second until ten (10) is reached. After the referee has taken control of the count, the timekeeper shall be seated and cease counting.
(e) Responsibility to Announce in an Emergency Suspension of Round. If the referee is absent from the ring or temporarily incapacitated the timekeeper shall immediately sound the gong for temporary discontinuance of the contest.
(9) After the Contest, Match, or Exhibition.
(a) Contestants to Leave Ring. When the decision of the referee or judges has been announced both contestants and their seconds shall at once leave the ring and retire to their dressing rooms.
(b) Decision Announcement. In all preliminary contests decided by the judges' scorecards, up to and including the semi-main event, the announcer will announce if the decision is "unanimous," "a majority decision," or "a draw." In main events and championship contests decided by the judges' scorecards, the total points given each contestant by the three (3) individual judges will be announced.
(c) Finality of the Decision. A decision rendered at the end of any boxing contest is final and shall not be changed unless the Commission determines that any of the following occurred:
There was collusion or fraud affecting the result of any contest, or,
The compilation of the score cards of the referee and judges reveals a clerical or mathematical error which caused the decision to be given to the wrong boxer.
There was a violation of the laws or rules and regulations governing professional boxing in this state which affected the results of any contest.
The chief official may in his or her discretion change a referee's decision if, in his or her judgment, a palpable and self-evident error has been committed.
Video Instant-Replay. When available, video instant-replay may be used to ensure the accuracy of a fight ending sequence and at no other point in the bout. Once video instant-replay is employed, the bout, match, or exhibition is over. When used, the Chief Inspector shall review whether the cause of the bouts end was by means of legal or illegal striking. Bouts ending due to illegal (intentional or unintentional foul) shall be settled in the manner listed in the chapter above. The secondary referee, outside the ring, may consult with the Chief Inspector on the correct outcome of the bout, but the decision rests solely with the Chief Inspector.
(d) Appeal of Decision.
A petition to change a decision or the ruling of the chief official shall be in writing and filed by a boxer or the boxer's manager within five (5) business days from the date the decision was rendered.
The Commission may hold a hearing to change the decision or the ruling of the chief official at any time within fourteen (14) days from the date the decision was written. A majority vote of the Commissioners shall be required prior to holding a hearing.
If the Commission determines that any of the above occurred with regards to any contest then the decision rendered shall be changed as the Commission may direct, and shall notify the national registry of the change.
History
(1) "Mixed Martial Arts" - Unarmed combat involving the use of any combination of techniques from different disciplines of the martial arts, including, without limitation, grappling, submission holds, throws, and striking or kicking with the hands, feet, knees, or elbows.
(2) "Professional Mixed Martial Arts" - Includes kick boxing matches, contests, or exhibitions, or a mixed martial arts matches, contests, or exhibitions or events, which is not governed or otherwise designated by the Alabama Athletic Commission as an amateur mixed martial arts event.
(3) "Applicant" - Means any persons, corporations, organizations or associations required to be licensed before promoting, holding, organizing, participating in, or competing in a professional mixed martial arts match.
(4) "Body Jewelry" - Means any tangible object affixed to, through, or around any portion of the contestant's body.
(5) "Federal Identification Card" - Means any identification card issued by the Commission pursuant to or any such card issued by another boxing, mixed martial arts or athletic Commission as required by Chapter 165-X-1.02.
(6) "Official" - Unless otherwise indicated is an exclusive term collectively meaning "Inspectors" "judges," "referees," "timekeepers," and "inspectors."
(7) "Professional Mixed Martial Arts Sanctioning Organization" - A national or internationally organization generally recognized in the mixed martial arts community and which: ranks mixed martial arts competitors within each weight class; sanctions and approves championship matches in those weight classes; and awards championship status and championship prizes (belts, rings, plaques, etc.) to the winner of those matches.
(8) "Special Event" - Means a professional mixed martial arts card event, exhibition or event, which has among its contests a championship match, a pay-per-view or subscription match, a national televised match, or any other match or significance to mixed martial arts in this state as designated by the Alabama Athletic Commission.
(9) "The Commission" - refers to the Alabama Athletic Commission.
History
(1) Application Procedures.
(a) Terms and Agreements. Every license issued is subject to the terms, conditions, and agreements set forth in the application as well as those set forth in these rules and the Alabama Boxing, Wrestling, and Mixed Martial Arts Act.
(b) Applications Forms. Applications for annual license shall be submitted to the Commission on an application form provided by the Commission.
(c) Incomplete Applications.
No license or permit shall be issued until the person seeking the license or permit has submitted a complete application.
Applications submitted without proper payment as provided in these rules will not be processed or approved.
(d) Participant Application Due Date. Except as provided in 165-X-2-.03(a) below, all participant applications must be submitted prior to the weigh-in preceding the first professional match, contest, or exhibition in which the applicant intends to participate in this state.
No official weigh-in will be performed for an unlicensed mixed martial artist.
Licenses shall be issued annually and shall expire on December 31 of each calendar year.
(e) Approval and Denial of Participant Licenses. Annual licenses for referees, judges, timekeepers, matchmakers, mixed martial artist, managers, trainers and seconds, may be approved or denied by the Commission.
(f) Background Investigation. The Commission shall request general background information of any applicant for any license.
(g) Denial of License. The Commission may deny issuing a license to any person who has violated the Alabama Boxing, Wrestling, and Mixed Martial Arts Act, or has violated Commission rules and regulations or violated Commission bylaws or who submits an application containing false statements or material omissions.
(h) Expiration Date. Annual licenses are valid until December 31 of the calendar year in which they are issued.
(i) Verbal or physical abuse of official or commission appointed supervisor. Any licensee who verbally or physically abuses an official or member of the Commission appointed supervisor of a match, contest, or exhibition shall be summarily suspended and his or her license may be revoked.
(j) Prohibited Communication with Individual Commissioners. Anyone wishing to communicate with members of the Commission must notify the executive director of the Commission two (2) weeks prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting. Timely written notices will be added to the meeting's agenda. Any person wishing to address the Commission shall be given the opportunity to do so during the new business section of the next regularly scheduled Commission meeting.
(k) Documents. All documents submitted to the Commission for the purposes of making application or any other purpose shall be property of the Commission.
(2) License Fees.
(a) Application Fee. All application and renewal fees shall be submitted with the application or renewal. All fees shall be by certified check or money order.
Schedule of Fees. Annual fees for participant licenses, promoter's licenses, and match permits are as follow:
| (i) Mixed martial artists | $ 40.00 | | --- | --- | | (ii) Judge | $100.00 | | (iii) Manager | $100.00 | | (iv) Application for Match Permit | $250.00 | | (v) Match Permit | 6% of gross sales | | (vi) Matchmaker | $100.00 | | (vii) Promoter | $250.00 | | (viii) Referee | $100.00 | | (ix) Second | $ 40.00 | | (x) Timekeeper | $100.00 | | (xi) Trainer | $100.00 | | (xii) Returned Check | $ 30.00 |
Application Fees are not refundable. The proposed date of any match, contest, or exhibition disclosed on an open match permit application may be changed without the requirement of an additional fee.
(3) Licenses Issued By the Commission.
(a) Promoter's License. Application for a promoter's license must be made in writing and received by the Commission no less than thirty (30) days in advance of the proposed date for promoting any professional match, contest, or exhibition in this state.
Each application for a promoter's license shall be accompanied cash, certified check, cashier's check, or personal check in the amount of $250.00 and made out to the Commission.
Each application for a promoter's license shall be accompanied with an appropriate security bond.
Applications for a promoter's license shall be signed in the presence of a Commission representative, or shall be signed in the presence of and verified by a notary public.
The promoter shall provide the Commission's executive director a video of the match, contest, or exhibition within thirty (30) days of the match, contest, or exhibition. The video shall be provided in a format acceptable to the Commission or the Commission's executive director. The Commission reserves the right to change the requested format of the video at any time.
Promoters are prohibited from participating in any match, contest, or exhibition that they are promoting without approval from the Commission. Any promoter that is approved to participate in a match, contest, or exhibition must obtain the appropriate participant license from the Commission.
Any licensed promoter who partners or joint-ventures with any other person, for the promotion of a mixed martial arts match, contest, or exhibition in this state, shall disclose to the Commission each party's financial responsibility in the partnership or joint-venture. The promoter licensed by the Commission shall be considered the principal promoter of the show and will be solely responsible for all financial obligations incurred in its production. Contracts shall be filed with the Commission delimiting each party's financial responsibility.
Any licensed promoter who partners or joint-ventures with any other person, or the promotion of a mixed martial arts match, contest, or exhibition in this state, shall be considered a co-promoter.
Co-promoters must obtain a promoters license prior to promoting any professional match, contest, or exhibition in this state.
Agreements between the promoter and any other party or co-promoter for payment of any purse will not be honored by the Commission unless the co-promoter or any other party files with the Commission an approved security bond in the amount of the total deferred obligation.
Agreements between the promoter and any other party or co-promoter for payment of any regulatory fees, match permit fees, license fees, and or taxes will not be honored by the Commission without prior approval by the Commission and without the co-promoter or other party filing with the Commission an approved security bond or some combination thereof in the amount of the total deferred obligation.
Any co-promoter of a mixed martial arts match, contest, or exhibition shall obtain a promoter license from the Commission. There shall be no limitation on the number of days prior to a match, contest or exhibition when a co-promoter's application may be submitted to the Commission, however, the application must be submitted thirty (30) days prior to promoting the match, contest or exhibition.
(i) Rules and requirements shall be the same for co-promoters as for promoters, provided however that the Commission may require from each co-promoter, in addition to the promoter's license bond, a suitable match permit bond or such other financial security as defined by these rules or the Alabama Boxing, Wrestling and Mixed Martial Arts Act.
(ii) Agreements between the co-promoter and the promoter for payment of any purse shall be submitted to the Commission and approved prior to the start of the match, contest, or exhibition.
(iii) Agreements between the co-promoter and the promoter for payment of any fees, and taxes shall be submitted to the Commission and approved prior to the start of the match, contest, or exhibition.
(b) Match Permit.
Applications for a match permit must be made in writing and received by the Commission at least 30 days in advance of the date for such professional mixed martial arts match, contest, or exhibition. Any licensed promoter who has held a professional mixed martial arts match, contest, or exhibition in the state within the previous twelve months may apply for subsequent match permits no less than 15 days in advance of the proposed date of each subsequent professional mixed martial arts match, contest, or exhibition.
Each match permit application shall be accompanied by a non-refundable cashier's check or money order in the amount of $250.00 and made out to the Commission.
A match permit fee will be calculated by the Commission. Match permit fee shall be calculated at six percent (6%) of gross receipts from ticket sales to the professional mixed martial arts match, contest, or exhibition. For television and broadcasts, match permit fee shall be calculated at three percent (3%) of gross receipts from television and broadcast revenue for the first one million dollars ($1,000,000) of revenue and one percent (1%) of the next two million ($2,000,000). Broadcast fees will cap at fifty thousand dollars ($50,000).
(i) Ticket sales include the face value all tickets, orders, and lots sold for the event, and the fair value or face value of any promotional tickets, orders, and lots sold or provided at no cost.
(ii) The promoter must complete and submit to the Commission a Match Permit Fee Form provided by the Commission at the conclusion of the match, contest, or exhibition. The Commission will calculate the Permit Fee and notify the promoter.
(iii) The promoter shall have thirty (30) days to submit the Permit Fee. Permit applications and fees not received within thirty (30) days of the planned event may be subject to an additional match permit application and match permit application fee.
(iv) Two percent (2%) of tickets may be complimentary and exempt from the match permit fee.
Each application for a match permit shall be accompanied with an appropriate security bond as provided for in these rules.
Each match permit application should be accompanied with copies of all contracts with all participants and officials, and any other contracts which the promoter has entered into for the match, contest, or exhibition.
Applicants for a match permit will be notified of the date, time, and place of documents submitted by the applicant will be reviewed by the Commission.
(i) Applicants or their designated and licensed representative(s) may attend the meeting and answer any questions the Commission has concerning the proposed event.
(ii) The Commission shall notify the applicant that his or her application has been approved or denied within seven (7) days of the Commission's decision.
(c) Matches, Contests and Exhibitions Benefiting Charity.
A person who wishes to promote a match, contest or exhibition for charitable purposes must file with the Commission a letter of intent to present the match, contest or exhibition as benefiting a charitable organization. The letter of intent must contain the name of the charity, charitable fund, or organization which is to benefit from the match, contest or exhibition and the amount expected to be to be paid to the charity. The letter of intent must be signed by the promoter and co-signed by an authorized representative of the charity to benefit from the match, contest or exhibition. No match permit shall be issued for a charitable match, contest, or exhibition without full financial disclosure of all promoters and charitable organizations involved, including all contracts and proposals between all licensees, officials, and parties involved.
Within three (3) business days after a match, contest, or exhibition benefiting a charitable organization is held, the promoter(s) and benefiting charitable organization(s) shall furnish to the Commission:
(i) A certified copy of the ticket manifest showing the number of tickets sold. The manifest shall give a breakdown disclosing the number of tickets sold in each price range and the number of complimentary tickets given for the match, contest, or exhibition;
(ii) A certified and itemized statement of the match, contest, or exhibition's gross receipts from sponsorships, ticket sales, advertisements, or any other source;
(iii) A statement disclosing the itemized and total gross expenditures in connection with the match, contest, or exhibition;
(iv) A statement co-signed by the promoter and the authorized representative of the Charitable organization, disclosing the net amount paid to the charitable fund or organization
(i) Shall notify the promoter that his or her license is summarily suspended.
(ii) Shall notify the charity of the suspension.
(iii) Shall decline to issue a match permit to the promoter for the holding of any match, contest, or exhibition until the statements are provided.
(iv) Shall decline to issue a match permit to any promoter to hold any future match, contest, or exhibition for the benefit of the charitable organization, until the statements are provided.
(d) Matchmakers. Matchmakers applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
A matchmaker shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has the proper background in matchmaking, and shall produce a list of all professional fighters that he or she has matched, the promoters who promoted the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
(e) Trainers. Trainers applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in training mixed martial artists, and shall produce a list of all professional fighters that he or she has trained, the promoters who promoted the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur fighters that he or she has trained.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
(f) Seconds. Seconds applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in serving as a second, and shall produce a list of all professional fighters that he or she has served as a second, the promoters who promoted the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur fighters that he or she has served as a second.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
(g) Disciplinary Action.
(i) Any person who has had his or her license revoked by the Commission may not petition for reinstatement or apply for a new license until one (1) year after the revocation.
(h) Falsifying an Application. Upon a finding by the majority of the Commission that any licensee or applicant has knowingly made a misleading, deceptive, untrue or fraudulent representation in regard to a professional match contest or exhibition of mixed martial arts or any document connected therewith or practiced fraud or deceit or intentionally made any false statement in obtaining a license to participate or promote a professional match contest or exhibition of mixed martial arts or made a false statement or deceptive registration with the Commission then the Commission shall have the authority to refuse to grant a license to an applicant, revoke the license of a person licensed by the Commission, or discipline a person licensed by the Commission.
History
(1) Promoter's License Surety Bond.
(a) Before any promoter's license is issued authorizing the promotion of professional mixed martial arts matches in Alabama, the applicant shall make and deliver to the Commission a security bond executed by a surety corporation authorized to transact business in this state.
(b) Any and all bond applications shall be on a form provided by the Commission, and shall be accompanied by an enforceable power of attorney. The Commission may also require certificate of "good standing" issued by the Commissioner of Insurance.
(c) If any company issuing a bond shall be removed from doing business in this state, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Insurance to notify the Commission within 30 days.
(d) The bond shall be in such amount as the Commission may determine based upon the payment of officials' fees, fees necessary to secure the proper medical supervision of any professional mixed martial arts show in Alabama, and/or the estimated potential damages, penalties, taxes or expenses resulting from promotional activities contemplated in Alabama.
(e) Whenever the Commission shall determine that a previously approved bond has for any cause become insufficient, the Commission may require an additional bond or bonds to be given, conforming with the requirements of these rules.
(2) Match Permit Bond.
(a) Before any match permit is issued authorizing the sale of tickets and the ancillary contracting necessary to promote a professional mixed martial arts show in Alabama, the applicant shall make and deliver to the Commission a security bond executed by a surety corporation authorized to transact business in this state. The purpose of the bond is to ensure that each Contestant competing in Alabama is paid their entire purse, and that full payment of other contractual liabilities is made.
(b) Any and all bond applications shall be on a form provided by the Commission, and shall be accompanied by an enforceable power of attorney. The Commission may also require a certificate of 'good standing' issued by the Commissioner of Insurance.
(c) If any company issuing a bond shall be removed from doing business in this state, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Insurance to notify the Commission within 30 days.
(d) The bond shall be in such amount as the Commission may determine based upon the estimated contractual liabilities against the licensed promoter for damages and expenses resulting from non-payment of contract liabilities, including but not limited to the total amount of each competing Contestant's purse or other services contracted for or from promotional activities conducted within Alabama.
(e) Whenever the Commission shall determine that a previously approved bond has for any cause become insufficient, the Commission may require additional bond or bonds to be given, conforming with the requirements of these rules.
(3) Complaints and Actions to Recover Damages.
Complaints shall be categorized and kept on file by the Commission the appropriate action to be taken. Reports of illegal events, contesting of bout results, complaints against a licensee, and claims against a bond shall be categorized as complaints.
(a) Any person claiming that he or she has been damaged by a breach of the conditions of a bond given by a licensee as provided in these rules shall notify the Attorney General.
(b) The Attorney General, after an investigation is conducted, may contract the Commission, its executive director or other duly authorized representative for disciplinary action against the person whom the complaint was filed.
(c) Reports of unsanctioned events shall be logged on a complaint database and given a claim number. The Executive Director or other Commission appointed representative(s) may work with the Attorney General's Office and federal, state, and/or local law enforcement agencies to terminate illegal event.
(d) Complaint against a bout result. See 165-X-2-.08,9.,C.
(e) Complaints against a licensee. See 165-X-2-.08,9,.C and D.
History
(1) Medical Examinations.
(a) Neurological Examination.
All mixed martial artists intended to compete in Alabama who have competed in over two-hundred (200) rounds during their professional career, according to the number of rounds disclosed on such mixed martial artist's official cage or ring record, and prior to competing in Alabama, must submit to the Commission the results of a detailed neurological examination performed within the precious twelve (12) months by a board certified and state licensed neurologist.
Such examination shall include a careful examination for signs of any trauma-induced neurological damage along with any other specific test or tests requested by the neurologist.
Any mixed martial artist not submitting said results prior to the match may be allowed to compete provided however that such mixed martial arts fighter's license will, at the conclusion of the match, be medically suspended until such time as his/her neurological examination requirement is fulfilled.
(b) Eye Examination.
All mixed martial fights fighters intending to compete in Alabama who have competed in over two-hundred (200) rounds during their professional career, according to the number of rounds disclosed on such mixed martial artist's official cage or ring record, and prior to competing in Alabama, must submit to the Commission results from a complete ophthalmological or optometric examination performed within the previous twelve (12) months by a state licensed optometrist or board certified ophthalmologist.
Such examination shall include a careful dilated examination of the retinal periphery utilizing indirect ophthalmoscope sufficient to identify any sign of previous trauma or retinal damage along with any other specific test or tests requested by said ophthalmologist or optometrist.
Any mixed martial artist not submitting said results prior to the match may be allowed to compete provided however that such mixed martial artist's license will, at the conclusion of the match, be medically suspended until such time as this ophthalmological or optometric requirement is fulfilled.
(i) The Commission may require updated examinations pursuant to sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) of this rule after each successive fifty (50) fought rounds after the previous submission, as disclosed on such mixed martial artist's official cage or ring record.
(2) Pre-Fight Examination. At the time of weigh-in, or at such other time as is then announced, all mixed martial arts fighters must pass a pre-fight medical examination and a Commission designated physician must complete a Pre-Fight Medical Examination Form. The examining physician shall deliver all Pre-Fight Examination Forms to the Commission or to its authorized representative no more than five (5) days after the weigh-in.
(a) Pregnancy Testing.
Each female mixed martial artist, during the pre-fight physical, will be required to submit to a pregnancy test administered under the direction of the examining physician, or such physician's authorized assistant. The cost of such test, unless the mixed martial artist's contract or bout agreement states otherwise, shall be the responsibility of the promoter. For purposes of this sub-paragraph, the term "pass" shall mean that the participant is not pregnant.
Female mixed martial artists submitting written documentation acceptable to the examining physician may be waived from the pre-fight physical pregnancy test requirement. Such documentation shall be limited to:
(i) A copy of a lab report from a recognized clinical laboratory and dated within ten (10) days of the pre-fight physical attesting that the mixed martial artist is not pregnant, or
(ii) A statement from a state licensed physician, on such physician's letterhead stationery, stating that the mixed martial artist has undergone certain medical procedures rendering her medically improbable of bearing children.
(b) Failed Pre-Fight Physical.
Whenever a mixed martial artist's examination indicates that he or she is unfit for competition, because of any weakness or disability discovered by the physician, an immediate report of such evidence must be made to the Commission. In such case, the mixed martial artist shall be prohibited from participating in the match.
The examining physician shall deliver all pre-fight examination reports to the Commission or to its authorized representative immediately after the weigh-in.
Any contestant who fails his or her pre-fight physical for medical reasons or for lack of general conditioning shall be placed on immediate medical suspension and reported to the Commission.
(c) Hydration Testing.
(d) Minimum Uncorrected Visual Acuity.
(e) Additional Medical Examinations.
(i) The Commission shall require re-examinations submitted after each successive fifty (50) professional rounds after the previous submission, as disclosed on such mixed martial artist's official cage or ring record.
(f) Medical Suspensions by Other Commissions.
Medical suspensions. Other athletic commissions recognized by the Association of Boxing Commissions and which are published by any boxing registry approved for such purposes by the Association of Boxing Commissions shall be recognized by the Commission.
Medical examinations after suspensions. A mixed martial artist who is under medical suspension in another state shall submit to any medical examination listed in this chapter as requested by the Commission prior to competing in a contest or exhibition in this state.
(g) Drugs Prohibited.
(i) The Commission may order a mixed martial artist to undergo a drug screening at any time. A Drug Screen Form must be completed by an approved laboratory and submitted to the Commission within seven (7) days of the order.
(h) Post Contest Inactive Period.
(i) Head Injury.
(j) Knock Out And Technical Knock Out.
When a mixed martial artist is defeated by knock out, that mixed martial artist's license shall be placed on an immediate sixty (60) day medical suspension.
Upon a mixed martial artist's second defeat by knock out, the mixed martial artist's license may be placed on an immediate ninety (90) day medical suspension, with discretion given to the physician and the Commission's Executive Director.
A Post-Knock Out Examination Form shall be completed by a physician and submitted to the Commission along with request for medical clearance for thirty (30) days prior to participating in a contest or exhibition in this state. Any mixed martial artist losing by knock out in three (3) or more consecutive fights shall be placed on immediate medical suspension for a period of six (6) months.
Unless otherwise ordered by the attending cage side or ringside physician, there shall be a minimum thirty (30) day medical suspension after a technical knockout.
Technical knock outs caused by a severe cut shall result in a sixty (60) day medical suspension.
Submissions with injury may also warrant a medical suspension as determined by the cage side or ringside physician.
Completing a suspension may require approved medical evaluations as determined by the cage side or ringside physician.
(k) Under-Conditioned Fighter.
(i) If it should be determined by the referee, any member of the Commission present, or any designated representative of the Commission present that a mixed martial artist did not give a good faith effort to display his or her skills, then that mixed martial artist shall be subject to disciplinary action.
(ii) A disqualified mixed martial artist may be disciplined by the Commission.
(l) Consecutive Losses.
Four or More Consecutive Losses by TKO, KO, or DQ. A mixed martial artist who has four (4) consecutive fights by knock-out, technical knock-out, or disqualification, according to the mixed martial artist's official cage or ring record compiled and maintained by the mixed martial arts registry, shall be summarily suspended pending a hearing by the Commission. Suspension will be listed as "Indefinite Pending Hearing."
History of Poor Performance. Any mixed martial artist with a history of poor performance shall not be approved to compete against any other mixed martial artist, except another mixed martial artist who has a similar history of poor performance in the same weight class.
(m) Verification of Contestant Experience.
(i) Mixed martial artist is making his or her pro debut
(ii) Mixed martial artist has not competed in the last twelve (12) months
(iii) Mixed martial artist has lost his or her last six (6) consecutive events
(iv) Mixed martial artist has lost four (4) consecutive events by TKO, KO, or DQ
(n) General Responsibilities and Provisions.
(i) Medical Insurance.
(I) The promoter shall provide for the mixed martial artists' insurance covering ambulance services, medical, surgical, and hospital care with a minimum limit of $20,000 for injuries sustained while participating in said program and for a $20,000 death benefit awarded to the estate of any contestant should death occur from injuries received while participating in the contest or exhibition.
(ii) Physician.
(I) A cage side or ringside physician shall be present at all events. A Commission-designated cage side or ringside physician must be at cage side or ringside each bout. A Commission-designated cage side or ringside physician shall be either a M.D. or D.O.
(II) All "Ringside" physicians serving ring or cage side shall obtain ARP/ACSM Certified Ringside Physician (CRP) certification. All physicians having completed the CRP shall be licensed as a "Ringside Physician."
(iii) Ambulance Service.
(I) The promoter shall provide continuous ambulance service with a state-certified EMT attendant and a state-certified paramedic, who shall provide a resuscitator, stretcher, backboard, oxygen, and such other medical equipment reasonably expected for immediate trauma care, and who shall be present before the start of each contest and shall remain on site until the end of the program.
(II) For the purposes of this section, a program of mixed martial arts begins with the commencement of the first contest or exhibition and ends when the last mixed martial artist leaves the site of the program.
(III) The chief referee and/or Commission-appointed supervisor shall meet with the EMT and paramedic prior to the beginning of the match, contest, or exhibition. During such meeting the chief referee or Commission supervisor will instruct the EMT and paramedic concerning the match, contest, or exhibition, placement of the stretcher and any other information necessary to ensure prompt and appropriate immediate care.
(IV) An ambulance shall be able and available to immediately transport any severely injured mixed martial artist to an appropriate medical facility. No other scheduled contest or exhibition may proceed until there is an ambulance and paramedic at the facility, that has met with the chief referee and/or the Commission appointed supervisor as described in subparagraph (III), above.
(V) In addition to the above-mentioned ambulance, a paramedic, licensed by the State of Alabama, shall be present at ring or cage side with the ringside physician. The paramedic shall possess advanced life support equipment necessary to resuscitate a fighter and package them for transport to the hospital. The paramedic is in addition to any EMT's or paramedics that are hired for the safety of the crowd and shall not leave ringside while a fight is taking place and shall be in direct communication with the ringside physician at all times. The ringside paramedic shall only leave ringside to attend to a spectator or other person in the event of an emergency and when no other paramedic is available.
(iv) Hepatitis and HIV Testing.
(I) Blood borne pathogen testing. All mixed martial artists in all bouts shall be tested for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and HIV by a laboratory approved by the Commission. The initial test for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and HIV detection shall be conducted within (365) days prior to competition.
I. In addition to the pre-competition test, any mixed martial artist shall be re-tested for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and HIV prior to his or her participation in each mixed martial arts match, contest, or exhibition in Alabama if the match, contest, or exhibition is scheduled to occur more than (365) days after the date of the most recent test. The results must be submitted to the Commission with the show date request prior to the official weigh-in.
(II) Positive tests for blood-borne pathogens. Any mixed martial artist who tests positive for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, or HIV shall appear before the medical advisory panel, which after verifying the results of the test, shall advise the Commission as to whether the mixed martial artist's participation in a match, contest, or exhibition would pose a threat to the health and safety of a participant, official, or spectator.
I. Any mixed martial artist that tests positive for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, or HIV who is scheduled for competition must disclose to the promoter that he or she has tested positive for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, or HIV.
History
(1) General Safety. It shall be the promoter's responsibility to ensure safety for the Contestants, officials, media and fans and to comply with all safety standards required by the Commission.
(a) Arena Security. Arena security is the responsibility of the promoter and such security measures provided by the promoter shall be sufficient to maintain order. At a minimum, two (2) sworn off duty law enforcement officers shall be retained for security.
(b) Obtain Cage or Ring. The promoter will provide a cage or ring for the match and that the cage or ring must pass the certification requirements established by the Commission.
(c) Extra Gloves. Each promoter must have an extra set of gloves of the appropriate weight available to be used in case a glove is broken or otherwise damaged during the course of the contest or exhibition of mixed martial arts.
(d) Cage or Ring and Glove Certification. It is the promoter's responsibility to ensure that the cage or ring and gloves selected for use during each show meet the Commission's rules and regulations concerning proper certification and should be resolved no less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the show.
(e) Advanced Advertising. In addition to the requirements in this Chapter, no contestant or celebrity shall be advertised by any promoter before said promoter has in his or her possession a written commitment from said contestant or celebrity and before said promoter has filed a copy of such written commitment with the Commission.
(f) Suggesting Benefits for Charitable Organization. No promoter may advertise, hold out, or suggest in any fashion that a portion of the proceeds of any proposed mixed martial arts show will be donated to a charitable organization without first complying with the Commission's rules governing "programs for charity."
(g) Main Event Start Time. The final bout for all mixed martial arts events sanctioned by the Alabama Athletic and Entertainment Commission shall start by 11:59 pm on the date for which the event permit is approved.
(2) Cage Side or Ringside Physician.
(a) Providing a physician. It shall be the responsibility of the Commission representative to assign one or more physicians at cage side or ringside during each mixed martial arts contest.
The physicians assigned must be on the roster of physicians authorized to conduct pre-fight physicals and serve as cage side or ringside physicians created by the Commission.
At least one cage side or ringside physician must have in his or her possession any medical supplies and equipment reasonably anticipated to provide first-aid medical assistance for the type of injuries reasonably anticipated to occur in professional mixed martial arts matches.
The promoter shall compensate assigned cage side or ringside physicians in an amount to be mutually agreed upon by the promoter.
(3) Arena.
(a) Drinks. No mixed martial arts match will be allowed to commence or continue, without specific authorization from the Commission, in any arena where concessionaires dispense or serve beverages in containers other than plastic or paper cups, or aluminum cans.
(b) Arena safety. No mixed martial arts match will be allowed to commence or continue in any arena which appears to the Commission-appointed supervisor to be unsafe or where the Commission-appointed supervisor has reason to believe that such building or location does not conform to any applicable laws, ordinances and regulations in the city or unincorporated county area.
(c) Dressing rooms. The only people allowed in the Contestant's dressing room are the contestants, managers, seconds, Commission representatives including appointed commissioners and approved physician(s).
Promoters shall be required by the Commission-appointed supervisor to post a Guard or Commission-appointed inspector at the entrance to the dressing rooms to aid in enforcement of dressing room security.
A separate dressing area shall be provided for all referees and judges and all other Commission-appointed representatives.
(4) Media Guidelines.
(a) Promoter Responsibilities For Media Personnel. It shall be the responsibility of the promoter to provide access to any sanctioned event to media professionals for print, television, radio and online media. The promoter has a duty to provide access to media professionals while ensuring their personal safety at the event.
Promoters of mixed martial arts events shall provide media personnel with easily identifiable credentials that are clearly visible to state inspectors.
Promoters of mixed martial arts events shall provide a four-foot (4') wide open buffer zone between credentialed media and the cage or ring apron.
Promoters shall ensure the safety of credentialed media professionals by requiring them to remain outside the four-foot (4') buffer zone at all times.
(b) Promoters shall provide security in the general area of credentialed media to insure they are allowed to perform their job functions with a clear view of the action and without hindrance from ticket holders, fight staff or others.
(c) Media Access to Restricted Areas. Promoters may provide access to credentialed media inside the cage or ring immediately following a bout upon clearance from an official.
Following an individual bout or at the close of an event, promoters may allow access to credentialed reporters and photographers directly outside the dressing rooms or staging areas restricted for fighters, fight staff and state officials.
Promoters shall ensure the personal safety of any credentialed media by providing a police officer in any area designated for interviews, photographs or press conferences.
(5) Violation: Penalties.
(a) Promoters or contestants that violate any section of this chapter shall be referred to the investigations hearing of the Commission for further action. Provided however that any action taken as a result of the hearing or by the full Commission to enforce or attempt to enforce the provisions of this chapter will be taken only after notice and hearing according to the Alabama Administrative Procedure Act. Either paragraph (a) or (b) within this subsection shall be subject to disciplinary action by the Commission.
(6) Show.
(a) Marketing Prohibited Without Prior Commission Approval. Commission approval or authorization must be obtained prior to selling tickets, making announcements, or distributing advertisements concerning any show, show date, contestants, or matches of professional mixed martial arts. Violations shall be referred to the investigations hearing of the Commission for disciplinary action.
(b) Professional Rounds scheduled.
Unless otherwise approved by the Commission, promoters shall schedule no less than twenty (20) rounds of mixed martial arts on one (1) program. An emergency bout must be provided in case any of the scheduled bouts are not held.
No professional mixed martial arts match shall have any rounds lasting longer than five (5) minutes.
(i) All contests or exhibitions in professional mixed martial arts featuring male mixed martial artists will be required to have three (5) minute rounds with one (1) minute rest periods between rounds.
(ii) All contests or exhibitions in professional mixed martial arts featuring female mixed martial artists will be allowed to have three (5) minute rounds with one (1) minute rest periods between rounds.
(c) Card Approval. Requests for preliminary approval of mixed martial arts cards should be received by the Executive Director of the Commission or Commission-appointed supervisor no less than ten (10) days prior to the start of the event. The names and federal identification numbers and verification numbers of all competitors must be included and shall be typed. No handwritten requests shall be accepted. The Final card must be received by the Commission-appointed supervisor or Chief Inspector no less than three (3) days prior to the date of the contest.
Substitutions to the final card will only be allowed after sufficient written evidence documenting the reason why such substitution is required. The information must be written on a form provided by the Commission and the signature must be witnessed by the Executive Director, Commission-appointed supervisor or a state of Alabama notary public. Failure to provide sufficient evidence will result in the cancellation of the scheduled bout and/or disciplinary action by the Commission.
No substitution will be allowed during the final twelve hours prior to the beginning of the event.
(i) No bout will be allowed to take place without the prior approval of the Chief Inspector or Commission-appointed supervisor for the event.
(7) Purse.
(a) Method of Payment. Except as otherwise stated below, purses shall be paid by check, certified or cashier's check immediately after the contest. No cash shall be accepted. Payments of percentage contracts shall be made as soon as the amount can be determined. If requested by the Commission or by any Contestant, All purse payments shall be made in the presence of the authorized Commission representative.
After notification and approval by the Commission, arrangement for the payment of any purse greater than $50,000.00 shall be mutually agreed to by the promoter and the Contestant.
Should a promoter default on payments to Contestants, only that amount disclosed on the contract or bout agreement filed with the Commission and in advance of the bout will be covered by any bond on file with the Commission.
(b) Minimum Payment per Contracted Round. All contestants shall be guaranteed a purse equal to or exceeding $100 per contracted round. No "cash equivalent" substitutions for the payment of the minimum contracted amount including tickets in lieu of payment shall be allowed. Contestants shall be paid by check or money order only. Violations shall be referred to an investigative hearing of the Commission for disciplinary action.
(8) Contracts.
(a) Contract or Bout Agreement: Unless agreed upon in advance by the Commission, all bout agreements must be on the form approved by the Commission.
(i) The amount of guarantee or percentage promised; the number and time limit of rounds; when and where the official weigh-in will be conducted; when and where the Contestants are scheduled to appear; weight; and all other reasonably expected to be an issue of agreement within professional mixed martial arts contracts and agreements.
(I) Weights expressed on bout agreements for all four (4) and six (6) round bouts shall allow no less than a +/-2 pounds variance of the contracted weight.
(II) Weights expressed on bout agreements for all championship (12 rounds) matches shall be absolute and shall not allow for any variance.
(ii) Signature of the promoter or his or her designated representative, and the Contestant or his or her designated representative.
(iii) Each Contestant applying for a license is required to obtain on their own a Hepatitis B and Hepatitis C blood test and must present to the Commission representative no later than at the weigh-in the results of such test conducted within 180 days of the proposed match.
(b) Contract or Bout Agreement: Required Form for Submission. All information appearing on any written agreements or contracts shall be typed.
(c) Contract or Bout Agreement: File with Commission. One (1) copy of each signed written agreement or contract, once executed by both parties and within three (3) calendar days of such execution, shall be filed with the Commission or the Commission-appointed representative.
(d) Violations: Grounds for Suspension. Violation by either party of any written bout agreement or contract may be grounds for suspension of any license issued by the Commission and shall in addition to such suspension result in a fine or other disciplinary action imposed by the Commission. Violations shall be referred to the investigations hearing of the Commission for disciplinary action.
(9) Failure to Perform.
(a) Promoter Failure to Perform. The failure of a promoter to perform according to the terms of the contract; to produce contestants or special added attractions as advertised; to pay the contestants their contractual guarantee, or percentage; or the failure of a promoter to live up to his or her agreement with his or her contestants or performers who did perform as scheduled is prohibited and violations shall be referred to an investigative hearing of the Commission for disciplinary action.
(b) Contestant Failure to Perform. The failure of a contestant under contract with a licensed promoter to perform according to the terms of said contract; or the failure of a contestant to live up to his or her agreement with a person to which the contestant is under contractual agreement is prohibited. Violations shall be referred to an investigative hearing of the Commission for disciplinary action.
(c) Violation: Penalties.
(i) Violation of either paragraph (a) or (b) within this subsection may, for the first offense, be grounds for administrative suspension of not less than 90 days and a fine of not more than the contracted purse amount disclosed on the bout agreement or contract. Violations shall be referred to an investigative hearing of the Commission for disciplinary action.
(ii) The second and/or any subsequent violation by any person of either paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) within this subsection may, in addition to any suspension by the Commission, subject the violator to a fine of not more than the contracted purse amount as disclosed on the bout agreement or contract plus not more than an additional $10,000. Said fine is to be imposed by the Commission. Violations shall be referred to an investigative hearing by the Commission for disciplinary action. Additional disciplinary action may be imposed.
(iii) Any person or license holder violating on three (3) or more occasions either sub-paragraph (a) or sub-paragraph (b) within this subsection shall have his or her license suspended indefinitely. Provided however that any action by the Commission to enforce or attempt to enforce the provisions of this sub-paragraph will be taken only after notice and hearing according to the Alabama Administrative Procedure Act.
History
(1) Fighting Area.
(a) The fighting area shall be no smaller than 18 feet by 19 feet and no larger than 32 feet by 32 feet. The fighting area canvas or synthetic/vinyl mat shall be padded in a manner as approved by the Commissioner, with at least one inch layer of foam padding. Padding shall extend beyond the fighting area and over the edge of the platform. No vinyl or other plastic rubberized covering shall be permitted.
The fighting area canvas or synthetic/vinyl mat shall not be more than four feet above the floor of the building and shall have suitable steps or ramp for use by the participants. Posts shall be made of metal not more than six inches in diameter, extending from the floor of the building to a minimum height of 58 inches above the fighting area canvas and shall be properly padded in a manner approved by the Commissioner.
The fighting area canvas or synthetic/vinyl mat shall be enclosed by a fence made of such material as will not allow a fighter to fall out or break through it onto the floor or spectators, including, but not limited to, vinyl coated chain link fencing. All metal parts shall be covered and padded in a manner approved by the Commissioner and shall not be abrasive to the contestants.
The fence shall provide two separate entries onto the fighting area canvas.
Instead of a fenced in area, the Commissioner may approve the use of a ring with five ring ropes and an adequate apron area outside of the fighting area.
(2) Stools.
(a) A ring stool of a type approved by the Commissioner shall be available for each contestant.
An appropriate number of stools or chairs, of a type approved by the Commissioner, shall be available for each contestant's seconds.
Such stools or chairs shall be located near each contestant's cornet.
All stools and chairs must be thoroughly cleaned or replaced after the conclusion of each bout.
(3) Equipment. For each bout, the promoter shall provide a clean water bucket and a clean plastic water bottle in each corner.
(4) Specifications for Bandages on Mixed Martial Artist's Hands.
(a) In all weight classes, the bandages on each contestant's hand shall be restricted to soft gauze cloth not more than 13 yards in length and two inches in width, held in place by not more than 10 feet of surgeon's tape, one inch in width, for each hand.
Surgeon's adhesive tape shall be placed directly on each hand for protection near the wrist. The tape may cross the back of the hand twice and extend to cover and protect the knuckles when the hand is clenched to make a fist.
The bandages shall be evenly distributed across the hand.
Bandages and tape shall be placed on the contestant's hands in the dressing room in the presence of the inspector and in the presence of the manager or chief second of his or her opponent.
Under no circumstances are gloves to be placed on the hands of a contestant until the approval of the inspector is received.
(5) Mouth Pieces.
(a) All contestants are required to wear a mouthpiece during competition. The mouthpiece shall be subject to examination and approval by the attending physician.
The round cannot begin without the mouthpiece in place.
(i) If the mouthpiece is involuntarily dislodged during competition, the referee shall call time, clean the mouthpiece and reinsert the mouthpiece at the first opportune moment, without interfering with the immediate action.
(6) Protective Equipment.
(a) Male mixed martial artists shall wear a groin protector of their own selection, of a type approved by the Commissioner.
(b) Female mixed martial artists shall wear a chest protector during competition. The chest protector shall be subject to approval of the Commissioner.
(7) Gloves.
(a) The gloves shall be new for all main events and in good condition or they must be replaced. In certain instances multiple pairs of gloves may be required for use in matches, bouts, and exhibitions.
(8) Scales.
(a) Scales shall be furnished by the promoter. The Commission may require that the scales be certified. Residential bathroom scales of the type generally used in private residences will not meet certification requirements of the Commission and will not be allowed for use at any weigh-in.
(b) Weigh-Ins for Championship and Televised Events.
The scale used for the official weigh-in shall be provided by the promoter.
The scale used for the weigh-in shall be an NTEP Certified Scale, which shall be registered with the Alabama Department of Agriculture, Weight & Measure Division.
The scale used for the official weigh-in shall be certified as being accurate, on the morning of the weigh-in, by the State of Alabama, Department of Agriculture, Weight & Measures Staff.
Documentation verifying the scales accuracy shall be submitted to the Executive Director no later than noon (12 pm) on the date the weigh-in is to occur.
No one shall be allowed on the scale once it is certified, until the Chief Inspector is present.
If a scale is moved after certification, it shall be recertified before any further weigh-ins can be performed on that scale.
Once certified, the promoter shall have a security member watch the scale until the time of weigh-in, to avoid tampering.
A "Ceremonial" scale may be used during a Ceremonial Weigh-in. The Ceremonial Scale shall not be used to record official weights and are strictly to be used for ceremonial purposes.
History
(1) General Provisions.
(a) The Commission shall appoint to each contest, match, or exhibition, at minimum, one chief inspector, two referees, three judges, two door wardens, and one timekeepers.
(b) The referee or three judges shall determine the outcome of all contests, matches, or exhibitions. A majority vote of the judges will determine the outcome of a contest that does not result in a knockout, TKO, submission, or disqualification.
(c) No manager, promoter, matchmaker, trainer, second, or contestant shall be allowed to officiate at any contest.
(d) Officials must be physically fit and mentally sharp.
(e) All mixed martial arts events must have, at minimum, two referees.
(2) Officials' Fees.
(a) All fees and travel expenses shall be paid by the promoter conducting the match, contest, or exhibition and shall be on the following schedule:
Payment shall be made to the Commission appointed supervisor no later than at the weigh-in, and shall be by cashier's check or money order.
When assigned by the Commission or the Executive Director, the fee for a chief official who will perform the duties of the Commission representative shall be $425.00
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition does not exceed $50,000, the fee for each judge shall be $175.00 and the fee for each referee shall be $300.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition is between $50,000 and $100,000, the fee for each chief official shall be $450.00
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition is between $50,000 and $100,000, the fee for each judge shall be $200.00 and the fee for each referee shall be $350.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition is between $100,000 and $300,000, the fee for each chief official shall be $500.00
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition is between $100,000 and $300,000, the fee for each judge shall be $250.00 and the fee for each referee shall be $450.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition exceeds $300,000, the fee for the chief official, referees and judges shall not exceed $5,000 for each official.
Except as provided in the 7(c) below, [sanctioned championship bouts], payment for the timekeeper and countdown person shall be the same as payment for each assigned judge.
Travel expenses for officials required to travel a distance of fifty (50) miles or greater to the site of a match, contest, or exhibition shall be set by the Commission-appointed supervisor, provided that such amount shall not exceed the usual and customary amount allowed by state guidelines for state employees. Hotel rooms may be required, but only when the distance traveled one way exceeds 100 miles.
(b) In the event one or more of the referees assigned to a mixed martial arts match, contest, or exhibition become incapacitated, or in an emergency situation where he or she become unavailable, the remaining referee(s) shall referee the remaining contests of the program and, at the discretion of the Commission-assigned supervisor, may be compensated in a greater amount not to exceed the total amount originally intended for the unavailable referee(s). In such a situation, the compensation to be paid to the incapacitated or unavailable referee shall be reduced accordingly.
(c) The compensation schedule set forth in (b) above shall not apply in a sanctioned championship bout. The Commission shall set compensation to be paid to the referees and judges officiating at sanctioned championship bouts. In making this determination, the Commission may consider any standards or recommendations made by a recognized mixed martial arts association or organization. Nevertheless, the Commission shall retain full authority to set the compensation schedule for referees and judges in championship bouts regardless of a recommendation by such an association.
(3) Chief Inspector.
(a) Chief Inspector's Authority. The Chief Inspector shall have complete authority over each professional contest, match, or exhibition in this state.
(b) Chief Inspector's Duties. The Chief Inspector assigned to a contest, match, or exhibition shall have the following duties:
The Chief Inspector shall attend the weigh-in and contest, match, or exhibition.
The Chief Inspector shall ensure that all rules and regulations of the Commission and the Alabama Boxing, Wrestling, and Mixed Martial Arts Act are strictly followed and enforced.
(4) Corner Inspectors.
(a) Corner Inspector's Authority. A Corner Inspector shall be assigned to the red corner and a Corner Inspector shall be assigned to the blue corner to observe the fighters assigned to the corresponding corners before, during, and after each match.
(5) Locker Room Inspectors and Door Wardens.
Corner inspectors shall observe fighters in dressing room while wrapping hands, securing gloves, and warming up.
Door Wardens shall observe fighters, trainers, and seconds, before, during, and between rounds.
(6) Referee.
(a) Referee's Authority. The referee is the chief official of the contest and has general supervision over the contest, match, or exhibition.
(b) Referee's Duties. The referee assigned to a contest, match, or exhibition shall have the following duties:
Before the contest, the referee shall ask the name of each contestant's chief second and shall hold that chief second responsible for the conduct of the contestant during the contest.
Before each bout the referee shall call the contestants and their chief second together for final instructions. Referees must then instruct mixed martial artists that illegal techniques or fouls will not be tolerated, and instruct the mixed martial artists to protect themselves at all times. The contestants, after receiving final instructions, shall touch gloves and retire to their corners.
Any referee or judge assigned to a match who becomes unable to officiate shall notify the chief inspector twelve (12) hours before the start of the contest.
(c) Referee License. Referees applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in refereeing, and shall produce a list of all professional matches that he or she has served as referee, the judges who scored the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur matches that he or she has served as referee, the judges who scored the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine whether applicant is qualified for licensure.
A referee must pass the Association of Boxing Officials and Combative Sports referee examination in order to be licensed as a referee.
(7) Judges.
(a) Judge's Authority. Each judge shall determine the outcome of each contest, match, or exhibition in this state that does not end in knockout, TKO, or disqualification.
(b) Judge's Duties. The judges assigned to a contest, match, or exhibition shall have the following duties:
The judges shall score the contest, match, or exhibition according to the rules and regulations of the Commission.
The judges shall score the contest, match, or exhibition fairly.
The judges shall deduct points as directed by the referee.
(c) Judge License. Judges applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in judging, and shall produce a list of all professional matches that he or she has served as official judge, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur matches that he or she has served as official judge, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine the whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
A judge must pass the Association of Boxing Officials and Combative Sports judges examination in order to be licensed as a judge.
(8) Timekeepers.
(a) Timekeepers' Authority. At mixed martial arts matches, there shall be appointed to each contest, match or exhibition one (1) Timekeeper: a Clock Timekeeper who keeps time of the match.
(b) Clock Timekeeper's duties. The timekeeper starts the clock and rings the bell at the beginning of each round. Ten (10) seconds before the end of the round, the Clock Timekeeper shall alert the referee to the impending end of the round.
(c) Timekeepers License. Timekeepers applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in timekeeping, and shall produce a list of all professional matches that he or she has served as official timekeeper, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur matches that he or she has served as official timekeeper, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
History
(1) Mixed Martial Artists.
(a) False Name. No mixed martial artist shall enter any agreement or contract with a promoter, compete in any match, contest, or exhibition, or otherwise participate in any capacity in a mixed martial arts program under any name which does not appear on his or her Federal ID card.
(b) Prohibition if Under Suspension. No mixed martial artist shall enter any agreement or contract with a promoter, compete, or attempt to compete in any match, contest, or exhibition in this state when the mixed martial artist knows that his or her mixed martial arts license, issued by this Commission is under suspension.
(c) Pregnancy. No mixed martial artist shall enter any agreement or contract with a promoter, compete, or attempt to compete in any match, contest, or exhibition in Alabama when such mixed martial artist knows that she is pregnant.
(d) Diuretics Prohibited. The use of any herbal, prescription or non-prescription diuretic by any mixed martial artist within twelve hours prior to the weigh-in is strictly prohibited.
(e) Weigh-In.
(i) All official weigh-ins shall be conducted at a time and place designated by the Commission. Attendance to official weigh-ins is strictly limited to Commissioners, licensees and officials scheduled to participate in the contest or exhibition.
(ii) Ceremonial weigh-ins may be conducted in such manner and at such place as agreed to by all parties involved in the promotion or match, contest, or exhibition.
(f) Weight Classes. Weight classes for professional mixed martial artists shall be:
Straw Weight (up to 115 lbs.) - 3 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Flyweight (115.1 to 125) - 3 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Bantamweight (125.1 to 135 lbs.) -3 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Featherweight (135.1 to 145 lbs.) -5 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Lightweight (145.1 to 155 lbs.) - 5 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Super Lightweight (155.1 to 165 lbs.) - 5 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Welterweight (165.1 to 170 lbs.) -5 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Super Welterweight (170.1 to 175 lbs.) - 7 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Middleweight (175.1 to 185 lbs.) -7 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Super Middleweight (185.1 to 195 lbs.) - 7 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Light Heavyweight (195.1 to 205 lbs.) -7 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Cruiserweight (205.1 to 225 lbs.) - 7 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Heavyweight (205.1 to 265 lbs.) - 7 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Super Heavyweight (265.1 lbs. and above)- in div. or spread of lighter div. maximum allowable weight spread.
(i) No professional mixed martial art contest or exhibition may be scheduled, and no mixed martial artist may engage in a contest or exhibition without the approval of the Commission or the Commission's representative if the difference in weight between the mixed martial artists exceeds the allowances set out above.
(ii) Any agreement to proceed with a mixed martial arts contest or exhibition where the weight spread exceeds the limit established in this rule shall be entered on each participant's bout contract and shall be initialed or signed by such participant.
(g) Weighing of Mixed Martial Artists. Weighing of all mixed martial artists shall be conducted in accordance with the requirements for professional boxers of Appendix B.
(h) Appearance Time. All contestants must be in the officially designated dressing room at least sixty (60) minutes before the event is scheduled to begin.
(i) Drastic Weight Cutting Measures.
(a) Missed weights shall be noted on a competitor's official record on the ABC Mixed Martial Arts Database.
(b) Competitors with weight class restrictions shall be noted on the ABC Mixed Martial Arts Database.
Early Weigh-Ins may be used to all competitors the maximum time for rehydration and mental preparation for their competition. When conducted, early weigh-ins shall be the official weigh-in and may be conducted up to thirty-six (36) hours prior to competition.
A secondary weigh-in shall occur on the day of the event to ensure competitors have not gained more than ten percent (10%) of their body weight back in the time between the official weigh-in and the event. Competitors who gain more than the ten percent (10%) of their weight back between the official weigh-in and their fight may still be allowed to compete but may be required to move up in weight classes for future matches, bouts, or exhibitions.
Checks for Dehydration. Checks for dehydration may be conducted on competitors, by the Ringside Physician, by specific gravity and/or pre-fight physical at both the official weigh-in and the second day weight check.
(j) Cage or Ring Attire. Mixed martial artists shall appear and compete in proper cage or ring attire.
(i) Male and female mixed martial artists shall wear the appropriate trunks, groin cup, mouthpiece, and gloves.
(ii) Female mixed martial artists shall wear a short sleeved (above the elbow) or sleeveless form fitting rash guard and/or sports bra. No loose-fitting tops shall be allowed. Female competitors will follow the same requirements for bottom covering as the male competitors, minus the requirement for groin protection.
The belt-line of the trunks shall not extend above the waistline and the hem may not extend below the knee.
Mixed martial artists in the same match, contest, or exhibition shall wear different color trunks.
Each mixed martial artist shall use a mouthpiece and no round may start without a boxer's mouthpiece in place.
(i) If the mouthpiece is dislodged during competition, the referee will call time and have the mouthpiece replaced at the first opportune moment without interfering with immediate action.
(ii) Points may be deducted by the referee, if the referee feels the mouthpiece is purposely spit out.
Mixed martial artists shall not wear shoes in the cage or ring.
When deemed necessary by the referee all mixed martial artists shall have their hair secured in a manner that does not interfere with the vision and safety of either contestant.
(i) Provided however that no object can be worn to secure the contestant's hair which may cause injury to either contestant.
The wearing of body jewelry will be strictly prohibited during all contests.
The wearing of any facial or body cosmetic is strictly prohibited during all contests.
(k) Profanity. Use of profanity by an all-mixed martial artist, manager or second is prohibited. Any use of profanity after a warning by the referee or chief official may result in disqualification of the contestant, or ejection from the facility and a penalty point may be deducted from the contestant.
(l) Entering Cage or Ring. All contestants must be ready to enter the cage or ring immediately upon the conclusion of the preceding contest or exhibition on a scheduled fight card.
(m) Demeanor During the Round. Each all-mixed martial artist shall take care to avoid fouling their opponent or illegally striking their opponent.
Regulations against fouls, as defined in these rules will be strictly enforced.
Illegal techniques or fouls in the cage or ring will not be tolerated.
All mixed martial artists are at all times to follow the instructions of the referee. Any call for a break should immediately result in a clean break.
(n) Under-Conditioned Fighter. A contestant deemed under-conditioned by the referee, Commission or any designated representative of the Commission, shall be suspended for ninety (90) days.
(o) Penalty for Disqualification. Any mixed marital artist who is disqualified for any reason by the referee or chief official of the program will be subject to disciplinary action by the Commission.
(p) Fines. Any mixed marital artist can be fined, have his or her license suspended or have his or her license revoked in the event that a majority of the Commission determines that the mixed marital artist did not utilize his or her best efforts in a match, contest, or exhibition.
(q) Cuts and Lacerations. A cut or laceration caused by either an intentional or an unintentional foul may only be treated during the one (1) minute break between rounds, provided however that the referee may a call a brief time-out and request a physician's evaluation of the cut to determine if the bout shall be allowed to continue. During such time-out, the cut may not be treated by the physician or any other person.
(r) Recuperation Time. Any contestant struck by a low blow may, at the discretion and after consultation with the cage or ring physician, be given up to five (5) minutes to recuperate.
During such recuperation the injured mixed martial artist may sit on a stool inside the cage or ring, or in a neutral corner, but may not rest in his assigned corner.
Only the referee is allowed to assist the injured mixed martial artist during the five-minute rest period.
The uninjured fighter, during any such rest period, may not be assisted and shall remain in the neutral corner furthest from the injured mixed martial artist.
(s) Bout Stopped by Low Blow. Except as provided in sub-paragraph (5) (a) (15) of this rule, no contestant injured by a low blow may be awarded the contest.
(2) Seconds.
(a) Number Allowed. Each mixed marital artist must have two (2) seconds, unless the Commission permits otherwise. Each contestant shall have one (1) chief second and each chief second must have a complete first aid kit. The seconds must be neatly attired. Persons holding a manager's or trainer's license in this state may participate in a contest as a second without applying for or obtaining a second's license.
(b) Leaving the Cage or Ring. Seconds shall leave the cage or ring enclosure at the sound of the timekeeper's whistle. They shall leave the cage or ring platform promptly when the bell sounds for the beginning of each round and immediately remove all obstructions, including stools, buckets, and any other corner equipment. None of these articles shall be replaced on the cage or ring floor until the bell has sounded the end of a round.
(c) Assisting Contestant during Bout. During rounds, seconds are prohibited from assisting or interfering with the contestants.
(d) Throwing Towels. Seconds are prohibited from tossing a towel into the cage or ring.
(e) Ejection and Disqualification. Violations of the provisions of this subparagraph may result in ejection of the offender from the cage or ring corner, and may result in the disqualification of his or her contestant by the referee.
(3) Between Round Care. Between rounds care of a mixed marital artist will be strictly enforced by the Commission.
(a) Licensees Allowed in Cage or Ring between Rounds. One (1) licensee shall be allowed in the cage or ring with the mixed marital artist during the rest period between rounds and no more than two (2) licensees, exclusive to the corner inspector and approved media personnel, will be allowed on the apron during that time.
(b) Swinging Towel. Fans may be used between rounds. Towels may not be used to fan the contestant. Motorized fans must be approved by the Commission, prior to use at a contest or exhibition.
(c) Corner Kit. The use of an unapproved preparation during the match, contest, or exhibition is prohibited. The only substances and materials allowed in the corner are limited to the following:
Ice;
Water;
Cotton swabs;
Gauze pads;
Clean towels;
Vaseline or surgical lubricant approved by the Commission;
Enswell;
Avitine or Adrenalene;
Athletic tape approved by the Commission.
(i) Any variance to the materials must be approved by the Commission.
(ii) Substances such as Monsell's solution, other iron or bismuth compounds, collodion, silver nitrate, ammonia or smelling salts will not be used and the use of such modalities will result in disqualification, and disciplinary action against the mixed martial artist, manager, second and/or trainer.
(d) Excessive Lubricant. The use of excessive lubricant on the body, arms or face of a mixed marital artist shall be prohibited. The referee shall determine whether excessive lubricant is on mixed marital artist's body, arms or face.
(e) Rehydration of Contestant during Bout. Water shall be used to hydrate a mixed marital artist between rounds. Honey, electrolyte glucose, sugar or any other substance mixed with water is prohibited.
(4) Referee.
(a) Stopping a Match. No one other than the referee may stop a fight during or between rounds. The referee shall have the authority to stop a contest at any time if one of the mixed marital artists is unable or no longer able to defend himself.
(b) Pre-match Instructions. Referees shall meet with the contestants and with each chief second appointed by the contestants prior to the beginning of the match, contest, or exhibition and during that meeting shall inform each party of the rules applicable to each fight as well as the in-ring or cage conduct expected from each contestant and second assisting in the corner of each contestant.
(c) Pre-Bout Confirmation of Officials and Physician. Prior to calling for the sounding of the bell to begin each bout, the referee in the cage or ring will confirm that the cage side or ringside physician as well as each judge assigned to the bout is in place at the cage side or ringside.
(d) Touching Contestants. The referee shall not touch the competing mixed marital artists, unless a contestant fails to obey the break command.
(e) Count. The referee shall have sole determination of whether a mixed martial artist has been knocked out. There will be no knockout count.
(f) Mixed Martial Artists Knocked Out of the Ring.
Any mixed marital artist knocked out of the ring shall receive a twenty (20) second count.
During the time that any such mixed marital artist is outside the ring, he or she shall not be assisted by any member of their corner, and if such assistance is offered, it shall end the match, contest, or exhibition with that mixed marital artist losing by a technical knockout.
As a general precaution, to protect the safety of the mixed marital artist and to prevent any potential injury, a mixed marital artist knocked out of the ring may have his or her fall stopped or slowed by any person without penalty, provided that such assistance shall only be to prevent injury from the fall and not to assist the mixed marital artist in returning to the ring.
(g) Standing Eight Count. There shall be no standing eight count.
(h) Knock-Out. Knockouts are instantly called by the referee in mixed martial arts matches. There shall be no ten-count.
(i) Failure to Answer Bell. A contestant shall not leave the cage or ring during any one (1) minute rest period between rounds. If any contestant fails or refuses to resume fighting when the bell sounds signaling the commencement of the next round, the referee shall award a decision of technical knockout to his opponent as of the round which has last been finished.
(5) Fouls.
(a) The following are fouls and will result in penalties if committed:
Butting with the head;
Eye gouging of any kind;
Biting or spitting at an opponent;
Hair pulling;
Fish hooking;
Groin attacks of any kind;
Intentionally placing a finger in any opponent's orifice;
Downward pointing of elbow strikes;
Small joint manipulation;
Strikes to the Spine or back of the head;
Fingers outstretched toward an opponent's face/eyes;
Throat strikes of any kind;
Clawing, pinching, twisting the flesh;
Kicking the head of a grounded fighter;
Kneeing the head of a grounded fighter;
Stomping of a grounded fighter;
The use of abusive language in fighting area;
Any unsportsmanlike conduct that causes an injury to opponent;
Attacking an opponent on or during the break;
Attacking an opponent who is under the referee's care at the time;
Timidity (avoiding contact, or consistent dropping of mouthpiece, or faking an injury);
Interference from a mixed martial artist's second(s);
Throwing an opponent out of the fighting area;
Flagrant disregard of the referee's instructions;
Spiking an opponent to the canvas on his or her head or neck.
(b) Disqualification occurs after any combination of three or more of the fouls listed in (a) above or after a referee determines that a foul was intentional or flagrant.
(c) A grounded fighter is defined as any part of the body, other than a single hand and soles of the feet touching the fighting area floor. To be grounded, both hands palm/fist down, and/or any other body part must be touching the fighting area floor. At this time, kicks or knees to the head will not be allowed.
At the referee's discretion, any foul defined in sub-paragraph (a) may be called "intentional" or "flagrant."
(d) Fouls will result in a point being deducted by the official scorekeeper from the offending mixed martial artist's score.
(e) Only a referee can assess a foul. If the referee does not call the foul, judges shall not make that assessment on their own and cannot factor such into their scoring calculations.
(f) A fouled fighter has up to five (5) minutes to recuperate.
(g) If a foul is committed, the referee shall:
call time;
check the fouled mixed martial artist's condition and safety; and
assess the foul to the offending contestant, deduct points, and notify each corner's seconds, judges, and the official scorekeeper.
(h) If a bottom contestant commits a foul, unless the top contestant is injured, the fight shall continue, so as not to jeopardize the top contestant's superior positioning at the time.
The referee shall verbally notify the bottom contestant of the foul.
When the round is over, the referee shall assess the foul and notify both corners' seconds, the judges, and the official scorekeeper.
(i) Injuries sustained during competition
If an injury sustained during competition as a result of a legal maneuver is severe enough to terminate a bout, the injured contestant loses by technical knockout.
If an injury sustained during competition as a result of an intentional foul is severe enough to terminate a bout, the contestant causing the injury loses by disqualification.
If an injury is sustained during competition as a result of an intentional foul and the bout is allowed to continue, at the referee's discretion, the referee may notify the scorekeeper to automatically deduct two points from the contestant who committed the foul.
If an injury sustained during competition as a result of an intentional foul causes the injured contestant to be unable to continue at a subsequent point in the contest, the injured contestant shall win by technical decision, if he or she is ahead on the score cards. If the injured contestant is even or behind on the score cards at the time of stoppage, the outcome of the bout shall be declared a technical draw.
If a contestant injures himself or herself while attempting to foul his or her opponent, the referee shall not take any action in his or her favor, and the injury shall be treated in the same manner as an injury produced by a fair blow.
If an injury sustained during competition as a result of an accidental foul is severe enough for the referee to stop the bout immediately, the bout shall result in a no contest if stopped before two (2) rounds have been completed in a three (3) round bout or if stopped before three (3) rounds have been completed in a five (5) round bout.
If an injury sustained during competition as a result of an accidental foul is severe enough for the referee to stop the bout immediately, the bout shall result in a technical decision awarded to the contestant who is ahead on the score cards at the time the bout is stopped only when the bout is stopped after two (2) rounds of a three (3) round bout, or three (3) rounds of a five (5) round bout have been completed.
There will be no scoring of an incomplete round. However, if the referee penalizes either contestant, then the appropriate points shall be deducted when the scorekeeper calculates the final score.
(6) Warnings.
(a) The referee shall issue a single warning for the following infractions.
Holding or grabbing the fence;
Holding opponent's shorts or gloves; or
The presence of more than one second on the fighting area perimeter.
(b) After the initial warning, if the prohibited conduct persists, a penalty will be issued. The penalty may result in a deduction or points or disqualification.
(7) Types of Bout Results.
(a) Submission by:
Tap Out: When a contestant physically uses his hand to indicate that he or she no longer wishes to continue; or
Verbal tap out: When a contestant verbally announces to the referee that he or she does not wish to continue;
(b) Technical knockout by:
Referee stops bout;
Cage side or ringside physician stops bout; or
When an injury as a result of a legal maneuver is severe enough to terminate a bout;
(c) Knockout by failure to rise from the canvas;
(d) Decision via score cards:
Unanimous: When all three judges score the bout for the same contestant
Split Decision: When two judges score the bout for one contestant and one judge scores for the opponent; or
Majority Decision: When two judges score the bout for the same contestant and one judge scores a draw;
(e) Draws:
Unanimous - When all three judges score the bout a draw;
Majority - When two judges score the bout a draw; or
Split - When all three judges score differently and the score total results in a draw;
(f) Disqualification: When an injury sustained during competition as a result of an intentional foul is severe enough to terminate the contest;
(g) Forfeit: When a contestant fails to begin competition or prematurely ends the contest for reasons other than injury or by indicating a tap out;
(h) Technical Draw: When an injury sustained during competition as a result of an intentional foul causes the injured contestant to be unable to continue and the injured contestant is even or behind on the score cards at the time of stoppage;
(i) Technical Decision: When a bout is prematurely stopped due to injury and a contestant is leading on the score cards; and
(j) No Contest: When a contestant is prematurely stopped due to accidental injury and a sufficient number of rounds have not been completed to render a decision via the score cards.
(8) Judging.
(a) All bouts will be evaluated and scored by three judges.
(b) The 10-Point Must System will be the standard system of scoring a bout. Under the 10-Point Must Scoring System, 10 points must be awarded to the winner of the round and nine points or less must be awarded to the loser, except for a rare even round, which is scored (10-10).
(c) Judges shall evaluate mixed martial arts techniques, such as effective striking/grappling, effective aggressiveness, and control of the fighting area.
(d) Evaluations shall be made in the specific order in which the techniques appear in (c) above, giving the most weight in scoring to effective, and effective aggressiveness, and control of the fighting area.
(e) Effective striking is judged by determining the impact/effect of legal strikes landed by a contestant solely based on the results of such legal strikes. Effective grappling is assessed by the successful executions and impactful/effective result(s) coming from: takedown(s), submission attempt(s), achieving an advantageous position(s) and reversal(s).
(f) Effective aggressiveness means aggressively making attempts to finish the fight.
(g) Fighting area control is assessed by determining who is dictating the pace, place and position of the bout.
(i) A round is to be scored as a 10-10 Round when both contestants have competed for whatever duration of time in the round and there is no difference or advantage between either fighter;
(ii) A round is to be scored as a 10-9 Round when a contestant wins by a close margin, landing the greater number of effective legal strikes, grappling and other maneuvers;
(iii) A round is to be scored as a 10-8 Round when a contestant wins the round by a large margin by impact, dominance, and duration of striking or grappling in a round.
(iv) A round is to be scored as a 10-7 Round when a contestant totally dominates by striking or grappling in a round.
(v) Judges shall use a sliding scale and recognize the length of time the fighters are either standing or on the ground, as follows:
(I) If the mixed martial artists spend a majority of a round on the canvas, then effective grappling is weighed first, and effective striking is then weighed.
(II) If the mixed martial artists spent a majority of a round standing, then effective striking is weighed first, and effective grappling is then weighed.
(III) If a round ends with a relatively even amount of standing and canvas fighting, striking and grappling are weighed equally.
(9) Timekeepers.
(a) Number Assigned per Bout. Two (2) licensed timekeepers, assigned by the Commission, shall be required at each event; one (1) to keep time and one (1) to count for the knockdowns.
(b) Duration of Rounds. Except as provided in (3)(c)6 above, the timekeeper shall ensure that each round last no more and no less than five (5) minutes.
(c) Announcement Responsibilities.
(i) Regardless of the sounding of the bell, the referee in the cage or ring is the sole authority to announce when the round begins. Each mixed martial artist will remain in their assigned corner. The referee, once he or she is satisfied that each mixed martial artist is prepared to begin and that no condition exists which may present a medical hazard to either mixed martial artist, will announce "FIGHT."
(ii) The timekeeper will immediately start the clock at the referee's command of "FIGHT."
Timekeepers shall alert the referee by striking the table ten (10) seconds prior to the end of each round.
Timekeepers shall blow their whistle ten (10) seconds prior to the end of each one (1) minute rest period.
(d) Responsibility to Announce in an Emergency Suspension of Round. If the referee is absent from the cage or ring or temporarily incapacitated the timekeeper shall immediately sound the gong for temporary discontinuance of the contest.
(10) After the Contest, Match, or Exhibition.
(a) Contestants to Leave Cage or Ring. When the decision of the referee or judges has been announced both contestants and their seconds shall at once leave the cage or ring and retire to their dressing rooms.
(b) Decision Announcement. In all preliminary contests decided by the judges' scorecards, up to and including the semi-main event, the announcer will announce if the decision is "unanimous," "a majority decision," or "a draw." In main events and championship contests decided by the judges' scorecards, the total points given each contestant by the three (3) individual judges will be announced.
(c) Finality of the Decision. A decision rendered at the end of any event is final and shall not be changed unless the Commission determines that any of the following occurred:
There was collusion or fraud affecting the result of any contest, or,
The compilation of the score cards of the referee and judges reveals a clerical or mathematical error which caused the decision to be given to the wrong mixed martial artist.
There was a violation of the laws or rules and regulations governing professional mixed martial arts in this state which affected the results of any contest.
The chief official may in his or her discretion change a referee's decision if, in his or her judgment, a palpable and self-evident error has been committed.
Video Instant-Replay. When available, video instant-replay may be used to ensure the accuracy of a fight ending sequence and at no other point in the bout. Once video instant-replay is employed, the bout, match, or exhibition is over. When used, the Chief Inspector shall review whether the cause of the bout's end was by means of legal or illegal striking or submission or not submitting. Bouts ending due to illegal (intentional or unintentional foul) shall be resolved in the manner listed in the chapter above for each distinct type of foul. In bouts where a submission, verbal or with the hand, is called, if overturned, the bout is to be scored a "No Contest." The secondary referee, outside the ring, may consult with the Chief Inspector on the correct outcome of the bout, but the decision rests solely with the Chief Inspector.
(d) Appeal of Decision.
A petition to change a decision or the ruling of the chief official shall be in writing and filed by a mixed martial artist or the mixed martial artist's manager within five (5) business days from the date the decision was rendered.
The Commission may hold a hearing to change the decision or the ruling of the chief official at any time within fourteen (14) days from the date the decision was written. A majority vote of the Commissioners shall be required prior to holding a hearing.
If the Commission determines that any of the above occurred with regards to any contest then the decision rendered shall be changed as the Commission may direct, and shall notify the national registry of the change.
History
(1) "Mixed Martial Arts" - Unarmed combat involving the use of any combination of techniques from different disciplines of the martial arts, including, without limitation, grappling, submission holds, throws, and striking or kicking with the hands, feet, knees, or elbows, including kickboxing.
(2) "Amateur Mixed Martial Arts" - Includes mixed martial arts or kickboxing matches, contests, or exhibitions or events, which are not governed or otherwise dedicated by the Alabama Athletic Commission as a professional mixed martial arts event.
(3) "Applicant" - Means any persons, corporations, organizations or associations required to be licensed before promoting, holding, organizing, participating in, or competing in an amateur mixed martial arts match.
(4) "Body Jewelry" - Means any tangible object affixed to, through, or around any portion of the contestant's body.
(5) "Official" - Unless otherwise indicated is an exclusive term collectively meaning "Inspectors" "judges," "referees," and "timekeepers."
(6) "Special Event" - Means a professional mixed martial arts card event, exhibition or event, which has among its contests a championship match, a pay-per-view or subscription match, a national televised match, or any other match or significance to mixed martial arts in this state as designated by the Alabama Athletic Commission.
(7) "The Commission" is reference for the Alabama Athletic Commission.
History
(1) Application Procedures.
(a) Terms and Agreements. Every license issued is subject to the terms, conditions, and agreements set forth in the application as well as those set forth in these rules and the Alabama Boxing, Wrestling, and Mixed Martial Arts Act.
(b) Applications Forms. Applications for annual license shall be submitted to the Commission on an application form provided by the Commission.
(c) Incomplete Applications.
No license or permit shall be issued until the person seeking the license or permit has submitted a complete application.
Applications submitted without proper payment as provided in these rules will not be processed or approved.
(d) Participant Application Due Date. Except as provided in 165-X-2-.03(a) below, all participant applications must be submitted prior to the first match, contest, or exhibition in which the applicant intends to participate in this state.
No official weigh-in will be performed for an unlicensed mixed martial artist unless deemed necessary by the Chief Inspector supervising the event.
Licenses shall be issued annually and shall expire on December 31 of each calendar year.
In addition to the participant's application, each contestant shall complete an Amateur Bout Letter of Intent, declaring they intend to compete for a certain promotion, at a defined weight, against a specific opponent.
(e) Approval and Denial of Participant Licenses. Annual licenses for referees, inspectors, physicians, judges, timekeepers, matchmakers, mixed martial artist, managers, trainers and seconds, may be approved or denied by the Commission.
(f) Background Investigation. The Commission shall request general background information of any applicant for any license.
(g) Denial of License. The Commission may deny issuing a license to any person who has violated the Alabama Boxing, Wrestling, and Mixed Martial Arts Act, or has violated Commission rules and regulations or violated Commission bylaws or who submits an application containing false statements or material omissions.
(h) Expiration Date. Annual licenses are valid until December 31 of the calendar year in which they are issued.
(i) Verbal or physical abuse of official or commission appointed supervisor. Any licensee who verbally or physically abuses an official or member of the Commission appointed supervisor of a match, contest, or exhibition shall be summarily suspended and his or her license may be revoked.
(j) Prohibited Communication with Individual Commissioners. Anyone wishing to communicate with members of the Commission must notify the executive director of the Commission two (2) weeks prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting. Timely written notices will be added to the meeting's agenda. Any person wishing to address the Commission shall be given the opportunity to do so during the new business section of the next regularly scheduled Commission meeting.
(k) Documents. All documents submitted to the Commission for the purposes of making application or any other purpose shall be property of the Commission.
(2) License Fees.
(a) Application Fee. All application and renewal fees shall be submitted with the application or renewal. All fees shall be by certified check or money order.
Schedule of Fees. Annual fees for participant licenses, promoter's licenses, and match permits are as follow:
| (i) Amateur mixed martial artists | $ 40.00 | | --- | --- | | (ii) Judge | $100.00 | | (iii) Manager | $100.00 | | (iv) Application for Match Permit | $250.00 | | (v) Match Permit (Minimum) | $250.00 | | (vi) Matchmaker | $100.00 | | (vii) Promoter | $250.00 | | (viii) Referee | $100.00 | | (ix) Second | $ 40.00 | | (x) Timekeeper | $100.00 | | (xi) Trainer | $100.00 | | (xii) Returned Check | $ 30.00 |
Application Fees are not refundable. The proposed date of any match, contest, or exhibition disclosed on an open match permit application may be changed without the requirement of an additional fee.
(3) Licenses Issued By the Commission.
(a) Promoter's License. Application for a promoter's license must be made in writing and received by the Commission no less than thirty (30) days in advance of the proposed date for promoting any professional match, contest, or exhibition in this state.
Each application for a promoter's license shall be accompanied with cash, certified check, cashier's check, or personal check in the amount of $250.00 and made out to the Commission.
Each application for a promoter's license shall be accompanied with an appropriate security bond.
Applications for a promoter's license shall be signed in the presence of a Commission representative, or shall be signed in the presence of and verified by a notary public.
The promoter shall provide the Commission's executive director a video of the match, contest, or exhibition within thirty (30) days of the match, contest, or exhibition. The video shall be provided in a format acceptable to the Commission or the Commission's executive director. The Commission reserves the right to change the requested format of the video at any time.
Promoters are prohibited from participating in any match, contest, or exhibition that they are promoting without approval from the Commission. Any promoter that is approved to participate in a match, contest, or exhibition must obtain the appropriate participant license from the Commission.
Any licensed promoter who partners or joint-ventures with any other person, for the promotion of a mixed martial arts match, contest, or exhibition in this state, shall disclose to the Commission each party's financial responsibility in the partnership or joint-venture. The promoter licensed by the Commission shall be considered the principal promoter of the show and will be solely responsible for all financial obligations incurred in its production. Contracts shall be filed with the Commission delimiting each party's financial responsibility.
Any licensed promoter who partners or joint-ventures with any other person, or the promotion of a mixed martial arts match, contest, or exhibition in this state, shall be considered a co-promoter.
Co-promoters must obtain a promoters license prior to promoting any professional match, contest, or exhibition in this state.
Agreements between the promoter and any other party or co-promoter for payment of any purse will not be honored by the Commission unless the co-promoter or any other party files with the Commission an approved security bond in the amount of the total deferred obligation.
Agreements between the promoter and any other party or co-promoter for payment of any regulatory fees, match permit fees, license fees, and or taxes will not be honored by the Commission without prior approval by the Commission and without the co-promoter or other party filing with the Commission an approved security bond or some combination thereof in the amount of the total deferred obligation.
Any co-promoter of a mixed martial arts match, contest, or exhibition shall obtain a promoter license from the Commission. There shall be no limitation on the number of days prior to a match, contest or exhibition when a co-promoter's application may be submitted to the Commission, however, the application must be submitted thirty (30) days prior to promoting the match, contest or exhibition.
(i) Rules and requirements shall be the same for co-promoters as for promoters, provided however that the Commission may require from each co-promoter, in addition to the promoter's license bond, a suitable match permit bond or such other financial security as defined by these rules or the Alabama Boxing, Wrestling and Mixed Martial Arts Act.
(ii) Agreements between the co-promoter and the promoter for payment of any purse shall be submitted to the Commission and approved prior to the start of the match, contest, or exhibition.
(iii) Agreements between the co-promoter and the promoter for payment of any fees, and taxes shall be submitted to the Commission and approved prior to the start of the match, contest, or exhibition.
(b) Match Permit.
Applications for a match permit must be made in writing and received by the Commission at least 30 days in advance of the date for such professional mixed martial arts match, contest, or exhibition. Any licensed promoter who has held a professional mixed martial arts match, contest, or exhibition in the state within the previous twelve months may apply for subsequent match permits no less than 15 days in advance of the proposed date of each subsequent professional mixed martial arts match, contest, or exhibition.
Each match permit application shall be accompanied by a non-refundable cashier's check or money order in the amount of $250.00 and made out to the Commission.
A match permit fee will be calculated by the Commission. Match permit fee shall be calculated at six percent (6%) of gross receipts from ticket sales to the mixed martial arts match, contest, or exhibition. For television and broadcasts, match permit fee shall be calculated at three percent (3%) of gross receipts from television and broadcast revenue for the first one million dollars ($1,000,000) of revenue and one percent (1%) of the next two million ($2,000,000). Broadcast fees will cap at fifty thousand dollars ($50,000).
(i) Ticket sales include the face value all tickets, orders, and lots sold for the event, and the fair value or face value of any promotional tickets, orders, and lots sold or provided at no cost.
(ii) The promoter must complete and submit to the Commission a Match Permit Fee Form provided by the Commission at the conclusion of the match, contest, or exhibition. The Commission will calculate the Permit Fee and notify the promoter.
(iii) The promoter shall have thirty (30) days to submit the Permit Fee. Permit applications and fees not received within thirty (30) days of the planned event may be subject to an additional match permit application and match permit application fee.
(iv) Two percent (2%) of tickets may be complimentary and exempt from the match permit fee.
Each application for a match permit shall be accompanied with an appropriate security bond as provided for in these rules.
Each match permit application should be accompanied with copies of all contracts with all participants and officials, and any other contracts which the promoter has entered into for the match, contest, or exhibition.
Applicants for a match permit will be notified of the date, time, and place of documents submitted by the applicant will be reviewed by the Commission.
(i) Applicants or their designated and licensed representative(s) may attend the meeting and answer any questions the Commission has concerning the proposed event.
(ii) The Commission shall notify the applicant that his or her application has been approved or denied within seven (7) days of the Commission's decision.
(c) Matches, Contests and Exhibitions Benefiting Charity.
A person who wishes to promote a match, contest or exhibition for charitable purposes must file with the Commission a letter of intent to present the match, contest or exhibition as benefiting a charitable organization. The letter of intent must contain the name of the charity, charitable fund, or organization which is to benefit from the match, contest or exhibition and the amount expected to be paid to the charity. The letter of intent must be signed by the promoter and co-signed by an authorized representative of the charity to benefit from the match, contest or exhibition. No match permit shall be issued for a charitable match, contest, or exhibition without full financial disclosure of all promoters and charitable organizations involved, including all contracts and proposals between all licensees, officials, and parties involved.
Within three (3) business days after a match, contest, or exhibition benefiting a charitable organization is held, the promoter(s) and benefiting charitable organization(s) shall furnish to the Commission:
(i) A certified copy of the ticket manifest showing the number of tickets sold. The manifest shall give a breakdown disclosing the number of tickets sold in each price range and the number of complimentary tickets given for the match, contest, or exhibition;
(ii) A certified and itemized statement of the match, contest, or exhibition's gross receipts from sponsorships, ticket sales, advertisements, or any other source;
(iii) A statement disclosing the itemized and total gross expenditures in connection with the match, contest, or exhibition;
(iv) A statement co-signed by the promoter and the authorized representative of the Charitable organization, disclosing the net amount paid to the charitable fund or organization
(i) Shall notify the promoter that his or her license is summarily suspended.
(ii) Shall notify the charity of the suspension.
(iii) Shall decline to issue a match permit to the promoter for the holding of any match, contest, or exhibition until the statements are provided.
(iv) Shall decline to issue a match permit to any promoter to hold any future match, contest, or exhibition for the benefit of the charitable organization, until the statements are provided.
(d) Matchmakers . Matchmakers applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
A matchmaker shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in matchmaking, and shall produce a list of all fighters that he or she has matched, the promoters who promoted the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
(e) Trainers . Trainers applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in training mixed martial artists, and shall produce a list of all fighters that he or she has trained, the promoters who promoted the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
(f) Seconds . Seconds applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has the necessary training to serve as a second, and shall produce a list of all fighters that he or she has served as a second, the promoters who promoted the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
(g) Disciplinary Action.
(i) Any person who has had his or her license revoked by the Commission may not petition for reinstatement or apply for a new license until one (1) year after the revocation.
(h) Falsifying an Application. Upon a finding by the majority of the Commission that any licensee or applicant has knowingly made a misleading, deceptive, untrue or fraudulent representation in regard to a professional match contest or exhibition of mixed martial arts or any document connected therewith or practiced fraud or deceit or intentionally made any false statement in obtaining a license to participate or promote a professional match contest or exhibition of mixed martial arts or made a false statement or deceptive registration with the Commission then the Commission shall have the authority to refuse to grant a license to an applicant, revoke the license of a person licensed by the Commission, or discipline a person licensed by the Commission.
History
(1) Promoter's License Surety Bond.
(a) Before any promoter's license is issued authorizing the promotion of professional mixed martial arts matches in Alabama, the applicant shall make and deliver to the Commission a security bond executed by a surety corporation authorized to transact business in this state.
(b) Any and all bond applications shall be on a form provided by the Commission, and shall be accompanied by an enforceable power of attorney. The Commission may also require certificate of "good standing" issued by the Commissioner of Insurance.
(c) If any company issuing a bond shall be removed from doing business in this state, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Insurance to notify the Commission within 30 days.
(d) The bond shall be in such amount as the Commission may determine based upon the payment of officials' fees, fees necessary to secure the proper medical supervision of any professional mixed martial arts show in Alabama, and/or the estimated potential damages, penalties, taxes or expenses resulting from promotional activities contemplated in Alabama.
(e) Whenever the Commission shall determine that a previously approved bond has for any cause become insufficient, the Commission may require an additional bond or bonds to be given, conforming with the requirements of these rules.
(2) Match Permit Bond.
(a) Before any match permit is issued authorizing the sale of tickets and the ancillary contracting necessary to promote an amateur mixed martial arts show in Alabama, the applicant shall make and deliver to the Commission a security bond executed by a surety corporation authorized to transact business in this state. The purpose of the bond is to ensure that each Contestant competing in Alabama is paid their entire purse, and that full payment of other contractual liabilities is made.
(b) Any and all bond applications shall be on a form provided by the Commission, and shall be accompanied by an enforceable power of attorney. The Commission may also require a certificate of 'good standing' issued by the Commissioner of Insurance.
(c) If any company issuing a bond shall be removed from doing business in this state, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Insurance to notify the Commission within 30 days.
(d) The bond shall be in such amount as the Commission may determine based upon the estimated contractual liabilities against the licensed promoter for damages and expenses resulting from non-payment of contract liabilities, including but not limited to the total amount of each competing Contestant's purse or other services contracted for or from promotional activities conducted within Alabama.
(e) Whenever the Commission shall determine that a previously approved bond has for any cause become insufficient, the Commission may require additional bond or bonds to be given, conforming with the requirements of these rules.
(3) Complaints and Actions to Recover Damages .
Complaints shall be categorized and kept on file by the Commission the appropriate action to be taken. Reports of illegal events, contesting of bout results, complaints against a licensee, and claims against a bond shall be categorized as complaints.
(a) Any person claiming that he or she has been damaged by a breach of the conditions of a bond given by a licensee as provided in these rules shall notify the Attorney General.
(b) The Attorney General, after an investigation is conducted, may contact the Commission, its executive director or other duly authorized representative for disciplinary action against the person whom the complaint was filed.
(c) Reports of unsanctioned events shall be logged on a complaint database and given a claim number. The Executive Director or other Commission appointed representative(s) may work with the Attorney General's Office and federal, state, and/or local law enforcement agencies to terminate illegal event.
(d) Complaint against a bout result. See 165-X-3-.08, (20)., C.
(e) Complaints against a licensee. See 165-X-3-.08, (20)., C and D.
History
(1) Medical Examinations.
(a) Neurological Examination.
All mixed martial artists intended to compete in Alabama who have competed in over two-hundred (200) rounds during their career, according to the number of rounds disclosed on such mixed martial artist's official cage or ring record, and prior to competing in Alabama, must submit to the Commission the results of a detailed neurological examination performed within the previous twelve (12) months by a board certified and state licensed neurologist.
Such examination shall include a careful examination for signs of any trauma-induced neurological damage along with any other specific test or tests requested by the neurologist.
Any mixed martial artist not submitting said results prior to the match may be allowed to compete provided however that such mixed martial arts figher's license will, at the conclusion of the match, be medically suspended until such time as his/her neurological examination requirement is fulfilled.
(b) Eye Examination.
All mixed martial fighters intending to compete in Alabama who have competed in over two-hundred (200) rounds during their career, according to the number of rounds disclosed on such mixed martial artist's official cage or ring record, and prior to competing in Alabama, must submit to the Commission results from a complete ophthalmological or optometric examination performed within the previous twelve (12) months by a state licensed optometrist or board certified ophthalmologist.
Such examination shall include a careful dilated examination of the retinal periphery utilizing indirect ophthalmoscope sufficient to identify any sign of previous trauma or retinal damage along with any other specific test or tests requested by said ophthalmologist or optometrist.
Any mixed martial artist not submitting said results prior to the match may be allowed to compete provided however that such mixed martial artist's license will, at the conclusion of the match, be medically suspended until such time as this ophthalmological optometric requirement is fulfilled.
(i) The Commission may require updated examinations pursuant to sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) of this rule after each successive fifty (50) fought rounds after the previous submission, as disclosed on such mixed martial artist's official cage or ring record.
(2) Pre-Fight Examination. At the time of weigh-in, or at such other time as is then announced, all mixed martial arts fighers must pass a pre-fight medical examination and a commission designated physician must complete a Pre-Fight Medical Examination Form. The examining physician shall deliver all Pre-Fight Examination Forms to the Commission or to its authorized representative no more than five (5) days after the weigh-in.
(a) Pregnancy Testing.
Each female mixed martial artist, during the pre-fight physical, will be required to submit to a pregnancy test administered under the direction of the examining physician, or such physician's authorized assistant. The cost of such test, unless the mixed martial artist's contract or bout agreement states otherwise, shall be the responsibility of the promoter. For purposes of this sub-paragraph, the term "pass" shall mean that the participant is not pregnant.
Female mixed martial artists submitting written documentation acceptable to the examining physician may be waived from the pre-fight physical pregnancy test requirement. Such documentation shall be limited to:
(i) A copy of a lab report from a recognized clinical laboratory and dated within ten (10) days of the pre-fight physical attesting that the mixed martial artist is not pregnant, or
(ii) A statement from a state licensed physician, on such physician's letterhead stationery, stating that the mixed martial artist has undergone certain medical procedures rendering her medically improbable of bearing children.
(b) Failed Pre-Fight Physical.
Whenever a mixed martial artist's examination indicates that he or she is unfit for competition, because of any weakness or disability discovered by the physician, an immediate report of such evidence must be made to the Commission. In such case, the mixed martial artist shall be prohibited from participating in the match.
The examining physician shall deliver all pre-fight examination reports to the Commission or to its authorized representative immediately after the weigh-in.
Any contestant who fails his or her pre-fight physical for medical reasons or for lack of general conditioning shall be placed on immediate medical suspension and reported to the Commission.
(c) Hydration Testing.
(d) Minimum Uncorrected Visual Acuity.
(e) Additional Medical Examinations.
(i) The Commission shall require re-examinations submitted after each successive fifty (50) rounds after the previous submission, as disclosed on such mixed martial artist's official cage or ring record.
(f) Medical Suspensions by Other Commissions.
Medical suspensions. Other athletic commissions recognized by the Association of Boxing Commissions and which are published by any boxing registry approved for such purposes by the Association of Boxing Commissions shall be recognized by the Commission.
Medical examinations after suspensions. A mixed martial artist who is under medical suspension in another state shall submit to any medical examination listed in this chapter as requested by the Commission prior to competing in a contest or exhibition in this state.
(g) Drugs Prohibited.
(i) The Commission may order a mixed martial artist to undergo a drug screening at any time. A Drug Screen Form must be completed by an approved laboratory and submitted to the Commission within seven (7) days of the order.
(h) Post Contest Inactive Period.
(i) Head Injury.
(j) Knock Out and Technical Knock Out.
When a mixed martial artist is defeated by knock out, that mixed martial artist's license shall be placed on an immediate sixty (60) day medical suspension at minimum.
Upon a mixed martial artist's second defeat by knock out, the mixed martial artist's license may be placed on an immediate ninety (90) day medical suspension, with discretion given to the physician and the Commission's Executive Director.
A Post-Knock Out Examination Form shall be completed by a physician and submitted to the Commission along with request for medical clearance for thirty (30) days prior to participating in a contest or exhibition in this state. Any mixed martial artist losing by knock out in three (3) or more consecutive fights shall be placed on immediate medical suspension for a period of six (6) months.
Unless otherwise ordered by the attending cage side or ringside physician, there shall be a minimum thirty (30) day medical suspension after a technical knockout.
Technical knock outs caused by a severe cut shall result in a minimum sixty (60) day medical suspension.
Submissions with injury may also warrant a medical suspension as determined by the cage side or ringside physician.
Completing a suspension may require approved medical evaluations as determined by the cage side or ringside physician.
(k) Under-Conditioned Fighter.
(i) If it should be determined by the referee, any member of the Commission present, or any designated representative of the Commission present that a mixed martial artist did not give a good faith effort to display his or her skills, then that mixed martial artist shall be subject to disciplinary action.
(ii) A disqualified mixed martial artist may be disciplined by the Commission.
(I) Consecutive Losses.
Four or More Consecutive Losses by TKO, KO, or DQ. A mixed martial artist who has four (4) consecutive fights by knock-out, technical knock-out, or disqualification, according to the mixed martial artist's official cage or ring record compiled and maintained by the mixed martial arts registry, shall be summarily suspended pending a hearing by the Commission. Suspension will be listed as "Indefinite Pending Hearing."
History of Poor Performance. Any mixed martial artist with a history of poor performance shall not be approved to compete against any other mixed martial artist, except another mixed martial artist who has a similar history of poor performance in the same weight class.
(m) General Responsibilities and Provisions.
(i) Medical Insurance.
(I) The promoter shall provide for the mixed martial artists' insurance covering ambulance services, medical, surgical, and hospital care with a minimum limit of $20,000 for injuries sustained while participating in said program and for a $20,000 death benefit awarded to the estate of any contestant should death occur from injuries received while participating in the contest or exhibition. Promoters shall be responsible for paying any deductible.
(ii) Physician.
(I) A cage side or ringside physician shall be present at all events. A Commission-designated cage side or ringside physician must be at cage side or ringside each bout. A Commission-designated cage side or ringside physician shall be either a M.D. or D.O.
(II) All "Ringside" physicians serving ring or cage side shall obtain ARP/ACSM Certified Ringside Physician (CRP) certification. All physicians having completed the CRP shall be licensed as a "Ringside Physician."
(iii) Ambulance Service.
(I) The promoter shall provide continuous ambulance service with a state-certified EMT attendant and a state certified paramedic, who shall provide a resuscitator, stretcher, backboard, oxygen, and such other medical equipment reasonably expected for immediate trauma care, and who shall be present before the start of each contest and shall remain on site until the end of the program.
(II) For the purposes of this section, a program of mixed martial arts begins with the commencement of the first contest or exhibition and ends when the last mixed martial artist leaves the site of the program.
(III) The chief referee and/or Commission-appointed supervisor shall meet with the EMT and paramedic prior to the beginning of the match, contest, or exhibition. During such meeting the chief referee or Commission supervisor will instruct the EMT and paramedic concerning the match, contest, or exhibition, placement of the stretcher and any other information necessary to ensure prompt and appropriate immediate care.
(IV) An ambulance shall be able and available to immediately transport any severely injured mixed martial artist to an appropriate medical facility. No other scheduled contest or exhibition may proceed until there is an ambulance and paramedic at the facility, that has met with the chief referee and/or the Commission appointed supervisor as described in subparagraph (III), above.
(V) In addition to the above mentioned ambulance, a paramedic, licensed by the State of Alabama, shall be present at ring or cage side with the ringside physician. The paramedic shall possess advanced life support equipment necessary to resuscitate a fighter and package them for transport to the hospital. The paramedic is in addition to any EMT's or paramedics that are hired for the safety of the crowd and shall not leave ringside while a fight is taking place and shall be in direct communication with the ringside physician at all times. The ringside paramedic shall only leave ringside to attend to a spectator or other person in the event of an emergency and when no other paramedic is available.
(iv) Hepatitis and HIV Testing.
(I) Blood borne pathogen testing. All mixed martial artists in all bouts shall be tested for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and HIV by a laboratory approved by the Commission. The initial test for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and HIV detection shall be conducted within (365) days prior to competition.
I. In addition to the pre-competition test, any mixed martial artist shall be re-tested for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and HIV prior to his or her participation in each mixed martial arts match, contest, or exhibition in Alabama if the match, contest, or exhibition is scheduled to occur more than (365) days after the date of the most recent test. The results must be submitted to the Commission with the show date request prior to the official weigh-in.
(II) Positive tests for blood-borne pathogens. Any mixed martial artist who tests positive for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, or HIV shall appear before the medical advisory panel, which after verifying the results of the test, shall advise the Commission as to whether the mixed martial artist's participation in a match, contest, or exhibition would pose a threat to the health and safety of a participant, official, or spectator.
I. Any mixed martial artist that tests positive for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, or HIV who is scheduled for competition must disclose to the promoter that he or she has tested positive for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, or HIV.
History
(1) Security.
(a) General Safety. It shall be the promoter's responsibility to insure safety of the contestants, officials, and fans and to comply with all safety standards required by the Commission.
(b) Arena Safety Compliance. No amateur mixed martial arts match, contest, or exhibition will be allowed to commence or continue in any arena which to the Commission to be unsafe or where the Commission has reason to believe that such building or location does not conform to any applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations in the city or unincorporated county area.
(c) Dressing Rooms. The only people allowed in the Contestant's dressing room are the Contestant, manager, seconds, Commission representatives including appointed commissioners, approved physician(s), approved media representatives, and promoter's personnel.
(2) Beverage and Liquor Sales .
(a) Liquor Sales at Event. If the chosen venue has a liquor license, and liquor is intended to be sold at the event, the Commission must be advised in writing in advance of the show and give its approval. No Glass bottles or aluminum cans will be allowed.
(3) Split or Different Styles. Cards split between professional and amateur matches. Mixed cards shall be left at the discretion of the Commission. All amateur shows shall reflect the amateur status of the event in all advertising in a way approved by the Executive Director. A card split between professional and amateur matches shall be advertised as "Pro-Am," and shall include a minimum of three professional bouts on the card. Failure to provide the minimum number of professional bouts will result in action against the promoter by the Alabama Athletic Commission.
History
(1) Competition Area.
(a) Amateur contests locations. All competitions will take place either a Cage or a Ring that has been approved by the Commission. The Cage or Ring will meet the requirements set forth by the Commission and also be subject to inspection prior to each event by the designated Commission representative.
(b) Obtain Ring or Cage. The promoter will provide a ring or cage for the show and that ring or cage must pass certification requirements established by the Commission.
(2) Ring.
(a) Ring Specifications. The ring specifications for amateur mixed martial arts must meet the following requirements.
(b) The ring requirements. The ring may be no smaller than twenty feet square and no larger than thirty-two feet square within the ropes.
One of the corners must have a blue designation, and the corner directly across must have a red designation.
The ring floor must extend at least eighteen inches beyond the ropes. The ring floor must be padded with ensolite or a similar closed-cell foam, with at least one inch layer of foam padding.
Padding must extend beyond the ring ropes and over the edge platform, with a top covering of canvas, duck or similar material tightly stretched and laced to the ring platform. Material that tends to gather in lumps and ridges may not be used.
The ring platform must not be more than four feet above the floor of the building and must have suitable steps for the use of the contestants.
Ring posts must be made of metal, not more than three inches in diameter, extending from the floor of the building to a minimum height of fifty-eight inches above the ring floor, and must be properly padded in a manner approved by the Commission. Ring posts must be eighteen inches away from the ring ropes.
There must be five ring ropes, not less than one inch in diameter and wrapped in soft material. The lowest rope must be no higher than twelve inches from the ring floor. All five ring ropes must be secured to each other in no less than two places on all four sides of the ring. On all four sides of the ring, there should be tables lining the ring, draped from corner to corner.
(3) Cage Requirements.
(a) Cage specifications. The fighting area canvas shall be no smaller than 18 feet by 18 feet and no larger than 32 feet by 32 feet. The fighting area canvas or synthetic/vinyl mat shall be padded in a manner as approved by the Commission, with at least one inch layer of foam padding.
Padding shall extend beyond the fighting area and over the edge of the platform. No vinyl or other plastic rubberized covering shall be permitted.
The fighting area canvas or synthetic/vinyl mat shall not be more than four feet above the floor of the building and shall have suitable steps or ramp for use by the participants. Posts shall be made of metal not more than six inches in diameter, extending from the floor of the building to a minimum height of 58 inches above the fighting area canvas and shall be properly padded in a manner approved by the Commission.
The fighting area canvas or synthetic/vinyl mat area shall be enclosed by a fence made of such material as will not allow a fighter to fall out or break through it onto the floor or spectators, including, but not limited to, vinyl coated chain link fencing.
All metal parts shall be covered and padded in a manner approved by the Commission and shall not be abrasive to the contestants. The fence shall provide two separate entries onto the fighting area canvas. Both doors shall have a "clasp and pin" or similarly approved dual locking system and steps that facilitate safe entry and exit.
(4) Equipment. All appropriate equipment shall be approved at the discretion of the Commission.
(5) Specifications for Bandages on Mixed Martial Artists' Hands.
(a) Pre-fight hand wraps. All mixed martial arts contestants shall be required to gauze and tape their hands prior to all contests. In all weight classes, the bandages on each contestant's hand shall be restricted to soft gauze cloth not more than 15 yards in length and two inches in width, held in place by not more than 10 feet of surgeon's tape, one inch in width, for each hand. Surgeon's adhesive tape shall be placed directly on each hand for protection near the wrist.
Tape may cross the back of the hand twice and extend to cover and protect the knuckles when the hand is clenched to make a fist.
The bandages shall be evenly distributed across the hand. Bandages and tape shall be placed on a contestant's hands in the dressing room in the presence of the chief second of his or her opponent.
Under no circumstances are gloves to be placed on the hands of a contestant until the approval of the opponent's chief second or commission representative is received.
Substances other than surgeon's tape and soft gauze shall not be utilized. (Example)Pre-wraps shall not be used.
Under no condition will any adhesive tape be allowed to extend a position within one inch of the posterior line of knuckles. Provided however that a thin "butterfly" of tape between the fingers will be allowed to stabilize the placement of gauze.
(6) Mouth Pieces.
(a) Mouth piece requirements. All contestants are required to wear a mouth piece during competition. The mouthpiece shall be subject to examination and approval by the attending physician. The round cannot begin without the mouthpiece in place. In the event that the mouth pieces come out of a competitor's mouth during the action of a round, the referee shall wait until a break in the natural fighting action and escort the fighter to his corner to have his mouthpiece replaced. Intentionally spitting out a mouthpiece is grounds for penalization or disqualification.
(7) Protective Equipment.
(a) Shin Guards. Approved shin guard with instep pads, supplied by the promoter, and in good condition, must be worn by all novice division contestants. Advanced division contestants may choose to do so.
(b) Female mixed martial artists may wear a chest protector or other properly fitted sports bra during competition. Chest protectors shall be subject to the approval of the Commission.
(c) All contestants, male and female, shall wear groin protection during competition.
(d) Contestants may choose between a MMA Cup or a traditional boxing style protector. Groin protection shall be subject to the approval of the Commission.
(e) A single elastic or neoprene sleeve may be worn to support either or both ankles and knees. Sleeve supports must not have any metal or plastic hinges and must not have seams that could injure the fighter or his/her opponent. Tape of any kind is prohibited.
(8) Gloves.
(a) Glove condition. The gloves shall be in good condition for all contests or they must be replaced.
(b) Glove weights. All contestants shall wear gloves at least six ounces supplied by the promoter and approved by the Commission. No contestant shall supply his or her own gloves for participation unless approved by the Commission.
(c) Extra Gloves. Each promoter must have an extra set of gloves of the appropriate weight available to be used in case a glove is broken or otherwise damaged during the course of the contest, match, or exhibition.
(d) Glove Certification. It is the promoter's responsibility to ensure that the gloves selected for use during each show meet the Commission's rules and regulations concerning proper certification and should be resolved no less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the show.
(e) Gloves may not be broken or twisted, nor may the padding be misplaced or lumpy.
(9) Apparel.
(a) Acceptable attire. Each contestant shall wear mixed martial arts shorts, biking shorts, or kickboxing shorts. Shorts with a grip panel are not permitted. Shorts with metal parts are not permitted unless properly covered.
GI's, shirts, and biking pants with a grip panel are prohibited during competition for male Contestants. Female competitors must wear a short sleeved (above the elbow) or sleeveless form fitting rash guard and/or sports bra. No loose-fitting tops are allowed. Female contestants will follow the same requirements for bottom coverings as the male contestants, minus the requirement for groin protection. Male contestants may wear rashguard shirts.
Shoes are prohibited during competition.
(10) Corner Equipment.
(a) Corner Kit: Substances Allowed. The use of an unapproved preparation during the match, contest, or exhibition is prohibited. The only substances and materials allowed in the corner are limited to the following:
Ice;
Water;
Cotton swabs;
Gauze pads;
Clean towels;
Vaseline or surgical lubricant approved by the Commission;
Enswell;
Avitine or Adrenaline;
Athletic tape approved by the Commission.
(i) Any variance to the materials must be approved by the Commission
(b) Corner Kit: Substances Prohibited. Substances such as Monsell's solution, other iron or bismuth compounds, collodion, silver nitrate, ammonia or smelling salts will not be used and the use of such modalities will result in disqualification, and disciplinary action against the fighter and/or second.
History
(1) Referee. No one other than the referee may stop a fight during or between rounds.
(2) Pre-Match Instructions. Referees shall meet with the contestants and with each chief second appointed by the contestants prior to the beginning of the match, contest, or exhibition and during that meeting shall inform each party of the rules applicable to each fight as well as the in-ring/in-cage conduct expected from each contestant and second assisting in the corner of each contestant.
(3) Pre-Bout Confirmation of Officials, Physician, and Ring/Cage Certification. Prior to calling for the sounding of the bell to begin each bout, the referee in the ring will confirm that the ringside physician as well as each judge assigned to the bout is in place at ringside. Prior to calling for the sounding of the bell to begin each bout, the referee shall also certify the ring or cage is in a safe condition to sustain competition and in compliance with the guideline set forth by the Commission.
(4) Touching Contestants. The referee shall not touch the competing amateur mixed martial artists except when one or both fails to obey the break command, or at such time as to break one contestants hold on the other upon a physical or verbal tap out submission, or when necessary to protect the safety of one or both competitors.
(5) Saved by the Bell due to a Lock or Hold. An amateur mixed martial artist shall be saved by the bell in any round including the final round of any contest, when the contestant is being controlled by a lock or hold intended to force the other contestant to submit.
(6) Amateur Mixed Martial Artists Knocked out of the Ring. Any amateur mixed martial artist knocked out of the ring unintentionally by a legal technique shall receive a twenty (20) second count. During the time that any such amateur mixed martial artist is outside the ring, he or she shall not be assisted by any member of their corner and such assistance, if offered, shall end the match, contest, or exhibition with that amateur mixed martial artist losing by a technical knockout.
(a) As a general precaution to protect the safety of the amateur mixed martial artists and to prevent any potential injury, an amateur mixed martial artist knocked out of the ring may have his or her fall stopped or slowed by any person without penalty, provided that such assistance shall only be to prevent injury from the fall and not to assist the boxer in returning to the ring.
(7) Standing Eight Count. There shall be no standing eight (8) count.
(8) Failure to Answer Bell. A contestant shall not leave the ring or cage during any 1 minute rest period between rounds. If any contestant fails or refuses to resume competition when the bell sounds signaling the commencement of the next round, the referee shall award a decision of technical knockout to his opponent as of the round which has last been finished.
(a) If the circumstances indicate to the referee the need for investigation or punitive action, the referee may withhold giving a decision.
(b) The referee shall have the authority to stop a contest at any time if one of the competitors is unable or no longer able to defend himself or herself.
History
(1) Round Length. All amateur bouts will consist of no more than three (3), three (3) minute rounds with a one (1) minute rest period in between rounds.
(2) Number of Bouts Per Card. Unless otherwise approved by the Commission, promoters shall have no fewer than eight (8) contests on an individual card. Cards with more than twelve (12) contests must be approved by the Commission. The Commission may require additional officials to be present when a card has more than twelve (12) contests.
(3) Weight Classes of Amateur Mixed Martial Artists
(a) Amateur mixed martial artist shall be divided into the following classes (all weights in pounds)
Straw Weight (up to 115 lbs.) - 3 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Flyweight (115.1 to 125) -3 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Bantamweight (125.1 to 135 lbs.) -3 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Featherweight (135.1 to 145 lbs.) -5 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Lightweight (145.1 to 155 lbs.) -5 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Super Lightweight (155.1 to 165 lbs.) - 5 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Welterweight (165.1 to 170 lbs.) -5 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Super Welterweight (170.1 to 175 lbs.) - 7 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Middleweight (175.1 to 185 lbs.) -7 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Super Middleweight (185.1 to 195 lbs.) - 7 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Light Heavyweight (195.1 to 205 lbs.) -7 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Cruiserweight (205.1 to 225 lbs.) - 7 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Heavyweight (205.1 to 265 lbs.) - 7 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
Super Heavyweight (265.1 lbs. and above)- in div. or spread of lighter div. maximum allowable weight spread.
(4) Weighing of Mixed Martial Artists
(a) Weigh-in Procedures. In all contests and exhibitions, contestants shall have the option to weigh-in in the presence of each other and each other's coach. The official weigh-in shall not take place less than six (6) hours nor more than thirty-six (36) hours prior to the contest or exhibition.
(b) Official Weigh-Ins shall be conducted at a time and place approved by the promoter hosting the contest or exhibition. The time and location must be submitted to the Commission no less than seven (7) days prior to the weigh-in for approval. Attendance to official weigh-ins is strictly limited to promotional staff, participants, coaches, licensed organization representative, and Commission officials.
(c) Ceremonial weigh-ins may be conducted in such a manner and at such place as agreed to by all parties involved in the promotion or match, contest, or exhibition.
(d) Each card shall have one official weigh-in. A promoter may request additional official weigh-ins for one card. The Chief Inspector alone shall determine if an additional weigh-in may be held.
(e) Drastic Weight Cutting Measures.
(a) Missed weights shall be noted on a competitor's official record on the ABC Mixed Martial Arts Database.
(b) Competitors with weight class restrictions shall be noted on the ABC Mixed Martial Arts Database.
Early Weigh-Ins may be used to all competitors the maximum time for rehydration and mental preparation for their competition. When conducted, early weigh-ins shall be the official weigh-in and may be conducted up to thirty-six (36) hours prior to competition.
A secondary weigh-in shall occur on the day of the event to ensure competitors have not gained more than ten percent (10%) of their body weight back in the time between the official weigh-in and the event. Competitors who gain more than the ten percent (10%) of their weight back between the official weigh-in and their fight may still be allowed to compete but may be required to move up in weight classes for future matches, bouts, or exhibitions.
Checks for Dehydration. Checks for dehydration may be conducted on competitors, by the Ringside Physician, by specific gravity and/or pre-fight physical at both the official weigh-in and the second day weight check.
(5) Consumables Before and During the Contest. Water shall be used to hydrate an amateur mixed martial artist between rounds. Honey, electrolyte glucose, sugar or any other substance mixed with water is prohibited. Contestants should not consume energy drinks on the date of the contest.
(6) Seconds.
(a) Number of seconds allowed per fight. Each amateur mixed martial artist must have two (2) seconds, unless the Commission permits otherwise. Each contestant shall have one chief second and each chief second must have a complete first aid kit. The seconds must be neatly attired.
(b) Leaving the Ring or Cage: When seconds leaving the ring. Seconds shall leave the ring or cage enclosure at the sound of the timekeeper's whistle. They shall leave the ring or cage platform promptly when the bell sounds for the beginning of each round and immediately remove all obstructions, including stools, buckets, and any other corner equipment. None of these articles shall be replaced on the ring floor until the bell has sounded the end of a round.
(c) Assisting Contestant During Bout: Prohibited. During rounds, seconds shall not assist or interfere with the contestants unless directed by the referee.
(d) Throwing Towel: Prohibited. Seconds are forbidden from tossing a towel into the ring.
(e) Ejection and Disqualification. Violations of the provisions of this section (165-X-3-.08(6)).
(7) Appearance and Hygiene. The Commission may prevent any contestant from competing in any match or event due to the contestant's personal hygiene, length of head hair, length of facial hair, or any other aspects of personal appearance that may present a hazard to the safety of the contestant or their opponent, or that may interfere with the supervision or conduct of the event.
(8) Amateur Novice vs. Advanced Divisions.
(a) Novice Division Rules. Fighters who have competed in two (2) bouts or less must follow novice division rules.
(b) Advanced Division Rules. Fighters who have competed in more than two (2) verifiable bouts regulated by a recognized commission and subject to commission matchmaking approval. Non-sanctioned bouts occurring before 2011 may be counted at the Executive Director's discretion.
Bouts between fighters who have more than two (2) fights may be contested using novice division rules
Bouts between fighters with two (2) fights or less may not be contested using advanced division rules.
Bouts contested between one fighter who has two (2) fights or less, and one fighter who has more than two (2) fights, shall be contested using novice division rules.
Fighters who have more than two (2) fights may not qualify for bouts using advance division rules if they do not have a winning record. The decision shall be made by the Executive Director.
Decisions regarding the qualifying amateur fighters for Advanced Division Rule status shall be the responsibility of the Executive Director.
(9) Fouls for Novice Division.
(a) Novice Amateur Rules. The following are fouls and will result in penalties such as warning, point deduction or disqualification, if committed:
(i) A fighter may put their hands on the fence and push off of it at anytime. A fighter may place their feet onto the cage and have their toes go through the fencing material at any time. When a fighter's fingers or toes go through a cage and grab hold of the fence and start to control with their body position or their opponent's body position it now becomes an illegal action. A fighter may not grab the ropes or wrap their arms over the ring ropes at any time.
(ii) If a fighter is caught holding the fence, cage or ring rope material the referee shall issue a one-point deduction from the offending fighter's scorecard if the foul caused a substantial change in position such as the avoidance of a takedown.
(iii) If a point deduction for holding the fence occurs, and because of the infraction, the fouling fighter ends up in a superior position due to the foul, the fighters should be restarted by the referee, standing in a neutral position.
Holding opponent's shorts or gloves. A fighter may not control their opponent's movement by holding onto their opponent's shorts or gloves. A fighter may hold onto or grab their opponent's hand as long as they are not controlling the hand only by using the material of the glove, but by actually gripping the hand of the opponent. It is legal to hold onto your gloves or shorts.
Butting with the head.
The use of the head as a striking instrument.
Eye gouging. Eye gouging of any kind by means of fingers, chin, or elbows is illegal. Legal strikes or punches that contact the fighter's eye socket are not eye gouging and shall be considered legal attacks.
Biting or spitting at an opponent.
Hair pulling.
Fish Hooking. Any attempt by a fighter to use their fingers in a manner that attacks their opponent's mouth, nose or ears, stretching the skin to that area will be considered "Fish-Hooking". Fish-hooking generally is the placing of fingers into the mouth of your opponent and pulling your hands in opposing direction while holding onto the skin of your opponent.
Groin attacks of any kind.
Placing a finger into any orifice or into any cut or laceration of your opponent.
(i) A fighter may not lace their fingers into an open laceration in an attempt to enlarge the cut.
(ii) A fighter may not place their fingers into an opponent's nose, ear, mouth, or any other body cavity.
Elbow strikes of any kind to any area.
Small joint Manipulation. Fingers and Toes are small joints. Wrist, Ankles, knees, Shoulders and Elbows are all large joints.
Strikes to the spine or the back of the head. Strikes are not permissible from the nape of the neck area up to the top of the ears.
Fingers outstretched toward an opponent's face/eyes.
No throat strikes of any kind are allowed.
(i) A directed attack would include a fighter pulling his or her opponent's head in a way to open the neck for a striking attack.
(ii) A fighter may not gouge their fingers or thumb into their opponent's neck or trachea in an attempt to submit their opponent.
Clawing, Pinching, Twisting the flesh. Any attack that targets the fighter's skin by clawing at the skin or attempting to pull or twist the skin to apply pain is illegal.
Kicking the Head of a grounded opponent. An opponent is considered grounded when any part of the body, other than a single hand and feet touching the fighting area floor. To be grounded, both hands and feet, palm/fist down, and/or any other body part must be touching the fighting area floor. At this time, kicks or knees to the head will not be allowed.
Kneeing the head of an opponent.
Stomping of a grounded fighter. Stomping is considered any type of striking action with the feet where the fighter lifts their leg up bending their leg at the knee and initiating a striking action with the bottom of their foot or heel.
(i) Axe Kicks are not stomps. Standing foot stomps are NOT a foul. As such, this foul does not include stomping the feet of a standing fighter.
The use of abusive language in the fighting arena.
Conduct of any kind that may cause an injury to any officials.
Attacking an opponent on or during the break. A fighter shall not engage their opponent in any fashion during a time-out or break of action in competition.
Attacking an opponent who is under the care of the referee.
Timidity. Timidity is defined as any fighter who purposely avoids contact with his opponent, or runs away from the action of the fight. Timidity can also be called by the referee for any attempt by a fighter to receive time by falsely claiming a foul, injury, or purposely dropping or spitting out their mouthpiece or other action designed to stall the fight.
Interference from a corner. Interference is defined as any action or activity aimed at disrupting the fight or causing an unfair advantage to be given to one combatant. Corners are not allowed to distract the referee or influence the actions of the referee or any other official.
Throwing an opponent out of the cage or ring fighting area. A fighter shall not throw their opponent out of the cage.
Flagrant disregard of the referee's instructions. A fighter MUST follow the instructions of the referee at all times. Any deviation of non-compliance may result in the fighter's disqualification.
(i) A pile driver is considered to be any throw where you control your opponent's body placing his feet straight up in the air with his head straight down and then forcibly drive your opponents head into the flooring material.
(ii) Suplex has several variations but generally consists of lifting your opponent off the flooring material and then using their body weight to drive the opponent down onto the flooring material on their head or neck.
(iii) It should be noted when a fighter is placed into a submission hold by their opponent, if that fighter is capable of elevating their opponent, they may bring that opponent down in any fashion they desire because they are not in control of their opponents body. The fighter who is attempting the submission can either adjust their position, or let go of their hold before being slammed to the floor.
Attacking an opponent after the bell or horn has sounded.
Linear kicks to the knee joint.
Neck Cranks. Any hold that places the fighter's neck in jeopardy from a crank is illegal.
All Twisting leg submissions
(i) Heel hooks and toe holds are prohibited.
(ii) Straight Kneebars and the straight ankle locks are allowed.
Spine locks.
No elbows or knees to the head, no matter whether the opponent is up or down.
(10) Fouls for Advanced Division.
(a) Advanced amateur rules are allowed to be used after a fighter has had more than three (3), verifiable, amateur fights regulated by a recognized athletic commission, and subject to commission matchmaking approval.
(i) A fighter may put their hands on the fence and push off of it at anytime. A fighter may place their feet onto the cage and have their toes go through the fencing material at any time. When a fighter's fingers or toes go through a cage and grab hold of the fence and start to control whether their body position or their opponent's body position, it now becomes an illegal action. A fighter may not grab the ropes or wrap their arms over the ring ropes at any time.
(ii) If a fighter is caught holding the fence, cage or ring rope material, the referee shall issue a one-point deduction from the offending fighter's scorecard, if the foul caused a substantial change in position such as the avoidance of a takedown.
(iii) If a point deduction for holding the fence occurs, and because of the infraction, the fouling fighter ends up in a superior position due to the foul, the fighters should be restarted by the referee, standing in a neutral position.
Holding opponent's shorts or gloves. A fighter may not control their opponent's movement by holding onto their opponent's shorts or gloves. A fighter may hold onto or grab their opponent's hand as long as they are not controlling the hand only by using the material of the glove, but by actually gripping the hand of the opponent. It is legal to hold onto your gloves or shorts.
Butting with the head.
The use of the head as a striking instrument.
Eye gouging. Eye gouging of any kind by means of fingers, chin, or elbows is illegal. Legal strikes or punches that contact the fighter's eye socket are not eye gouging and shall be considered legal attacks.
Biting or spitting at an opponent.
Hair pulling.
Fish Hooking. Any attempt by a fighter to use their fingers in a manner that attacks their opponent's mouth, nose or ears, stretching the skin to that area will be considered "Fish-Hooking". Fish-hooking generally is the placing of fingers into the mouth of your opponent and pulling your hands in opposing direction while holding onto the skin of your opponent.
Groin attacks of any kind.
Placing a finger into any orifice or into any cut or laceration of your opponent.
(i) A fighter may not lace their fingers into an open laceration in an attempt to enlarge the cut.
(ii) A fighter may not place their fingers into an opponent's nose, ear, mouth, or any other body cavity.
Elbow strikes of any kind to any area.
Small joint Manipulation. Fingers and Toes are small joints. Wrist, Ankles, knees, Shoulders and Elbows are all large joints.
Strikes to the spine or the back of the head. Strikes are not permissible from the nape of the neck area up to the top of the ears.
Fingers outstretched toward an opponent's face/eyes.
No throat strikes of any kind are allowed.
(i) A directed attack would include a fighter pulling his or her opponent's head in a way to open the neck for a striking attack.
(ii) A fighter may not gouge their fingers or thumb into their opponent's neck or trachea in an attempt to submit their opponent.
Clawing, Pinching, Twisting the flesh. Any attack that targets the fighter's skin by clawing at the skin or attempting to pull or twist the skin to apply pain is illegal.
Kicking the Head of a grounded opponent. An opponent is considered grounded when any part of the body, other than a single hand and feet touching the fighting area floor. To be grounded, both hands and feet, palm/fist down, and/or any other body part must be touching the fighting area floor. At this time, kicks or knees to the head will not be allowed.
Kneeing the head of an opponent.
Stomping of a grounded fighter. Stomping is considered any type of striking action with the feet where the fighter lifts their leg up bending their leg at the knee and initiating a striking action with the bottom of their foot or heel.
(i) Axe Kicks are not stomps. Standing foot stops are NOT a foul. As such, this foul does not include stomping the feet of a standing fighter.
The use of abusive language in the fighting arena.
Conduct of any kind that may cause an injury to any officials.
Attacking an opponent on or during the break. A fighter shall not engage their opponent in any fashion during a time-out or break of action in competition.
Attacking an opponent who is under the care of the referee.
Timidity. Timidity is defined as any fighter who purposely avoids contact with his opponent, or runs away from the action of the fight. Timidity can also be called by the referee for any attempt by a fighter to receive time by falsely claiming a foul, injury, or purposely dropping or spitting out their mouthpiece or other action designed to stall the fight.
Interference from a corner. Interference is defined as any action or activity aimed at disrupting the fight or causing an unfair advantage to be given to one combatant. Corners are not allowed to distract the referee or influence the actions of the referee or any other official.
Throwing an opponent out of the cage or ring fighting area. A fighter shall not throw their opponent out of the cage.
Flagrant disregard of the referee's instructions. A fighter MUST follow the instructions of the referee at all times. Any deviation of non-compliance may result in the fighter's disqualification.
(i) A pile driver is considered to be any throw where you control your opponent's body placing his feet straight up in the air with his head straight down and then forcibly drive your opponents head into the flooring material.
(ii) A suplex has several variations but generally consists of lifting your opponent off the flooring material and then using their body weight to drive the opponent down onto the flooring material on their head or neck.
(iii) It should be noted when a fighter is placed into a submission hold by their opponent, if that fighter is capable of elevating their opponent, they may bring that opponent down in any fashion they desire because they are not in control of their opponents body. The fighter who is attempting the submission can either adjust their position, or let go of their hold before being slammed to the floor.
Attacking an opponent after the bell or horn has sounded.
Linear kicks to the knee joint.
Neck Cranks. Any hold that places the fighter's neck in jeopardy from a crank is illegal.
All Twisting leg submissions
(i) Heel hooks and toe holds are prohibited.
(ii) Straight Kneebars and the straight ankle locks are allowed.
Spine locks.
Strikes to the head when the opponent is down.
(11) Use of Body Grease, Water, and Other Similar Substances. Use of body grease is forbidden. The use of body grease, gels, balms, lotions, oil, or other substances is a violation and is prohibited from being applied to the hair, face, or body. This includes excessive amounts of water being splashed upon a contestant, which could result in penalties or disqualification.
(12) Foul Procedures. If a foul is committed, the referee shall:
(a) Call time;
(b) Check the fouled mixed martial artist's condition and safety; and
(c) Assess the foul to the offending contestant, deduct points, and notify each corner's seconds, judges, and the official scorekeeper.
(d) If a bottom contestant commits a foul, unless the top contestant is injured, the fight will continue, so to not jeopardize the top contestant's superior positioning at the time.
The referee shall verbally notify the bottom contestant of the foul.
When the round is over, the referee shall assess the foul and notify both corner's seconds, the judges, and the official scorekeeper.
(13) Time Considerations for a Low Blow Foul. A fighter who has been struck with a low blow is allowed up to five (5) minutes to recover from the foul as long as in the ringside doctor's opinion the fighter may possibly continue on in the contest. If the fighter states that they can continue on before the five minutes has expired, the referee shall as soon as practical restart the fight. If the fighter goes over the five-minute time allotment the fight cannot be restarted and the contest must come to an end with the outcome determined by the round and time in which the fight was stopped.
(14) Fighter Who is Not Fouled by Low Blow But Another Foul.
(a) Accidental Foul. If a contest or exhibition of mixed martial arts is stopped because of an accidental foul, the referee shall determine whether the unarmed combatant who has been fouled can continue or not. If the unarmed combatant's chance of winning has not been seriously jeopardized as a result of the foul and if the foul did not involve a concussive impact to the head of the unarmed combatant who has been fouled, the Referee may order the contest or exhibition continued after a recuperative interval of not more than 5 minutes. Unlike the low blow foul rule, the fighter does not have up to 5 minutes of time to use at their discretion. Immediately after separating the unarmed combatants, the Referee shall call in the ringside doctor if necessary and inform the scorekeeper of his determination that the foul was accidental.
(b) Illegal Foul. If a fighter is fouled in a way that the referee deems is not an accident, the referee should stop the action and call for time. The referee may take the injured fighter to the ringside doctor and have the ringside doctor examine the fighter as to their ability to continue on in the contest. The ringside doctor has up to 5 minutes to make their evaluation. If the ringside doctor determines that the fighter can continue in the contest, the referee shall, as soon as practical, restart the fight. Unlike the low blow foul rule, the fighter does not have up to 5 minutes of time to use at their discretion. Foul not subject to five-minute rule. For a foul other than a low blow, the fouled fighter is not guaranteed 5 minutes of recovery time. If deemed not fit to continue by the referee or ringside physician, the referee must immediately call a halt to the bout. If the fighter is deemed not fit to continue by the referee or ringside physician but some of the five-minute foul time is still remaining, the fighter cannot avail himself of the remaining time. If the referee stops the contest and employs the use of the ringside doctor, the ringside physician's examinations shall not exceed five minutes. If five minutes is exceeded, the fight cannot be re-started and the contest must end.
(15) Scoring the Foul to be Performed by the Scorekeeper.
(a) Scoring a foul. Fouls may result in a point being deducted by the official Scorekeeper from the offending mixed martial artist's score. The Scorekeeper, not the judges, will be responsible for calculating the true score after factoring in the point deduction.
(16) Injuries Sustained During Competition that Will Terminate the Bout.
(a) Injury due to legal maneuver. If an injury sustained during competition as a result of a legal maneuver is severe enough to terminate a bout, the injured contestant loses by technical knockout.
(b) Self-Inflicted Injury. If an injury that is considered self-inflicted occurs, and it is severe enough to terminate the bout, the injured contestant shall lose by technical knockout.
(c) Accidental Foul. If an injury sustained during competition as a result of an accidental foul is severe enough to terminate a bout; if it occurs after the horn sounds ending the 2nd round, the partial round is scored and we go to the score cards for the technical decision. If it occurs at any earlier time, the bout will be declared a "no contest."
If the injury from the accidental foul is not severe enough to stop the bout but then later it is further aggravated by legal techniques enough to warrant an end to the match, if it occurs after the horn sounds ending the 2nd round, the partial round is scored and we go to the score cards for the technical decision. If it occurs at any earlier time, the bout will be declared a "no contest."
Only in rare instances, such as subsequent to repeated warnings for the same foul, will the referee take a point or points from a fighter for an accidental foul.
(d) Intentional Foul. If an injury sustained during competition as a result of an intentional foul is severe enough to terminate a bout then the injured fighter will win by disqualification. If the injury from the intentional foul is not severe enough to stop the bout but then later is further aggravated by legal techniques enough to warrant an end to the match, the partial round is scored, then we go to the score cards for the technical decision (the bout does not need to have progressed past a minimum number of rounds). If the fouled fighter is ahead on the score cards, the fouled fighter will be declared the winner by technical decision. If the fouling fighter is ahead or tied, the bout will be declared a "no contest."
(e) Regarding "Low Blows." A fighter, who chooses not to continue based on receiving a non-called low blow, will have the stoppage treated under typical accidental foul rules unless for some reason the referee sees fit to disqualify the fighter (i.e., repeated excessive accidental low blow fouls).
(17) Stopping a Contest. The referee is the sole arbiter of a bout and is the only individual authorized to enter the fighting area at any time during the competition and authorized to stop a contest.
(a) A physician may enter the ring and advise the referee but shall have no authority to stop a fight.
(18) Judging.
(a) Number of Judges. All bouts will be evaluated and scored by three (3) judges.
(b) The 10-Point Must System will be the standard system of scoring a bout. Under the 10-Point Must Scoring System, 10 points must be awarded to the winner of the round and nine points or less must be awarded to the loser, except for a rare even round, which is scored (10-10).
(c) Judges shall evaluate mixed martial arts techniques, such as effective striking/grappling, effective aggressiveness, and control of the fighting area.
(d) Evaluations shall be made in the specific order in which the techniques appear in (c) above, giving the most weight in scoring to effective striking/grappling, and effective aggressiveness, and control of the fighting area.
(e) Effective striking is judged by determining the impact/effect of legal strikes landed by a contestant solely based on the results of such legal strikes. Effective grappling is assessed by the successful executions and impactful/effective result(s) coming from: takedown(s), submission attempt(s), achieving an advantageous position(s) and reversal(s).
(f) Effective aggressiveness means aggressively making attempts to finish the fight.
(g) Fighting area control is assessed by determining who is dictating the pace, place and position of the bout.
(i) A round is to be scored as a 10-10 Round when both contestants have competed for whatever duration of time in the round and there is no difference or advantage between either fighter;
(ii) A round is to be scored as a 10-9 Round when a contestant wins by a close margin, landing the greater number of effective legal strikes, grappling and other maneuvers;
(iii) A round is to be scored as a 10-8 Round when a contestant wins a round by a large margin by impact, dominance, and duration of striking or grappling in a round.
(iv) A round is to be scored as a 10-7 Round when a contestant completely overwhelms their opponent in Effective Striking and/or Grappling and stoppage is warranted.
(v) Judges shall use a sliding scale and recognize the length of time the fighters are either standing or on the ground, as follows:
(I) If the mixed martial artists spend a majority of a round on the canvas, then effective grappling is weighed first, and effective striking is then weighed.
(II) If the mixed martial artists spent a majority of a round standing, then effective striking is weighed first, and effective grappling is then weighed.
(III) If a round ends with a relatively even amount of standing and canvas fighting, striking and grappling are weighed equally.
(19) Types of Bout Results.
(a) Submission. A referee will award the bout via Submission when one or more of the following occur:
Tap Out: When a contestant physically uses his hand to indicate that he or she no longer wishes to continue.
Verbal tap out: When a contestant verbally announces to the referee that he or she does not wish to continue; or makes audible sounds such as screams indicating pain or discomfort.
Technical Submission: When a submission is executed to its completeness which cause the referee to intervene and stop the contest. Example, a choke causes a fighter to go unconscious, or a joint lock causes a fracture.
(b) Technical knockout. A referee will award a Technical Knockout when one or more of the following occur:
(c) Knockout. A referee will award the bout via Knockout when an opponent is damaged by a legal technique or techniques and is incapable of intelligently defending themselves.
(d) Decision via score cards.
Unanimous: When all three judges score the bout for the same contestant
Split Decision: When two judges score the bout for one contestant and one judge scores for the opponent
Majority Decision: When two judges score the bout for the same contestant and one judge scores a draw
(e) Types of Draws.
Unanimous - When all three judges score the bout a draw;
Majority - When two judges score the bout a draw; or
Split - When all three judges score differently and the score total results in a draw
(f) Disqualification. A Disqualification will be declared when an injury sustained during competition as a result of an intentional foul is severe enough to terminate the contest.
(i) Intentional fouling with or without injury
(ii) Repeated or consistent fouling
(iii) Fighter or Corner misconduct
(g) Forfeit. A Forfeit is declared when a contestant fails to begin competition. A "forfeit" does not grant the opponent a "victory."
(h) Technical Draw. When an injury sustained during competition as a result of an intentional foul causes the injured contestant to be unable to continue and the injured contestant is even or behind on the score cards at the time of stoppage; or; in Double Knockout Situations, the referee shall stop a contest or exhibition of unarmed combat at any stage if the referee determines that both unarmed combatants are in such a condition that to continue might subject the unarmed combatants to serious injury;
(i) Technical Decision. When the bout is prematurely stopped due to injury and a contestant is leading on the score cards.
(j) No Contest. When a contest is prematurely stopped due to accidental injury and a sufficient number of rounds have not been completed to render a decision via the score cards.
(20) After the Contest, Match, or Exhibition.
(a) Contestants to Leave Ring. When the decision of the referee or judges has been announced both contestants and their corners shall at once leave the ring or cage and retire to their dressing rooms.
(b) Decision Announcement. In all contests decided by the judges' scorecards, the announcer will announce if the decision is "unanimous," "a majority decision," or "a draw," and the total points given to each contestant by the three judges will be announced.
(c) Finality of the Decision. A decision rendered at the end of any amateur mixed martial arts contest is final and shall not be changed unless the Commission determines that any of the following occurred:
There was collusion or fraud affecting the result of any contest
The compilation of the score cards of the referee and judges reveals a clerical or mathematical error which caused the decision to be given to the wrong amateur mixed martial artist.
There was a violation of the laws or rules and regulations governing amateur mixed martial arts in this state which affected the results of any contest.
Video Instant-Replay. When available, video instant-replay may be used to ensure the accuracy of a fight ending sequence and at no other point in the bout. Once video instant-replay is employed, the bout, match, or exhibition is over. When used, the Chief Inspector shall review whether the cause of the bouts end was by means of legal or illegal striking. Bouts ending due to illegal (intentional or unintentional foul) shall be settled in the manner listed in the chapter above. The secondary referee, outside the ring, may consult with the Chief Inspector on the correct outcome of the bout, but the decision rests solely with the Chief Inspector.
(d) Appeal of Decision. A competitor may appeal the decision of the contest to the Commission. A written appeal must be submitted to the Commission within five (5) business days of the contest. The appeal shall be addressed according to the rules and regulations of the Commission.
(e) A petition to change a decision. A petition shall be in writing and filed by the contestants manager to the Commission within five (5) business days from the date the decision was rendered. The petition shall be addressed according to the rules of the Commission.
(21) Certification Results.
(a) Certification of Results. The Commission is the only organization permitted by state regulations to certify the results of individual amateur mixed martial arts contests.
The Commission's Executive Director shall review and certify all individual fight results before they are submitted to the national registry.
A licensed Chief Inspector must submit a signed affidavit stating that all amateur contests for each individual event were held according to the Commission's rules; were strictly followed and enforced.
Any contest not certified by the Commission shall be listed as a non-sanctioned fight in the fighter's official record.
Non-sanctioned fights will not be applied to the fighter's win/loss record in the national registry.
History
(1) "Body Jewelry"
(2) "Official" - Unless otherwise indicated is an exclusive term collectively meaning "Inspectors" "judges," "referees," and "timekeepers."
History
(1) Pre-fight Examination.
(a) At the time of weigh-in, or at such other time as is then announced, all contestants must pass a pre-fight medical examination and a commission designated physician must complete a Pre-fight Medical Examination Form. The examining physician shall deliver all Pre-fight Examination Forms to the Athletic Commission or to its authorized representative immediately after the weigh-in.
Each female contestant, during the pre-fight physical, will be required to submit to a pregnancy test administered under the direction of the examining physician, or such physician's authorized assistant.
Female contestants submitting written documentation acceptable to the examining physician may be waived from the pre-fight physical pregnancy test requirement. Such documentation shall be limited to:
(i) a copy of a lab report from a recognized clinical laboratory and dated within ten days of the pre-fight physical attesting that the contestant is not pregnant, or
(ii) a statement from a state licensed physician, on such physician's letterhead stationary, stating that the contestant is medically improbable of bearing children.
(b) Whenever a contestant's examination indicates that he or she is unfit for competition, because of any weakness or disability discovered by the physician, an immediate report of such evidence must be made to the promoter and to the Athletic Commission. In such case, the contestant shall be prohibited from participating in the contest or exhibition.
(c) Any contestant who fails his or her pre-fight physical for medical reasons or for lack of general conditioning shall be placed on immediate medical suspension and reported to the boxing registry.
(3) Hydration Testing. At the official weigh-in, all contestants' hydration shall be tested using digital fiber optic refractometers.
(3) Additional Medical Examinations. Upon recommendation of the examining physician or the medical advisory panel, the Athletic Commission may require a contestant to undergo additional medical examinations performed by a state licensed physician to determine the contestant's medical fitness to compete.
(4) Boxers who have competed in over 200 professional rounds. Boxers who have competed in over 200 rounds during their professional career, according to the number of rounds disclosed on the boxer's official ring record, will be placed on immediate medical suspension. A boxer shall not be placed on immediate medical suspension without completing any fight in which he accumulates 200 professional rounds.
(a) A boxer who has competed in 200 professional rounds that intends to continue to fight professionally must undergo a neurological examination by a board certified and state licensed neurologist. The examination shall include a careful examination for signs of any trauma induced neurological damage along with any other specific test or tests requested by the neurologist. (May consider the following: A Neurologist Screening Form must be completed and returned to the Athletic Commission along with a request for reinstatement, thirty (30) days prior to competing in a boxing contest or exhibition.)
(b) A boxer who has competed in 200 professional rounds that intends to continue to fight professionally must undergo an ophthalmological examination by a board certified and state licensed optometrist or ophthalmologist. The examination shall include a careful, dilated examination of the retinal periphery utilizing indirect ophthalmoscope sufficient to identify any sign of previous trauma or retinal damage along with any other specific test or tests requested by said optometrist or ophthalmologist. (May consider the following: An Ophthalmological Screening Form must be completed and returned to the Athletic Commission along with a request for reinstatement, thirty (30) days prior to competing in a boxing contest or exhibition.)
(c) The commission shall require re-examinations submitted pursuant to sub-paragraphs (a) of this rule after each successive 50 professional rounds after the previous submission, as disclosed on such boxer's official ring record.
(5) Minimum Visual Acuity.
(a) The minimum uncorrected visual acuity to be able to box in Alabama is set at 20/ 200 in both eyes. Any person who applies for a license or renewal of license to compete as a professional boxer shall be required to present evidence of their visual acuity.
(6) Before Contest: Illness or Injury. A contestant who is under contract to compete on an announced card, and who, because of illness or injury, becomes unable to compete in the contest, must immediately report the illness or injury to the promoter and the Athletic Commission. When a contestant or a contestant's manager reports an injury or illness that prevents the contestant from participating in a match or exhibition, the Athletic Commission shall, require the contestant to submit to a medical examination conducted by a commission designated physician to determine the contestant's fitness to participate in the contest or exhibition.
(7) Medical Suspensions by Other Commissions. Medical suspensions by other boxing commissions recognized by the Association of Boxing Commissions and which are published by any boxing registry approved for such purposes by the Association of Boxing Commissions shall be recognized by the commission. A boxer who is under medical suspension in another state shall submit to any medical examination listed in this chapter as requested by the Athletic Commission prior to competing in a contest or exhibition in this state.
(8) Drugs Prohibited. The administration or use of any drugs, alcohol, stimulants, or injections in any part of the contestant's body either prior to or during a match is prohibited unless such drugs are administered by a physician and with the approval of the commission. The commission may order a licensee to undergo a drug screening at any time. A Drug Screen Form must be completed by an approved laboratory and submitted to the Athletic Commission within seven days of the order.
(9) Post Contest Inactive Period. No contestant shall be permitted to engage in another contest or exhibition in this state for a period of seven (7) days after competing in a contest or exhibition.
(10) Head Injury. Any contestant who suffers a knock out, concussion, or other serious head injury, should be examined by the ringside physician. The physician shall immediately report to the Athletic Commission or commission representative, the condition of such contestant and whether or not additional medical attention is advised.
(11) Knock Out and Technical Knock Out.
(a) When a contestant is defeated by knock out, that boxer's license shall be placed on an immediate sixty (60) day medical suspension. Upon a contestant's second defeat by knock out, that boxer's license shall be placed on an immediate sixty (60) day medical suspension and the boxer shall submit to a medical examination. A Post-knock out Examination Form shall be completed by a physician and submitted to the Athletic Commission along with request for reinstatement thirty (30) days prior to participating in a contest or exhibition in this state. Any boxer losing by knock out in two or more consecutive fights shall be placed on immediate medical suspension for a period of 6 months.
(b) Unless otherwise ordered by the attending ringside physician, there shall be a minimum 30 day medical suspension after a technical knockout.
(12) Under-Conditioned Fighter. A contestant deemed under-conditioned by the referee, Athletic Commission or any designated representative of the commission, shall be suspended for 90 days.
(a) If it should be determined by the referee or any member of the commission present or any designated representative of the commission present that a contestant did not give a good faith effort to display their skills they shall be subject to disciplinary action.
(b) A disqualified contestant may be disciplined by the Athletic Commission.
(13) Consecutive Losses.
(a) A boxer who has lost 6 consecutive fights, according to the boxers official ring record compiled and maintained by the boxing registry, shall be summarily suspended. Suspension will be listed as "Indefinite Pending Hearing."
(b) A boxer who has lost 3 consecutive fights by knock-out, technical knock-out, or disqualification, according to the boxer's official ring record compiled and maintained by the boxing registry, shall be summarily suspended pending a hearing by the Athletic Commission. Suspension will be listed as "Indefinite Pending Hearing."
(14) Verification of Contestant Experience
(a) The trainer or manager for a contestant that meets the following criteria shall submit an affidavit that the contestant is prepared for a professional contest:
Contestant is making his pro debut
Contestant has not competed in the last 12 months
Contestant has lost his or her last 6 consecutive events
(15) General Responsibilities and Provisions. During the performance of any promotion it shall be the promoter's responsibility to ensure the compliance with all laws and rules governing professional boxing in Alabama. Such responsibilities shall include, but will not be limited to the following:
(a) Medical Insurance. The promoter shall provide for the participants insurance covering ambulance services, medical, surgical and hospital care with a minimum limit of $20,000 for injuries sustained while participating in said program and for a $20,000 death benefit awarded to the estate of any Contestant should death occur from injuries received while participating in the contest or exhibition.
(b) Ambulance Service. The promoter shall provide continuous ambulance service with a state-certified EMT attendant, who shall provide a resuscitator, stretcher, backboard, oxygen and such other medical equipment reasonably expected for immediate trauma care, and who shall be present before the start of each contest and shall remain on site until the end of the program.
For the purposes of this section, a program of boxing begins with the commencement of the first contest or exhibition and ends when the last contestant leaves the site of the program.
The chief referee and/or the commission appointed supervisor shall meet with the EMT prior to the beginning of the match, contest, or exhibition. During such meeting the commission supervisor will instruct the EMT concerning the match, contest, or exhibition, placement of the stretcher and any other information necessary to ensure prompt and appropriate immediate care.
An ambulance shall be able and available to immediately transport any severely injured Contestant to an appropriate medical facility. No other scheduled contest or exhibition may proceed until there is an ambulance and EMT at the facility, that has met with the chief referee and/or the commission appointed supervisor as proscribed in subparagraph (2), above.
History
(1) Contestants.
(a) All contestants must be at least eighteen (18) years of age.
(b) No contestant may participate in more than one (1) Bout on the first day of a two (2) day event.
(c) No contestant may participate in more than twelve (12) minutes of a two (2) day event nor the day of a one (1) day event.
(d) No contestant shall have been licensed as a professional boxer or professional mixed martial artist in Alabama or any other jurisdiction.
(e) Contestants shall be registered with the Commission as a toughman Contestant.
(f) Contestants shall apply for licensure with the Commission. All applications shall be accompanied by the applicant's photo identification and licensure fee of thirty dollars ($30), payable by cash, certified check, cashier's check, personal check, or money order.
(g) Contestant licenses shall expire on December 31 of the year issued.
(h) Temporary licenses, in the form of a receipt, shall be issued to contestant applicants when applications are made in the presence of the Commission. Temporary licenses shall expire within ninety days (90) of its issuance.
(2) Promoters. All promoters must submit applications to the Commission and these applications must be approved by the commission.
(a) Promoters of tough man contests must be licensed by the Commission.
Promoters applications shall be accompanied by the applicant's photo identification and licensure fee of two hundred fifty dollars ($250), payable by cash, certified check, cashier's check, personal check, or money order.
Promoters licenses shall expire on December 31 of the year issued.
(b) Promoters must:
Provide a ring meeting the requirements of the Commission.
Provide gloves, headgear, and groin protectors for the contest.
Provide insurance described in this chapter.
Provide for medical personnel described in this chapter.
Register contestants within 48 hours of the start of the contest to the commission.
(3) Schedule of Fees. Annual fees for participant licenses, promoter's licenses, and match permits are as follow:
| (i) | Promoters | $250.00 | | --- | --- | --- | | (ii) | Returned Check | $30.00 |
History
(1) Promoter's License Surety Bond.
(a) Before any promoter's license is issued authorizing the promotion of toughman matches in Alabama, the applicant shall make and deliver to the commission a security bond executed by a surety corporation authorized to transact business in this state.
(b) Any and all bond applications shall be on a form provided by the Commission, and shall be accompanied by an enforceable power of attorney. The Commission may also require certificate of "good standing" issued by the Commissioner of Insurance.
(c) If any company issuing a bond shall be removed from doing business in this state, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Insurance to notify the Alabama Athletic Commission within 30 days.
(d) The bond shall be in such amount as the commission may determine based upon the payment of officials' fees, fees necessary to secure the proper medical supervision of any toughman show in Alabama, and/or the estimated potential damages, penalties, taxes or expenses resulting from promotional activities contemplated in Alabama.
(e) Whenever the commission shall determine that a previously approved bond has for any cause become insufficient, the commission may require an additional bond or bonds to be given, conforming with the requirements of these rules.
(2) Match Permit Bond.
(a) Before any match permit is issued authorizing the sale of tickets and the ancillary contracting necessary to promote a toughman contest in Alabama, the applicant shall make and deliver to the commission a security bond executed by a surety corporation authorized to transact business in this state. The purpose of the bond is to ensure that each Contestant competing in Alabama is paid their entire purse, and that full payment of other contractual liabilities is made.
(b) Any and all bond applications shall be on a form provided by the commission, and shall be accompanied by an enforceable power of attorney. The commission may also require a certificate of 'good standing' issued by the Commissioner of Insurance.
(c) If any company issuing a bond shall be removed from doing business in this state, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Insurance to notify the Alabama Athletic Commission within 30 days.
(d) The bond shall be in such amount as the commission may determine based upon the estimated contractual liabilities against the licensed promoter for damages and expenses resulting from non-payment of contract liabilities, including but not limited to the total amount of each competing Contestant's purse or other services contracted for or from promotional activities conducted within Alabama.
(e) Whenever the commission shall determine that a previously approved bond has for any cause become insufficient, the commission may require additional bond or bonds to be given, conforming with the requirements of these rules.
(3) Match Permit Application.
Applications for a match permit must be made in writing and received by the Commission at least thirty (30) days in advance of the date for such toughman match, contest, or exhibition. Any licensed promoter who has held a toughman match, contest, or exhibition in the state within the previous twelve months may apply for subsequent match permits no less than 15 days in advance of the proposed date of each subsequent professional mixed martial arts match, contest, or exhibition.
Each match permit application shall be accompanied by a non-refundable cashier's check or money order in the amount of $250.00 and made out to the Commission.
A match permit fee will be calculated by the Commission. Match permit fee shall be calculated at five percent (5%) of gross receipts from ticket sales to the toughman match, contest, or exhibition. For television and broadcasts, match permit fee shall be calculated at three percent (3%) of gross receipts from television and broadcast revenue for the first one million dollars ($1,000,000) of revenue and one percent (1%) of the next two million ($2,000,000). Broadcast fees will cap at fifty thousand dollars ($50,000).
(i) Ticket sales include the face value all tickets, orders, and lots sold for the event, and the fair value or face value of any promotional tickets, orders, and lots sold or provided at no cost.
(ii) The promoter must complete and submit to the Commission a Match Permit Fee Form provided by the Commission at the conclusion of the match, contest, or exhibition. The Commission will calculate the Permit Fee and notify the promoter.
(iii) Two percent (2%) of tickets may be complimentary and exempt from the match permit fee.
Each application for a match permit shall be accompanied with an appropriate security bond as provided for in these rules.
Each match permit application should be accompanied with copies of all contracts with all participants and officials, and any other contracts which the promoter has entered into for the match, contest, or exhibition.
Applicants for a match permit will be notified of the date, time, and place of documents submitted by the applicant will be reviewed by the Commission.
(i) Applicants or their designated and licensed representative(s) may attend the meeting and answer any questions the Commission has concerning the proposed event.
(ii) The Commission shall notify the applicant that his or her application has been approved or denied within seven (7) days of the Commission's decision.
(4) Complaints and Actions to Recover Damages.
(a) Any person claiming that he or she has been damaged by a breach of the conditions of a bond given by a licensee as provided in these rules shall notify the Commission.
(b) The Commission may take disciplinary action against the licensee.
(c) Reports of unsanctioned events shall be logged on a complaint database and given a claim number. The Executive Director or other Commission appointed representative(s) may work with the Attorney General's Office and federal, state, and/or local law enforcement agencies to terminate illegal event.
(d) Complaint against a bout result.
A petition to change a decision or the ruling of the chief official shall be in writing and filed by a contestant or the contestant's manager within five (5) business days from the date the decision was rendered.
The Commission may hold a hearing to change the decision or the ruling of the chief official at any time within fourteen (14) days from the date the decision was written. A majority of the Commissioners shall be required prior to holding a hearing.
If the Commission determines that any of the above occurred with regards to any contest then the decision rendered shall be changed as the Commission may direct, and shall notify the national registry of the change.
(e) Complaints against a licensee. Finality of the Decision. A decision rendered at the end of any event is final and shall not be changed unless the Commission determines that any of the following occurred:
There was collusion or fraud affecting the result of any contest, or,
The compilation of the score cards of the referee and judges reveals a clerical or mathematical error which caused the decision to be given to the wrong mixed martial artist.
There was a violation of the laws or rules and regulations governing toughman events in this state which affected the results of any contest.
The chief official may in his or her discretion change a referee's decision if, in his or her judgment, a palpable and self-evident error has been committed.
Video Instant-Replay. When available, video instant-replay may be used to ensure the accuracy of a fight ending sequence and at no other point in the bout. Once video instant-replay is employed, the bout, match, or exhibition is over. When used, the Chief Inspector shall review whether the cause of the bout's end was by means of legal or illegal striking. Bouts ending due to illegal (intentional or unintentional foul) shall be resolved in the manner listed in chapter 165-X-4-.08 for each distinct type of foul. The secondary referee, outside the ring, may consult with the Chief Inspector on the correct outcome of the bout, but the decision rests solely with the Chief Inspector.
History
(1) Age. No fighter will be allowed over 37 years of age or under 18 years of age.
(2) Rounds. No fighter will be allowed to participate who has fought 200 or more rounds in toughman contests, elimination boxing or a combination of the two.
(3) Medical Examinations.
(a) Pre-Fight Examination. At the time of weigh-in, or at such other time as is then announced, all contestants must pass a pre-fight medical examination and a commission designated physician must complete a Pre-Fight Medical Examination Form. The examining physician shall deliver all Pre-Fight Examination Forms to the Athletic Commission or to its authorized representative no more than five (5) days after the weigh-in.
(b) Pregnancy Testing.
Each female contestant, during the pre-fight physical, will be required to submit to a pregnancy test administered under the direction of the examining physician, or such physician's authorized assistant. The cost of such test shall be the responsibility of the promoter. No contestant shall be allowed whose pregnancy test indicates they are pregnant.
Female contestants submitting written documentation acceptable to the examining physician may be waived from the pre-fight physical pregnancy test requirement. Such documentation shall be limited to:
(i) A copy of a lab report from a recognized clinical laboratory and dated within ten (10) days of the pre-fight physical attesting that the contestant is not pregnant, or
(ii) A statement from a state licensed physician, on such physician's letterhead stationery, stating that the contestant has undergone certain medical procedures rendering her medically improbable of bearing children.
(c) Failed Pre-Fight Physical.
Whenever a contestant examination indicates that he or she is unfit for competition, because of any weakness or disability discovered by the physician, an immediate report of such evidence must be made to the Commission. In such case, the contestant shall be prohibited from participating in the event.
The examining physician shall deliver all pre-fight examination reports to the Commission or to its authorized representative immediately after the weigh-in.
Any contestant who fails his or her pre-fight physical for medical reasons or for lack of general conditioning shall be placed on immediate medical suspension and reported to the Commission.
(d) Hydration Testing.
(e) Minimum Uncorrected Visual Acuity.
(f) Additional Medical Examinations.
(g) Drugs Prohibited.
(h) The Commission may order a contestant to undergo a drug screening at any time. A Drug Screen Form must be completed by an approved laboratory and submitted to the Commission within seven (7) days of the order.
(i) Post Contest Inactive Period.
(j) Head Injury.
(k) Consecutive Losses.
Six or More Consecutive Losses. A contestant who has lost six (6) or more consecutive fights shall have their ability to register summarily suspended. Suspension will be listed as "Indefinite Pending Hearing."
Three or More Consecutive Losses by TKO, KO, or DQ. A contestant who has lost three (3) consecutive fights by knock-out, technical knock-out, or disqualification shall have their registration summarily suspended pending a hearing by the Commission. Suspension will be listed as "Indefinite Pending Hearing."
(l) Verification of Contestant Experience.
(i) Contestant is not a professional boxer or mixed martial artist.
(ii) Contestant has not lost his or her last six (6) consecutive fights.
(iii) Contestant has not lost three (3) consecutive fights by TKO, KO, or DQ.
(m) General Responsibilities and Provisions.
(i) Medical Insurance.
(I) The promoter shall provide for the contestants' insurance covering ambulance services, medical, surgical, and hospital care with a minimum limit of $20,000 for injuries sustained while participating in said program and for a $20,000 death benefit awarded to the estate of any contestant should death occur from injuries received while participating in the contest or exhibition.
(ii) Physician.
(I) A ringside physician shall be present at all events. A Commission designated ringside physician must be at ringside each bout. A Commission designated ringside physician shall be either a M.D. or D.O.
(II) All "Ringside" physicians serving ring or cage side shall obtain ARP/ACSM Certified Ringside Physician (CRP) certification. All physicians having completed the CRP shall be licensed as a "Ringside Physician."
(iii) Ambulance Service.
(I) The promoter shall provide continuous ambulance service with a state-certified EMT attendant and a state-certified paramedic, who shall provide a resuscitator, stretcher, backboard, oxygen, and such other medical equipment reasonably expected for immediate trauma care, and who shall be present before the start of each contest and shall remain on site until the end of the program.
(II) For the purposes of this section, a program of toughman begins with the commencement of the first contest or exhibition and ends when the last contestant leaves the site of the program.
(III) The chief referee and/or Commission appointed supervisor shall meet with the EMT and paramedic prior to the beginning of the match, contest, or exhibition. During such meeting the chief referee or Commission supervisor will instruct the EMT and paramedic concerning the match, contest, or exhibition, placement of the stretcher and any other information necessary to ensure prompt and appropriate immediate care.
(IV) An ambulance shall be able and available to immediately transport any severely injured contestant to an appropriate medical facility. No other scheduled contest or exhibition may proceed until there is an ambulance and paramedic at the facility, that has met with the chief referee and/or the Commission appointed supervisor as described in subparagraph (III), above.
History
(1) General Safety. It shall be the promoter's responsibility to insure safety for the Contestants, officials, media and fans and to comply with all safety standards required by the commission.
(a) Arena Security. Arena security is the responsibility of the promoter and such security measures provided by the promoter shall be sufficient to maintain order. At a minimum, two (2) sworn off duty law enforcement officers shall be retained for security.
(b) Obtain Ring. The promoter will provide a ring for the show and that the ring or cage must pass the certification requirements established the commission.
(c) Extra Gloves. Each promoter must have an extra set of gloves of the appropriate weight available to be used in case a glove is broken or otherwise damaged during the course of the contest or exhibition of toughman.
(2) Ringside Physician.
(a) Providing a physician. It shall be the responsibility of the commission representative to assign one or more physicians at ringside during each tough man or mixed martial arts contest.
The physicians assigned must be on the roster of physicians authorized to conduct pre-fight physicals and serve as ringside physicians created by the Alabama Athletic Commission.
At least one ringside physician must have in his or her possession any medical supplies and equipment reasonably anticipated to provide first-aid medical assistance for the type of injuries reasonably anticipated to occur in professional tough man or professional mixed martial arts matches.
The promoter shall compensate assigned ringside physicians in an amount to be mutually agreed upon by the promoter.
(3) Arena.
(a) Drinks. No tough man match will be allowed to commence or continue, without specific authorization from the commission, in any arena where concessionaires dispense or serve beverages in containers other than plastic, paper cups or aluminum cans.
(b) Arena safety. No tough man match will be allowed to commence or continue in any arena which appears to the commission appointed supervisor to be unsafe or where the commission appointed supervisor has reason to believe that such building or location does not conform to any applicable laws, ordinances and regulations in the city or unincorporated county area.
(4) Media Guidelines.
(a) Promoter Responsibilities For Media Personnel. It shall be the responsibility of the promoter to provide access to any sanctioned event to media professionals for print, television, radio and online media. The promoter has a duty to provide unencumbered access to media professionals while ensuring their personal safety at the event.
Promoters of tough man events shall provide media personnel with easily identifiable credentials that are clearly visible to state inspectors.
Promoters of tough man events shall provide a four-foot (4') wide open buffer zone between credentialed media and the ring apron.
(i) Promoters shall provide security in the general area of credentialed media to insure they are allowed to perform their job functions with a clear view of the action and without hindrance from ticket holders, fight staff or others.
(5) Show.
(a) Marketing Prohibited Without Prior Commission Approval. Commission approval or authorization must be obtained prior to selling tickets, making announcements, or distributing advertisements concerning any show, show date, contestants, or toughman matches. Violations shall be referred to the investigations hearing of the commission for disciplinary action.
(b) Rounds scheduled.
(1) No tough man match shall have any rounds lasting longer than one (1) minute with a one (1) minute resting period.
(2) No tough man match shall be permitted for more than three (3) rounds duration.
History
(1) General Provisions.
(a) Any dimension in this rule, where the unit of measurement is "inches," shall be considered only as a general and approximate guideline. Where such dimension guidelines are exceeded, the Commission appointed supervisor shall have the authority to allow or disallow any such variance from the established guideline.
(2) The Ring or Cage.
(a) Ring Size. The ring must be a square and not less than sixteen feet (16') or more than twenty feet (20') on a side within the ropes. The ring platform (floor) must extend beyond the ropes at least eighteen inches (18") on all sides (apron).
(b) Safety Padding. The ring floor shall be padded with one-inch (1") thick slow recovery foam matting, or other soft material approved by the commission or its authorized representative, and shall extend over the edge of the ring platform with a top covering of canvas, duck or similar material tightly stretched and laced to the ring platform. Padding material that tends to gather in lumps may not be used.
(c) Ring Mat. The mat and covering shall be kept clean and free from disagreeable odors at all times. The corners must be covered by a pad long enough to cover all the rope joints.
(d) Platform Height. The ring platform shall not be more than fifty-four inches (54") from the floor of the building and shall be provided with suitable steps for use by the contestants.
(e) Ringside Tables. Each promoter shall be responsible for employing a safety plan to protect contestants who might fall outside of elevated rings. Except where deemed impractical, the floor of those sides not so protected shall be covered with protective matting.
(f) Ring Posts. Ring posts shall be made of some strong material, preferably metal pipe, three inches (3") in diameter, extending from the floor of the building to a height of at least fifty-eight inches (58") above the ring floor.
(g) Ring Certification. Rings uses in tough man matches in Alabama must be certified by the chief referee and/or the commission representative in attendance at the show.
Any ring judged unsafe by the chief referee and/or the commission representative or not otherwise meeting basic standards as defined in commission rules, or which is deemed by the chief referee or commission representative to be improperly stabilized will not be certified.
Failure to obtain certification will result in immediate and summary suspension of the match permit.
(h) Cages. Cages shall be allowed as long as they meet the minimum requirements of cages used for mixed martial arts and are deemed acceptable to the Chief Inspector of the event.
(3) Ring Ropes.
(a) Rope Dimensions. Ring ropes shall be four (4) in number, at least one inch (1") in diameter, the lower rope eighteen inches (18") above the ring floor and the top rope fifty-two inches (52") from the ring floor. The two remaining ropes will be evenly spread between the top and bottom ropes. All four ropes shall be wrapped in soft material.
(b) Rope Lanyards. Each ring rope on each side of the ring shall be connected with two (2) rope lanyards.
(c) Ring Lighting. The ring shall be amply illuminated by the overhead lights, which shall be so arranged that shadow shall be eliminated and discomfort from heat and glare minimized for persons in and near the rings.
(4) Bell.
(a) The bell shall be approved by the Commission and it shall be of sufficient size to enable its sound to be heard by both contestants and the referee.
(5) Ring/Cage Equipment.
(a) The promoter shall provide a sufficient number of water buckets for the use of all contestants. Each bucket shall be sterilized before being used. Additionally, the promoter shall provide, resin, stools, and such other articles as are required for the conduct of each bout.
(6) Contestants in elimination toughman contests must wear:
(a) Sixteen (16) ounce gloves. Larger gloves may be approved by the Commission;
(b) Headgear approved by USA Boxing;
(c) Groin protectors approved by the Commission.
History
(1) General Provisions.
(a) The Commission shall appoint to each contest a chief inspector, a referee, three judges, two corner inspectors, and two timekeepers.
(b) The referee or three judges shall determine the outcome of all contests, matches, or exhibitions. A majority vote of the judges will determine the outcome of a contest that does not result in a knockout, TKO, or disqualification.
(c) No manager, promoter, matchmaker, trainer, second, or contestant shall be allowed to officiate at any contest.
(d) Officials must be physically fit and mentally sharp.
(e) All tough man events must have, at minimum, two referees.
(2) Officials' Fees.
(a) All fees and travel expenses shall be paid by the promoter conducting the match, contest, or exhibition and shall be on the following schedule:
Payment shall be made to the commission appointed inspector no later than at the weigh-in, and shall be by cashier's check or money order
When assigned by the Commission or the Commission Executive Director, the fee for a chief official who will perform the duties of the commission representative shall be $350.00
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition does not exceed $50,000, the fee for each referee shall be $250.00 and the fee for each judge shall be $150.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the contest, is between $50,000 and $100,000, the fee for each chief official shall be $400.00
When the gross aggregate purse of the contest is between $50,000 and $100,000, the fee for each referee shall be $350.00 and the fee for each judge shall be $200.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the contest is between $100,000 and $300,000, the fee for each chief official shall be $500.00
When the gross aggregate purse of the contest is between $100,000 and $300,000, the fee for each referee shall be $450.00 and the fee for each judge shall be $250.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the contest exceeds $300,000, the fee for the chief official, referees and judges shall not exceed $5,000 for each official.
Except as provided in the 7(c) below, [sanctioned championship bouts], payment for the timekeeper and countdown person shall be the same as payment for each assigned judge.
Travel expenses for officials required to travel a distance of fifty (50) miles or greater to the site of a match, contest, or exhibition shall be set by the commission appointed supervisor, provided that such amount shall not exceed the usual and customary amount allowed by state guidelines for state employees. Hotel rooms may be required, but only when the distance traveled exceeds 100 miles.
(a) In the event one or more of the referees assigned to a tough man match, contest, or exhibition become incapacitated, or in an emergency situation where he or she become unavailable, the remaining referee[s] shall referee the remaining contests of the program and, at the discretion of the commission assigned supervisor, may be compensated in a greater amount not to exceed the total amount originally intended for the unavailable referee[s]. In such a situation, the compensation to be paid to the incapacitated or unavailable referee shall be reduced accordingly.
(b) The compensation schedule set forth in (a) above shall not apply in a sanctioned championship bout. The commission shall set compensation to be paid to the tough man referees and judges officiating at sanctioned championship bouts. In making this determination, the commission may consider any standards or recommendations made by a recognized boxing association or organization. Nevertheless, the Commission shall retain full authority to set the compensation schedule for tough man referees and judges in championship bouts regardless of a recommendation by such an association.
(3) Chief Inspector.
(a) Chief Inspector's Authority. The Chief Inspector shall have complete authority over each professional contest, match, or exhibition in this state.
(b) Chief Inspector's Duties. The Chief Inspector assigned to a contest, match, or exhibition shall have the following duties:
The Chief Inspector shall attend the weigh-in and contest, match, or exhibition.
(4) Corner Inspectors.
(a) Corner Inspector's Authority. A Corner Inspector shall be assigned to the red corner and a Corner Inspector shall be assigned to the blue corner to observe the fighters assigned to the corresponding corners before, during, and after each match.
(b) Corner Inspector's Duties.
Corner inspectors shall observe fighters in dressing room while wrapping hands, securing gloves, and warming up.
Corner Inspectors shall observe fighters, trainers, and seconds, before, during and between rounds.
Corner Inspectors shall be responsible for identifying and reporting all rules violations to the chief official and referee.
(5) Referee.
(a) Referee's Authority. The referee is the chief official of the contest and has general supervision over the contest, match, or exhibition.
(b) Referee's Duties. The referee assigned to a contest, match, or exhibition shall have the following duties:
Before the contest, the referee shall ask the name of each contestant's chief second and shall hold that chief second responsible for the conduct of the contestant during the contest.
Before each bout the referee shall call the contestants and their chief second together for final instructions. Referees must then instruct toughman contestants that wrestling and rough tactics will not be tolerated, and instruct the contestants to protect themselves at all times. The contestants, after receiving final instructions, shall touch gloves and retire to their corners.
Any referee or judge assigned to a match who becomes unable to officiate shall notify the chief inspector twelve (12) hours before the start of the contest.
(c) Referee License. Referees applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in refereeing, and shall produce a list of all professional matches that he or she has served as referee, the judges who scored the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur matches that he or she has served as referee, the judges who scored the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine whether applicant is qualified for licensure.
(6) Judges.
(a) Judge's Authority. Each judge shall determine the outcome of each contest, match, or exhibition in this state that does not end in knockout, TKO, or disqualification.
(b) Judge's Duties. The judges assigned to a contest, match, or exhibition shall have the following duties:
The judges shall score the contest, match, or exhibition according to the rules and regulations of the Commission.
The judges shall score the contest, match, or exhibition fairly.
The judges shall deduct points as directed by the referee.
(c) Judge License. Judges applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in judging, and shall produce a list of all professional matches that he or she has served as official judge, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur matches that he or she has served as official judge, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine the whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
(7) Timekeepers
(a) Timekeepers' Authority. At tough man matches, there shall be appointed to each contest, match or exhibition two (2) Timekeepers: a Clock Timekeeper who keeps time of the match, and a Countdown Timer who starts the official count once a contestant is knocked down.
(b) Clock Timekeeper's duties. The timekeeper starts the clock and rings the bell at the beginning of each round. Ten (10) seconds before the end of the round, the Clock Timekeeper shall alert the referee to the impending end of the round.
(c) Countdown Timekeeper's duties. The Countdown Timekeeper keeps official count when a contestant is knocked down until the referee picks up the count.
(d) Timekeepers License. Timekeepers applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in timekeeping, and shall produce a list of all professional matches that he or she has served as official timekeeper, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur matches that he or she has served as official timekeeper, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
History
(1) Tournament Format. All elimination tournaments must be single elimination. No contestant losing a bout in the tournament may fight again in the same tournament.
(2) Rules of Bouts.
(a) Rounds and Duration.
Rounds will be limited to one (1) minute in duration with a one (1) minute rest period between each round.
All bouts are limited to three (3) rounds.
(b) Three Knockdown Rule. Any contestant who is down three (3) times in the same round shall lose the bout by Technical Decision.
(c) Standing Eight Count. Referee may, in the referee's sole discretion, issue a standing eight count to a contestant.
(d) Judging. Judges will use a Ten Point Must system. If a bout ends in a tie, Judges shall re-evaluate their scorecards with the input of the referee to determine a winner.
(3) Weight Classifications.
Contestants shall not compete against an opponent weighing more or less than ten pounds (10 lbs.) of their official weight.
Weigh-ins. Official weigh-ins may completed up to three (3) hours of their assigned time of competition.
(4) Fouls.
(a) In general, a referee has wide discretion in how to punish an offending contestant who fouls his or her opponent.
If the referee determines that a foul is unintentional, he or she may simply caution the offending boxer to be attentive to rules concerning fouls.
If the foul is determined to be intentional, the referee may issue a warning to the offending boxer, or may deduct one or more points from the offending boxer.
(b) Fouls, whether intentional or unintentional, are defined as follows:
Hitting below the belt;
Holding an opponent with one hand while hitting said opponent with the other hand, injuring the opponent;
Hitting an opponent who is "down" or who is getting up after being "down";
Holding an opponent or deliberately maintaining a clinch;
Butting with the head or shoulder or using the knee, injuring the opponent;
Hitting with the inside or butt of the hands, the wrists, or the elbows, injuring the opponent;
Hitting or "flicking" with open gloves;
Wrestling or roughing at the ropes;
Purposely going down without being hit;
Striking deliberately at that part of the body surrounding the kidneys;
The use of abusive or profane language;
Jabbing an opponent's eyes with the thumb of glove;
Rabbit punches (hitting the back of the head or neck);
Failure to obey the referee;
If the referee feels that boxer has conducted himself/herself in an unsportsmanlike manner, the referee may stop the bout and disqualify the boxer.
(c) Intentional Foul. At the referee's discretion, any foul defined in sub-paragraph (b) may be called "intentional."
Upon the first occurrence of such intentional foul and during the same round as such intentional foul occurs, the referee may, at his or her discretion and without previous warning, disqualify the offending contestant or deduct one (1) point from the offending contestant.
Upon the second occurrence of such intentional foul, the referee may, at his or her discretion and without previous warning disqualify the offending contestant or deduct two (2) points from the offending contestant.
If an intentional foul causes an injury and the injury is severe enough to terminate the bout immediately, the boxing causing the injury shall lose by disqualification.
If an intentional foul causes an injury and the bout is allowed to continue, the referee will immediately notify the judges of the foul and the injury, and deduct two (2) points from the contestant who caused the foul. Point deduction for an intentional foul that causes injury to a contestant is mandatory.
If an intentional foul causes an injury and the injury results in the bout being stopped later in the round, the injured contestant:
(i) If ahead on the score cards, will win by Technical Decision (TW), or
(ii) If behind or even on the score cards, the bout will be judged a Technical Draw (TD).
(d) Unintentional Foul. Except as provided below, no point will be deducted from the score or other disciplinary action taken against either contestant for an unintentional foul unless a previous warning has been given to the offending contestant. For the purposes of this subparagraph, unintentional fouls are actions as described by sub-paragraph (b) above, which in the judgment of the referee were not intentionally caused.
If an unintentional foul causes an injury severe enough for the referee to stop the bout, the bout result will be announced in accordance with the rules in effect at the time of the bout.
If an unintentional foul causes an injury severe enough for the referee to stop the bout after four (4) rounds have been completed, the bout will result in a Technical Decision (TW), awarded to the contestant who is ahead on the score cards at the time the bout is stopped.
(i) Partial or incomplete rounds will be scored. If no action has occurred, the round shall be scored as an even round.
(e) Cuts and Lacerations. A cut or laceration caused by either an intentional or an unintentional foul may only be treated during the one (1) minute break between rounds, provided however that the referee may a call a brief time-out and request a physician's evaluation of the cut to determine if the bout shall be allowed to continue. During such time-out, the cut may not be treated by the physician or any other person.
(5) Scoring.
(a) When Contestant Considered Knocked Down. A contestant shall be deemed down when, after a scoring blow was struck, and:
Any part of the downed contestant's body, other than his or her feet, makes contact with the ring floor;
He or she is hanging over the ropes in a defenseless manner (a referee can count the boxer out either on the ropes or on the floor);
(b) When Contestant Considered Not Knocked Down. A knockdown will not be scored or counted when:
The referee indicated that the contestant fell after slipping or being tripped.
The referee or the commission supervisor determines that the blow was struck after the bell sounded ending the round.
(c) Deducting Points for Fouls.
A judge shall be careful to correctly deduct any point or points from the scorecard as commanded by the referee.
When one or more points is to be deducted from a contestant's score, the judge shall first record his or her actual score for the round (gross points before any points are deducted) and shall then deduct the appropriate number of points from that score to arrive at a net score for the round. The net-score for the round, after points are deducted, may result in neither contestant receiving a 10-point score.
(d) The 10 Point Must System.
(7) Low Blows: Intentional or Unintentional.
(a) Recuperation Time. Any contestant struck by a low blow may, at the discretion and after consultation with the ring physician, be given up to five (5) minutes to recuperate.
During such recuperation the injured contestant may sit on a stool inside the ring, or in a neutral corner, but may not rest in his assigned corner.
Only the referee is allowed to assist the injured contestant during the five minute rest period.
(b) Bout Stopped by Low Blow. Except as provided in sub-paragraph (5)(b)(15) of this rule, no contestant injured by a low blow may be awarded the contest.
History
(1) "Official" - Unless otherwise indicated is an exclusive term collectively meaning "Inspectors."
(2) "Participants" - Everyone serving inside the ring area is a participant. This includes, but is not limited to, wrestlers, announcers, managers, referees, timekeepers, valets, trainers, seconds, and judges.
(3) "Event fees" - Match permit fees plus broadcasting fees. All other fees are excluded.
History
(1) Participants. No person under the age of eighteen (18) shall be licensed by the Commission.
(a) Anyone serving inside the ring area must be licensed as a participant. This includes, but is not limited to, wrestlers, managers, referees, timekeepers, valets, trainers, seconds, and judges.
(b) Licensure for participants shall be thirty dollars ($30) and must accompany an application and photo identification for the participant. Licenses for participants shall expire December 31 of each year.
(c) Participants who have physical contact with other participants of simulated violence must be properly trained and in good physical condition. If it is deemed by a doctor, medical personnel, or promoter that a participant is not physically fit to perform, an official shall be notified and the participant shall not be allowed to perform.
(d) Participants shall not have physical contact with any spectator involving simulated violence, unless the "spectator" is a planted, licensed participant, imitating a spectator.
(e) Participants must be properly clothed in attire that would be appropriate for a Parental TV Rating of TV PG.
(f) Issuing of temporary license. When an application is made in front of the Commission, a temporary license shall be issued to the applicant in the form of a receipt. The issued temporary ID shall expire ninety (90) days from the date it was issued.
(2) Wrestling Sanctioning Organizations, Promoters and Promotions.
(a) All Wrestling Sanctioning organizations must submit applications to the Commission for licensure and these applications must be approved by the Commission.
Application and license fee for Wrestling Sanctioning Organizations and Promoters shall be one hundred dollars ($100) and shall expire December 31 each year.
Before each event, Wrestling Sanctioning Organizations or Promoters must submit an Event Permit application and a twenty-five ($25) fee at least thirty (30) days before the event is to commence. After each event, Wrestling Sanctioning Organizations or Promoters must submit to the Commission a completed promoter's ticket account form along with six percent (6%) gate fee to all compensated tickets. No refunds will be given for any difference.
Live and taped broadcasts are subject to a three percent (3%) broadcasting fee.
Combined event fees for professional wrestling are not to exceed $50,000.
All fees are due thirty (30) days after the event.
(b) Promoters must:
Provide an event area meeting the requirements of the Commission.
Be present at all events, or shall designate a representative to be present at the event.
Abide by the rules of the Commission.
Make sure each participant is licensed by the Commission.
Provide the Commission with written notice of all events at least 30 days before the event date.
(3) Schedule of Fees. Annual fees for participant licenses, promoter's licenses, and match permits are as follow:
| (i) | Participant | $ 30.00 | | --- | --- | --- | | (ii) | Promoters | $100.00 | | (iii) | Application for Match Permit | $ 25.00 | | (iv) | Returned Check | $ 30.00 |
History
(1) The promoter shall ensure that all participants are physically fit and properly trained to participate.
History
(1) General Safety. It shall be the promoter's responsibility to ensure the safety for the Contestants, officials, media and fans and to comply with all safety standards required by the Commission.
(a) Arena Security. Arena security is the responsibility of the promoter and such security measures provided by the promoter shall be sufficient to maintain order.
(b) Obtain Ring. The promoter will provide a ring for the show and that the ring or cage must pass the certification requirements established by the Commission.
(c) Advanced Advertising. In addition to the requirements in this Chapter, no contestant or celebrity shall be advertised by any promoter before said promoter has in his or her possession a written commitment from said contestant or celebrity and before said promoter has filed a copy of such written commitment with the Commission.
(d) Suggesting Benefits for Charitable Organization. No promoter may advertise, hold out, or suggest in any fashion that a portion of the proceeds of any proposed professional wrestling show will be donated to a charitable organization without first complying with the Commission's rules governing "Programs for Charity."
A person who wishes to promote an event for charitable purposes must file with the Commission a letter of intent to present the match, contest or exhibition as benefiting a charitable organization. The letter of intent must contain the name of the charity, charitable fund, or organization which is to benefit from the match, contest or exhibition and the amount expected to be to be paid to the charity. The letter of intent must be signed by the promoter and co-signed by an authorized representative of the charity to benefit from the match, contest or exhibition. No match permit shall be issued for a charitable match, contest, or exhibition without full financial disclosure of all promoters and charitable organizations involved, including all contracts and proposals between all licensees, officials, and parties involved.
Within three (3) business days after an event benefiting a charitable organization is held, the promoter(s) and benefiting charitable organization(s) shall furnish to the Commission:
(i) A certified copy of the ticket manifest showing the number of tickets sold. The manifest shall give a breakdown disclosing the number of tickets sold in each price range and the number of complimentary tickets given for the match, contest, or exhibition;
(ii) A certified and itemized statement of the event's gross receipts from sponsorships, ticket sales, advertisements, or any other source;
(iii) A statement disclosing the itemized and total gross expenditures in connection with the event;
(iv) A statement co-signed by the promoter and the authorized representative of the Charitable organization, disclosing the net amount paid to the charitable fund or organization.
(i) Shall notify the promoter that his or her license is summarily suspended.
(ii) Shall notify the charity of the suspension.
(iii) Decline to issue a match permit to the promoter for the holding of any events until the statements are provided.
(iv) Decline to issue a match permit to any promoter to hold any future event for the benefit of the charitable organization, until the statements are provided.
(2) Required Medical Profesionals.
(a) Providing an Emergency Medical Technician. It shall be the responsibility of the promoter to have a state-certified Emergency Medical Technician at all shows.
(3) Arena.
(a) Drinks. No professional wrestling event will be allowed to commence or continue, without specific authorization from the Commission, in any arena where concessionaires dispense or serve beverages in containers other than plastic or paper cups, or aluminum cans.
(b) Arena safety. No professional wrestling exhibition will be allowed to commence or continue in any arena which appears to the Commission appointed supervisor to be unsafe or where the Commission appointed supervisor has reason to believe that such building or location does not conform to any applicable laws, ordinances and regulations in the city or unincorporated county area.
(4) Show.
(1) Pyrotechnics.
(a) No pyrotechnics will be allowed without the approval of the local fire marshall.
(5) Violation: Penalties.
(a) Violation of any article within this chapter may, for the first offense, be grounds for an administrative suspension of not less than thirty (30) days. Violations shall be referred to an investigative hearing of the Commission for disciplinary action.
(b) The second and/or any subsequent violation of any rule within this chapter may result in suspension or revocation. Violations shall be referred to an investigative hearing by the Commission for disciplinary action. Additional disciplinary fines may be imposed.
History
(1) Ring.
(a) The ring for professional wrestling must have at least three (3) ropes and provide ample padding for the participants.
(b) There shall be a visible border at least six (6) feet from the ring separating spectators from the ring. Security shall be responsible for ensuring participants and spectators remain on their respective side of the barrier.
(c) A non-slip padding must line the venue floor immediately outside the ring, between the ring and the spectator barrier.
History
(1) Inspectors shall be appointed by the commission to monitor all participants, promoters, and sanctioning bodies in obeying the rules.
History
(1) No exhibition shall have any act that creates intentional bleeding without the approval of the Commission and submission of the required bloodwork.
(2) No foreign objects shall be allowed in an exhibition without the approval of the Commission. No foreign object will be allowed that can pierce the skin or shatter with the possibility of spectators being injured. Objects containing glass are strictly prohibited.
(a) Only properly trained participants shall be allowed to use foreign objects.
(3) Compliance.
(a) Spot Checks. To ensure compliance with these rules, Pro Wrestling events with less than 1,000 spectators will be subject to compliance checks from Commission Inspectors.
(b) At least one Alabama Athletic Commission inspector must be present at all events that have more than 1,000 spectators in attendance.
(c) Promoters and participants not in compliance with the Commission rules shall be subject to fines, probation, suspension and/or revocation.
(d) Reports of unsanctioned events shall be logged on a complaint database and given a claim number. The Executive Director or other Commission appointed representative(s) may work with the Attorney General's Office and federal, state, and/or local law enforcement agencies to terminate illegal event.
History
History
History
(1) "Kickboxing" - Unarmed combat involving the use of any combination of techniques, including, without limitation, striking or kicking with the hands, feet, or knees.
(2) "Professional Kickboxing" - Includes kickboxing matches, contests, or exhibitions, which are not governed or otherwise designated by the Alabama Athletic Commission as an amateur kickboxing event.
(3) "Applicant" - Means any persons, corporations, organizations, or associations required to be licensed before promoting, holding, organizing, participating in, or competing in a professional kickboxing match.
(4) "Body Jewelry" - Means any tangible object affixed to, through, or around any portion of the contestant's body.
(5) "Official" - Unless otherwise indicated is an exclusive term collectively meaning "chief inspectors," "judges," "referees," "timekeepers," and "inspectors."
(6) "Professional Kickboxing Sanctioning Organization" - A national or international organization generally recognized in the kickboxing community and which: ranks kickboxing competitors within each weight class; sanctions and approves championship matches in those weight classes; and awards championship status and championship prizes (belts, rings, plaques, etc.) to the winner of those matches.
(7) "Special Event" - Means a professional kickboxing card event, exhibition, or event, which has among its contests a championship match, a pay-per-view or subscription match, a national televised match, or any other match of significance to kickboxing in this state as designated by the Alabama Athletic Commission.
(8) "The Commission" - Refers to the Alabama Athletic Commission.
(9) "Match" - Means match, contest, or exhibition.
History
(1) Application Procedures.
(a) Terms and Agreements. Every license issued is subject to the terms, conditions, and agreements set forth in the application as well as those set forth in these rules and the Alabama Boxing, Wrestling, and Mixed Martial Arts Act.
(b) Applications and Forms. Applications for annual license shall be submitted to the Commission on an application form provided by the Commission.
(c) Incomplete Applications.
No license or permit shall be issued until the person seeking the license or permit has submitted a complete application.
Applications submitted without proper payment as provided in these rules will not be processed or approved.
(d) Participant Application Due Date. Except as provided in 165-X-6-.02(a) below, all participant applications must be submitted prior to the weigh-in preceding the first professional match in which the applicant intends to participate in this state, in a given year.
No official weigh-in will be performed for an unlicensed kickboxer.
Licenses shall be issued annually and shall expire on December 31 of each calendar year.
(e) Approval and Denial of Participant Licenses. Annual licenses for promoters, referees, judges, timekeepers, matchmakers, kickboxers, managers, trainers, and seconds may be approved or denied by the Commission.
(f) Background Investigation. The Commission may request general background information of any applicant for any license.
(g) Denial of License. The Commission may deny issuing a license to any person who has violated the Alabama Boxing, Wrestling, and Mixed Martial Arts Act, or has violated Commission rules and regulations or violated Commission bylaws or who submits an application containing false statements or material omissions.
(h) Verbal or physical abuse of officials or commission supervisor(s). Any licensee who verbally or physically abuses an official or member of the Commission appointed supervisor of a match shall be summarily suspended and his or her license may be revoked.
(i) Prohibited Communication with Individual Commissioners. Anyone wishing to communicate with member of the Commission must notify the executive director of the Commission two (2) weeks prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting. Timely written notices will be added to the meeting's agenda. Any person wishing to address the Commission shall be given the opportunity to do so during the new business section of the next regularly scheduled Commission meeting.
(j) License Differentiation. Persons wishing to compete in kickboxing matches, bouts:
Promoters, referees, judges, timekeepers, matchmakers, kickboxers, managers, trainers, seconds, or their agents, are prohibited from petitioning any individual Commissioner with the intent of affecting the outcome of an application or other issues being actively reviewed or expected to be reviewed by the Commission. Persons who violate this rule shall be subject to disciplinary actions.
(k) Documents. All documents submitted to the Commission for purposes of making application or any other purpose shall be property of the Commission.
(2) License Fees.
(a) Application Fees. All application and renewal fees shall be submitted with the application or renewal. All fees shall be by certified check or money order.
| (i) | Kickboxer | $ 40.00 | | --- | --- | --- | | (ii) | Kickboxing Judge | $100.00 | | (iii) | Kickboxing Manager | $100.00 | | (iv) | Application for Match Permit Kickboxing | $250.00 | | (v) | Match Permit Kickboxing (Minimum) | $250.00 | | (vi) | Kickboxing Matchmaker | $100.00 | | (vii) | Kickboxing Promoter | $250.00 | | (viii) | Kickboxing Referee | $100.00 | | (ix) | Kickboxing Timekeeper | $100.00 | | (x) | Kickboxing Trainer/Second | $ 40.00 | | (xi) | Returned Check | $ 30.00 |
Application Fees are not refundable. The proposed date of any match disclosed on an open match permit application may be changed without the requirement of an additional fee.
(3) Licenses Issued By the Commission.
(a) Promoter's License. Application for promoter's license must be made in writing and received by the Commission no less than thirty (30) days in advance of the proposed date for promoting any professional match in this state.
Each application for a promoter's license shall be accompanied with cash, certified check, cashier's check, or personal check in the amount of $250.00 and made out to the Commission.
Each application for a promoter's license shall be accompanied with an appropriate security bond.
Applications for a promoter's license shall be signed in the presence of a Commission representative, or shall be signed in the presence of and verified by a notary public.
The promoter shall provide the Commission's executive director a video of the match within thirty (30) days of the match. The video shall be provided in a format acceptable to the Commission or the Commission's executive director. The Commission reserves the right to change the requested format of the video at any time.
Promoters are prohibited from participating in any match that they are promoting without approval from the Commission. Any promoter that is approved to participate in a match must obtain the appropriate participant license from the Commission.
Any licensed promoter who partners or joint-ventures with any other person, for the promotion of a kickboxing match in this state, shall disclose to the Commission each party's financial responsibility in the partnership or joint-venture. The promoter licensed by the Commission shall be considered the principal promoter of the show and will be solely responsible for all financial obligations incurred in its production. Contracts shall be filed with the Commission delimiting each party's financial responsibility.
Any licensed promoter who partners or joint-ventures with any other person, or the promotion of a kickboxing match in this state, shall be considered a co-promoter.
Co-promoters must obtain a promoter's license prior to promoting any professional match in this state.
Any licensed promoter and co-promoter may be able to cross-promote a joint boxing and kickboxing event or mixed martial arts and kickboxing event under one event permit. The promoter shall declare on their event permit application that they intend to promote the event as a cross-promotional event.
(i) A promoter for a cross-promotion event must be licensed as a promoter for each type of match that is to be held at a cross promotional event. When more than one promoter promotes an event, the collective licenses held by the promoters must cover each type of match that is to be held at a cross-promotional event.
Agreements between the promoter and any other party or co-promoter for payment of any purse will not be honored by the Commission unless the co-promoter or any other party files with the Commission an approved security bond in the amount of the total deferred obligation.
Agreements between the promoter and any other party or co-promoter for payment of any regulatory fees, match permit fees, license fees, and or taxes will not be honored by the Commission without prior approval by the Commission and without the co-promoter or other party filing with the Commission an approved security bond or some combination thereof in the amount of the total deferred obligation.
(i) Rules and requirements shall be the same for co-promoters as for promoters, provided however that the Commission may require from each co-promoter, in addition to the promoter's license bond, a suitable match permit bond or such other financial security as defined by these rules or the Alabama Boxing, Wrestling, and Mixed Martial Arts Act.
(ii) Agreements between the co-promoter and the promoter for payment of any purse shall be submitted to the Commission and approved prior to the start of the match.
(iii) Agreements between the co-promoter and the promoter for payment of any fees, and taxes shall be submitted to the Commission and approved prior to the start of the match.
(b) Match Permit.
Applications for a match permit must be made in writing and received by the Commission at least thirty (30) days in advance of the date for such professional kickboxing match. Any licensed promoter who has held a professional kickboxing match in the state within the previous twelve (12) months may apply for subsequent match permits no less than fifteen (15) days in advance of the proposed date of each subsequent professional kickboxing match.
Each match permit application shall be accompanied by a non-refundable cashier's check or money order in the amount of $250.00 and made out to the Alabama Athletic Commission.
(i) Ticket sales include the face value of all tickets, orders, and lots sold for the event, and the fair value or face value of any promotional tickets, orders, and lots sold or provided at no cost.
(ii) The promoter must complete and submit to the Commission a Match Permit Fee Form provided by the Commission at the conclusion of the match. The Commission will calculate the Permit Fee and notify the promoter.
(iii) The promoter shall have thirty (30) days to submit the Permit Fee. Permit applications and fees not received within thirty (30) days of the planned event may be subject to an additional match permit application and match permit application fee.
(iv) Two percent (2%) of tickets may be complimentary and exempt from the match permit fee.
Each application for a match permit shall be accompanied with an appropriate security bond as provided for in these rules.
Each match permit application shall be accompanied with copies of all contracts with all participants and officials, and any other contracts which the promoter has entered into for the match. All contracts must be submitted prior to the first official weigh in of any fighter in the match.
Applicants for a match permit will be notified of the date, time, and place of documents submitted by the applicant will be reviewed by the Commission.
(i) Applicants or their designated and licensed representative(s) may attend the meeting and answer any questions the Commission has concerning the proposed event.
(ii) The Commission shall notify the applicant that his or her application has been approved or denied within seven (7) days of the Commission's decision.
(c) Matches, Contest and Exhibitions Benefiting Charity.
A person who wishes to promote a match for charitable purposes must file with the Commission a letter of intent to present the match as benefitting a charitable organization. The letter of intent must contain the name of the charity, charitable fund, or organization which is to benefit from the match and the amount expected to be paid to the charity. The letter of intent must be signed by the promoter and co-signed by an authorized representative of the charity to benefit from the match. No match permit shall be issued for a charitable match without full financial disclosure of both promoter(s) and charitable organization(s) involved, including all contracts and proposals between all licensees, officials, and parties involved.
Within three (3) business days after a match benefitting a charitable organization is held, the promoter(s) and benefitting charitable organization(s) shall furnish to the Commission:
(i) A certified copy of the ticket manifest showing the number of tickets sold. The manifest shall give a breakdown disclosing the number of tickets sold in each price range and the number of complimentary tickets given for the match;
(ii) A certified and itemized statement of the match's gross receipts from sponsorships, ticket sales, advertisements, or any other source;
(iii) A statement disclosing the itemized and total gross expenditures in connection with the match;
(iv) A statement co-signed by the promoter and the authorized representative of the charitable organization, disclosing the net amount paid to the charitable fund or organization.
(i) Shall notify the promoter that his or her license is summarily suspended.
(ii) Shall notify the charity of the suspension.
(iii) Shall decline to issue a match permit to any promoter to hold any future match for the benefit of the charitable organization, until the statements are provided.
(d) Matchmaker. Matchmakers applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
A matchmaker shall demonstrate to the Commission that they have the proper background in matchmaking, and shall produce a list of all professional fighters that they have matched, the promoters who promoted the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact persons listed by the applicant to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
For cross-promotional events, a matchmaker shall be licensed for each combative discipline in which he or she is matching competitors in the event.
(e) Trainers. Trainers applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that they have experience in training kickboxers, and shall produce a list of all professional fighter that they have trained, the promoters who promoted the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur fighters that he or she has trained.
The Commission may contact the person listed to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
(f) Seconds. Seconds applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that they have experience in serving as a second, and shall produce a list of all professional fighters that they have served as a second, the promoters who promoted the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur fighters that they have served as a second.
The Commission may contact the persons listed by the applicant to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
(g) Disciplinary Action.
(i) Any person who has had his or her license revoked by the Commission may not petition for reinstatement or apply for a new license until one (1) year after the revocation.
(h) Falsifying an Application. Upon a finding by the majority of the Commission that any licensee or applicant has knowingly made a misleading, deceptive, untrue, or fraudulent representation in regard to a professional match of kickboxing or any document connected therewith, or practiced fraud or deceit or intentionally made any false statement in obtaining a license to participate or promote a professional match of kickboxing, or made a false statement or deceptive registration with the Commission, then the Commission shall have the authority to refuse to grant a license to an applicant, revoke the license of a person licensed by the Commission, or otherwise discipline the applicant.
History
(1) Promoter's License Surety Bond.
(a) Before any promoter's license is issued, authorizing the promotion of professional kickboxing matches in Alabama, the applicant shall make and deliver to the Commission a security bond executed by a surety corporation authorized to transact business in this state.
(b) Any and all bond applications shall be on a form provided by the Commission, and shall be accompanied by an enforceable power of attorney. The Commission may also require a certificate of "good standing" issued by the Commissioner of Insurance.
(c) If any company issuing a bond shall be removed from doing business in this state, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Insurance to notify the Commission within thirty (30) days.
(d) The bond shall be in such amount as the Commission may determine based upon the payment of officials' fees, fees necessary to secure the proper medical supervision of any professional kickboxing event in Alabama, and/or the estimated potential damages, penalties, taxes, or expenses resulting from promotional activities contemplated in Alabama.
(e) Whenever the Commission shall determine that a previously approved bond has for any cause become insufficient, the Commission may require an additional bond or bonds to be given, conforming with the requirements of these rules.
(2) Match Permit Bond.
(a) Before any match permit is issued, authorizing the sale of tickets and the ancillary contracting necessary to promote a professional kickboxing show in Alabama, the applicant shall make and deliver to the Commission a security bond executed by a surety bond corporation authorized to transact business in this state. The purpose of the bond is to ensure that each contestant competing in Alabama is paid their entire purse, and that full payment of other contractual liabilities is made.
(b) Any and all bond applications shall be on a form provided by the Commission, and shall be accompanied by an enforceable power of attorney. The Commission may also require a certificate of "good standing" issued by the Commissioner of Insurance.
(c) If any company issuing a bond shall be removed from doing business in this state, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Insurance to notify the Commission within thirty (30) days.
(d) The bond shall be in such amount as the Commission may determine based on the estimated contractual liabilities against the licensed promoter for damages and expenses resulting from non-payment of contract liabilities, including but not limited to the total amount of each competing contestants' purse or other services contracted for or from promotional activities conducted within Alabama.
(e) Whenever the Commission shall determine that a previously approved bond has for any cause become insufficient, the Commission may require additional bond or bonds to be obtained, conforming with the requirements of these rules.
(3) Complaints and Actions to Recover Damages. Complaints shall be categorized and kept on file by the Commission the appropriate action to be taken. Reports of illegal events, contesting of bout results, complaints against a licensee, and claims against a bond shall be categorized as complaints.
(a) Any person claiming that he or she has been damaged by a breach of the conditions of a bond given by a licensee as provided in these rules shall notify the Commission.
(b) The Commission, after an investigation is conducted, may initiate disciplinary action against the person who the complaint was filed.
(c) Reports of unsanctioned events shall be logged on a complaint database and given a claim number. The Executive Director or other Commission appointed representative(s) may work with the Attorney General's Office and federal, state, and/or local law enforcement agencies to terminate illegal event.
(d) Complaint against a bout result. See 165-X-6-.08,9., C.
(e) Complaints against a licensee. See 165-X-6-.08,9., C and D
History
(1) Medical Examinations.
(a) Neurological Examination.
All kickboxers intended to compete in Alabama, who have competed in over two hundred (200) rounds during their professional career, according to the number of rounds disclosed on such kickboxer's official record, and prior to competing in Alabama, must submit to the Commission the results of a detailed neurological examination, performed within the previous twelve (12) months by a board certified and state licensed neurologist.
Such examination shall include a careful examination for signs of any trauma-induced neurological damage along with any other specific test or tests requested by the neurologist.
Any kickboxer not submitting said results prior to the match may be allowed to compete provided however that such kickboxer's license will, at the conclusion of the match, be medically suspended until such time as his or her neurological examination requirement is fulfilled.
(b) Eye Examination.
All kickboxers intending to compete in Alabama, who have competed in over two hundred (200) rounds during their professional career, according to the number of rounds disclosed on such kickboxer's official record, and prior to competing in Alabama, must submit to the Commission results from a complete optometric or ophthalmological examination, performed within the previous twelve (12) months, by a board certified ophthalmologist or state licensed optometrist.
Such examination shall include a careful dilated examination of the retinal periphery utilizing indirect ophthalmoscope sufficient to identify any sign of previous trauma or retinal damage along with any other specific test or tests requested by said ophthalmologist or optometrist.
Any kickboxer not submitting said results prior to the match may be allowed to compete provided however that such kickboxer's license will, at the conclusion of the match, be medically suspended until such time as this ophthalmological or optometric requirement is fulfilled.
(i) The Commission may require updated examinations pursuant to sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) of this rule after each successive fifty (50) fought rounds, after the previous submission, as disclosed on such kickboxer's official ring record.
(2) Pre-Fight Examination. At the time of weigh-in, or at such other time as is then announced, all kickboxers must pass a pre-fight medical examination and a Commission designated physician must complete a Pre-Fight Medical Examination Form. The examining physician shall deliver all Pre-Fight Medical Examination Forms to the Commission or to its authorized representative no more than five (5) days after the weigh-in.
(a) Pregnancy Testing.
Each female kickboxer, during the pre-fight physical, will be required to submit a pregnancy test administered under the direction of the examining physician, or such physician's authorized assistant. The cost of such test, unless the kickboxer's contract or bout agreement states otherwise, shall be the responsibility of the promoter. For purposes of this sub-paragraph, the term "pass" shall mean that the contestant is not pregnant.
Female kickboxers submitting written documentation acceptable to the examining physician may be waived from the pre-fight physical pregnancy test requirement. Such documentation shall be limited to:
(i) A copy of a lab report from a recognized clinical laboratory and dated within ten (10) days of the pre-fight physical attesting that the kickboxer is not pregnant, or
(ii) A statement from a state licensed physician, on such physician's letterhead, stating that the kickboxer has undergone certain medical procedures rendering her medically improbably of bearing children.
(b) Failed Pre-Fight Physical.
Whenever a kickboxer's examination indicates that they are unfit for competition, because of any weakness or disability discovered by the physician, an immediate report of such evidence must be made to the Commission. In such case, the kickboxer shall be prohibited from participating in the match.
The examining physician shall deliver all pre-fight examination reports to the Commission or to its authorized representative immediately following the weigh-in.
(c) Hydration Testing.
(d) Minimum Uncorrected Visual Acuity.
(e) Additional Medical Examinations.
(i) The Commission shall require re-examinations submitted after each successive fifty (50) professional rounds after the previous submission, as disclosed on such kickboxer's official record.
(f) Medical Suspensions by Other Commissions.
Medical suspensions. Other athletic commissions recognized by the Association of Boxing Commissions and Combative Sports and which are published by any boxing and/or mixed martial arts registry approved for such purposes by the Association of Boxing Commission and Combative Sports shall be recognized by the Commission.
(g) Drugs Prohibited.
(i) The Commission may order a kickboxer to undergo drug screening at any time. A Drug Screen Form must be completed by an approved laboratory and submitted to the Commission within seven (7) days of the order. On site doping control tests may also be implemented for the enforcement purposes of these rules.
(h) Post Contest Inactive Period.
(i) Head Injury.
(j) Knockout and Technical Knockout.
When a kickboxer is defeated by knockout, that kickboxer's license shall be placed on an immediate sixty (60) day medical suspension.
Upon a kickboxer's second defeat by knockout, the kickboxer's license may be placed on an immediate ninety (90) day medical suspension, with discretion given to the physician and the Commission's Executive Director.
Any kickboxer losing by knockout in three (3) or more consecutive fights shall be placed on immediate medical suspension for a period of six (6) months.
Unless otherwise ordered by the attending ringside physician, there shall be a minimum thirty (30) day medical suspension after a technical knockout.
Technical knockouts caused by a severe cut shall result in a sixty (60) day medical suspension.
Completing a suspension may require approved medical evaluations as determined by the ringside physician.
(k) Under-Conditioned Fighter.
(i) If it should be determined by the referee, any member of the Commission present, or any designated representative of the Commission present that a kickboxer did not give a good faith effort to display his or her skills, then that kickboxer shall be subject to disciplinary action.
(ii) A disqualified kickboxer may be disciplined by the Commission.
(l) Consecutive Losses.
Four (4) or More Consecutive Losses by TKO, KO, or DQ. A kickboxer who suffers his fourth (4th) or more consecutive loss by knockout, technical knockout, or disqualification, according to the kickboxer's official record, shall be summarily suspended pending a hearing by the Commission. The suspension will be listed as "Indefinite Pending Hearing" and reported to both the official boxing and mixed martial arts registries, or an official registry for kickboxing.
History of Poor Performance. Any kickboxer with a history of poor performance shall not be approved to compete against any other kickboxer, except another kickboxer who has a similar history of poor performance in the same weight class.
(m) Verification of Contestant Experience.
(i) Kickboxer is making a pro debut;
(ii) Kickboxer has not competed in the last twelve (12) months;
(iii) Kickboxer has lost his or her last six (6) consecutive events;
(iv) Kickboxer has lost four (4) or more consecutive events by TKO, KO, or DQ.
(n) General Responsibilities and Provisions.
(i) Medical Insurance.
(I) The promoter shall provide for the kickboxers' insurance covering ambulance services, medical, surgical, and hospital care with a minimum limit of $20,000 for injuries sustained while participating in said program and for a $20,000 death benefit awarded to the estate of any contestant should death occur from injuries received while participating in the contest or exhibition.
(ii) Physician.
(I) A ringside physician shall be present at all events. A Commission-designated ringside physician must be at ringside each bout. A Commission-designated ringside physician shall be either a M.D. or D.O.
(II) All "Ringside" physicians serving ring or cage side shall obtain ARP/ACSM Certified Ringside Physician (CRP) certification. All physicians having completed the CRP shall be licensed as a "Ringside Physician."
(iii) Ambulance Service.
(I) The promoter shall provide continuous ambulance service with a state-certified EMT attendant and a state-certified paramedic, who shall provide a resuscitator, stretcher, backboard, oxygen, and such other medical equipment reasonably expected for immediate trauma care, and who shall be present before the start of each contest and shall remain on site until the end of the program.
(II) For the purposes of this section, a program of kickboxing begins with the commencement of the first contest or exhibition and ends when the last kickboxer leaves the site of the program.
(III) The chief referee and/or Commission-appointed supervisor shall meet with the EMT and paramedic prior to the beginning of the match. During such meeting the chief referee or Commission supervisor will instruct the EMT and paramedic concerning the match, placement of the stretcher and any other information necessary to ensure prompt and appropriate immediate care.
(IV) An ambulance shall be able and available to immediately transport any severely injured kickboxer to an appropriate medical facility. No other scheduled contest or exhibition may proceed until there is an ambulance and paramedic at the facility, that has met with the chief referee and/or the Commission appointed supervisor as described in subparagraph (III), above.
(V) In addition to the above mentioned ambulance, a paramedic, licensed by the State of Alabama, shall be present at ringside with the ringside physician. The paramedic shall possess advanced life support equipment necessary to resuscitate a fighter and package them for transport to the hospital. The paramedic is in addition to any EMT's or paramedics that are hired for the safety of the crowd and shall not leave ringside while a fight is taking place and shall be in direct communication with the ringside physician at all times. The ringside paramedic shall only leave ringside to attend to a spectator or other person in the event of an emergency and when no other paramedic is available.
(iv) Hepatitis and HIV Testing.
(I) Blood borne pathogen testing. All kickboxers in all bouts shall be tested for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and HIV by a laboratory approved by the Commission. The initial test for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and HIV detection shall be conducted within (365) days prior to competition.
I. In addition to the pre-competition test, any kickboxer shall be re-tested for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and HIV prior to his or her participation in each kickboxing match in Alabama if the match is scheduled to occur more than (365) days after the date of the most recent test. The results must be submitted to the Commission with the show date request prior to the official weigh-in.
(II) Positive tests for blood-borne pathogens. Any kickboxer who tests positive for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, or HIV shall appear before the medical advisory panel, which after verifying the results of the test, shall advise the Commission as to whether the kickboxer's participation in a match would pose a threat to the health and safety of a participant, official, or spectator.
I. Any kickboxer that tests positive for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, or HIV who is scheduled for competition must disclose to the promoter that they have tested positive for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, or HIV.
History
(1) General Safety. It shall be the promoter's responsibility to ensure safety for the contestants, officials, media, and fans and to comply with all safety stands required by the Commission.
(a) Arena Security. Arena security is the responsibility of the promoter and such security measures provided by the promoter shall be sufficient to maintain order. At a minimum, two (2) sworn off duty law enforcement officers shall be retained for security.
(b) Obtaining a Ring. The promoter will provide a ring for the match and that ring must pass the certification requirements established by the Commission.
(c) Extra Gloves. Each promoter must have an extra set of gloves, of the appropriate weight, available to be used in case a glove is broken or otherwise damaged during the course of the match of kickboxing.
(d) Ring and Glove Certification. It is the promoter's responsibility to ensure that the ring and gloves selected for use during each event meets the Commission's rules and regulations concerning proper certification and should be resolved no less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the show.
(e) Advanced Advertising. In addition to the requirements in this chapter, no contestant or celebrity shall be advertised by any promoter before said promoter has in their possession a written commitment from said contestant or celebrity and before said promoter has filed a copy of such written commitment with the Commission.
(f) Suggesting Benefits for Charitable Organizations. No promoter my advertise, hold out, or suggest in any fashion that a portion of the proceeds of any proposed kickboxing event will be donated to a charitable organization without first complying with the Commission's rules governing "programs for charity."
(g) Main Event Start Time. The final bout for all kickboxing events sanctioned by the Alabama Athletic Commission shall start by 11:59 pm on the date for which the event permit is approved.
(2) Ringside Physician.
(a) Providing a Physician. It shall be the responsibility of the Commission representative to assign one or more physicians at ringside during each kickboxing match.
The physicians assigned must be on the roster of physicians authorized to conduct pre-fight physicals and serve as ringside physicians created by the Commission and must meet the physician requirements in these Rules.
At least one ringside physician must have in their possession any medical supplies and equipment reasonably anticipated to provide first-aid medical assistance for the type of injuries reasonably anticipated to occur in professional kickboxing matches, contests, or exhibitions.
The promoter shall procure the physicians to be used at the event and compensate the ringside physicians in an amount mutually agreed upon by the promoter.
(3) Arena.
(a) Drinks. No kickboxing match will be allowed to commence or continue, without specific authorization from the Commission, in any arena where concessionaires dispense or serve beverages in containers other than plastic or paper cups, or aluminum cans.
(b) Arena Safety. No kickboxing match will be allowed to commence or continue in any arena which appears to the Commission-appointed supervisor if they have reason to believe that such building or location does not conform to any applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations in the city or unincorporated county area.
(c) Dressing Rooms. The only people allowed in the Contestant's dressing room are the contestants, managers, trainers, seconds, Commission representatives, Commissioners, referees, and approved physician(s).
Promoters shall be required by the Commission-appointed supervisor to post a guard or Commission-appointed inspector at the entrance to the dressing rooms to aid in enforcement of dressing room security.
A separate dressing area shall be provided for all referees, judges, and all other Commission-appointed representatives.
(4) Media Guidelines.
(a) Promoter Responsibilities for Media Personnel. It shall be the responsibility of the promoter to provide access to any sanctioned event to media professionals for print, television, radio, and online media. The promoter has a duty to provide access to media professionals while ensuring their personal safety at the event.
Promoters of kickboxing events shall provide media personnel with easily identifiable credentials that are clearly visible to state inspectors.
Promoters of kickboxing events shall provide a four-foot (4') wide open buffer zone between credentialed media and the ring apron.
(i) Promoters shall provide security in the general area of credentialed media to ensure they are allowed to perform their job functions with a clear view of the action and without hindrance from ticket holders, fight staff, or others.
(b) Media Access to Restricted Areas. Promoters may provide access to credentialed media inside the ring immediately following a bout, upon clearance from an official.
Following an individual bout or at the close of an event, promoters may allow access to credentialed reporters and photographers directly outside the dressing rooms or staging areas restricted for fighters, fight staff, and state officials.
Promoters shall ensure the personal safety of any credentialed media by providing a police officer in any area designated for interviews, photographs, or press conferences.
(5) Violation: Penalties.
(a) Promoters or contestants that violate any section of this chapter shall be referred to the investigations hearing of the Commission for further action. Provided however that any action taken as a result of the hearing or by the full Commission to enforce or attempt to enforce the provision of this chapter will be taken only after notice and hearing according to the Alabama Administrative Procedure Act. Either paragraph (a) or (b) within this subsection shall be subject to disciplinary action by the Commission.
(6) Match.
(a) Marketing Prohibited Without Prior Commission Approval. Commission approval or authorization must be obtained prior to selling tickets, making announcements, or distributing advertisements concerning any event, event date, contestants, or matches, bouts, or exhibitions of professional kickboxing. Violations shall be referred to the Commission for disciplinary action.
(b) Professional Rounds Scheduled.
(i) The number of rounds may be split amongst the distinct combative disciplines in cross-promotional events.
(i) All non-title matches, contests, or exhibitions in professional kickboxing featuring male kickboxers will have three (3), three (3) minute rounds, with a one (1) minute rest period between each round.
(ii) All non-title matches, contests, or exhibitions in professional kickboxing featuring female kickboxers will have three (3), two (2) minute rounds, with a one (1) minute rest period between each round.
(iii) All title matches, contests, or exhibitions in professional kickboxing featuring male kickboxers will have five (5), three (3) minute rounds, with a one (1) minute rest period between each round.
(iv) All title matches, contests, or exhibitions in professional kickboxing featuring female kickboxers will have five (5), two (2) minute rounds, with a one (1) minute rest period between each round.
(c) Card Approval. Requests for preliminary approval of kickboxing cards should be received by the Executive Director of the Commission or the Commission-appointed supervisor no less than ten (10) days prior to the start of the event. The names, birthdates, and verifiable records, with suspension histories, of all competitors must be included and shall be typed. No handwritten requests shall be accepted. The final card must be received by the Executive Director or Chief Inspector no less than three (3) days prior to the date of the event.
Substitutions to the final card will only be allowed after sufficient written evidence documenting the reason why such substitution is required. The information must be written on a form provided by the Commission and then signature must be witnessed by the Executive Director, Commission-appointed supervisor, or a State of Alabama notary public. Failure to provide sufficient evidence will result in the cancellation of the scheduled bout and/or disciplinary action by the Commission.
(i) No bout will be allowed to take place without the prior approval of the Chief Inspector or Executive Director.
(7) Purse.
(a) Method of Payment. Except as otherwise stated below, purses shall be paid by check, certified or cashier's check immediately after the contest. Cash payments may be required of new and/or first-time promoters, if the Commission is unable to obtain a letter of good standing from another recognized Commission. Payments of percentage contracts shall be made as soon as the amount can be determined. If requested by the Commission or by any Contestant, all purse payments shall be made in the presence of the authorized Commission representative.
After notification and approval by the Commission, arrangement for the payment of any purse greater than $50,000.00 shall be mutually agreed to by the promoter and the Contestant.
Should a promoter default on payments to Contestants, only that amount disclosed on the contract or bout agreement filed with the Commission in advance of the bout will be covered by any bond on file with the Commission.
(b) Minimum Payment per Contracted Round. All contestants shall be guaranteed a purse equal to or exceeding $100 per contracted round. No "cash equivalent" substitutions for the payment of the minimum contracted amount including tickets in lieu of payment shall be allowed. Contestants shall be paid by check or money order only. Violations shall be referred to the Commission for disciplinary action.
(8) Contracts.
(a) Contract or Bout Agreement: Unless agreed upon in advance by the Alabama Athletic Commission, all bout agreements must be on the form approved by the Commission.
(i) The amount of guarantee or percentage promised; the number and time limit of rounds; when and where the official weigh-in will be conducted; when and where the Contestants are scheduled to appear; weight; and all other reasonably expected to be an issue of agreement within professional kickboxing contracts and agreements.
(I) Weights expressed on bout agreements for all three (3) and five (5) round bouts shall allow no less than a +/-2 pounds variance of the contracted weight.
(II) Weights expressed on bout agreements for all championship matches shall be absolute and shall not allow for any variance.
(ii) Signature of the promoter or their designated representative, and the Contestant or their designated representative.
(iii) Each Contestant applying for a license is required to obtain on their own a Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and HIV blood test and must present to the commission representative no later than at the weigh-in the results of such test conducted within 365 days of the proposed match.
(b) Contract or Bout Agreement: Required Form for Submission. All information appearing on any written agreements or contracts shall be typed.
(c) Contract or Bout Agreement: File with Commission. One (1) copy of each signed written agreement or contract, once executed by both parties and within three (3) calendar days of such execution, shall be filed with the Commission or the Commission appointed representative.
(d) Violations: Grounds for Suspension. Violation by either party of any written bout agreement or contract may be grounds for suspension of any license issued by the Commission and shall in addition to such suspension result in a fine or other disciplinary action imposed by the Commission. Violations shall be referred to the Commission for disciplinary action.
(9) Failure to Perform.
(a) Promoter Failure to Perform. The failure of a promoter to perform according to the terms of the contract; to produce contestants or special added attractions as advertised; to pay the contestants their contractual guarantee, or percentage; or the failure of a promoter to live up to their agreement with their contestants or performers who did perform as scheduled is prohibited and violations shall be referred to the Commission for disciplinary action.
(b) Contestant Failure to Perform. The failure of a contestant under contract with a licensed promoter to perform according to the terms of said contract; or the failure of a contestant to live up to their agreement with a person to which the contestant is under contractual agreement is prohibited. Violations shall be referred to the Commission for disciplinary action.
(c) Violation: Penalties.
Violation of either paragraph (a) or (b) within this subsection may, for the first offense, be grounds for administrative suspension of not less than 90 days and a fine of not more than the contracted purse amount disclosed on the bout agreement or contract. Violations shall be referred to the Commission for disciplinary action.
The second and/or any subsequent violation by any person of either paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) within this subsection may, in addition to any suspension by the Commission, subject the violator to a fine of not more than the contracted purse amount as disclosed on the bout agreement or contract plus not more than an additional $10,000. Said fine to be imposed by the Commission. Violations shall be referred to the Commission for disciplinary action. Additional disciplinary action may be imposed.
Any person or license holder violating on three (3) or more occasions either sub-paragraph (a) or sub-paragraph (b) within this subsection shall have their license suspended indefinitely. Provided however that any action by the Commission to enforce or attempt to enforce the provisions of this sub-paragraph will be taken only after notice and hearing according to the Alabama Administrative Procedure Act.
(10) Split or Different Styles.
(a) Cards split between professional and amateur matches, contests, and exhibitions, including mixed professional and amateur kickboxing cards, as well as cross-promotional boxing and kickboxing (professional), and mixed martial arts (professional) and kickboxing (professional). Mixed cards of any type shall be left to the discretion of the Commission. All amateur shows shall reflect the amateur status of the event in all advertising in a way approved by the Executive Director. A card split between professional and amateur kickboxing matches shall be advertised as "Pro-Am," and shall include a minimum of three (3) professional bouts on the card. Failure to provide the minimum number of professional bouts will result in action against the promoter by the Commission.
Cross-promotional cards, consisting of professional boxing with kickboxing (professional only), shall be advertised as "Pro Boxing and Kickboxing," and shall include a minimum of four (4) professional bouts from each combative discipline on the card.
Cross-promotional cards, consisting of mixed martial arts (professional only) and kickboxing (professional only), shall be advertised as "Pro MMA and Kickboxing," and shall include a minimum of four (4) professional bouts from each combative discipline on the card.
Amateur kickboxing shall only be allowed on a mixed card with professional kickboxing, so long as the card meets the standards listed above in (10)(a).
History
(1) The Ring.
(a) Ring Size. The ring must be a square and not less than sixteen feet (16') or more than twenty feet (20') on a side within the ropes. The ring platform (floor) must extend beyond the ropes at least eighteen inches (18") on all sides (apron).
(b) Safety Padding. The ring floor shall be padded with one-inch (1") thick slow recovery foam matting, or other soft material approved by the Commission or its authorized representative, and shall extend over the edge of the ring platform with a top covering of canvas, duck or similar material tightly stretched and laced to the ring platform. Padding material that tends to gather in lumps may not be used.
(c) Ring Mat. The mat and covering shall be kept clean and free from odors at all times. The corners must be covered by a pad long enough to cover all the rope joints.
(d) Platform Height. The ring platform shall not be taller than fifty-four inches (54") from the floor of the building and shall be provided with suitable steps for use by the contestants.
(e) Ringside Tables. Each promoter shall be responsible for employing a safety plan to protect kickboxers who might fall outside of elevated rings. Except where deemed impractical, the floor of those sides not so protected shall be covered with protective matting.
(f) Ring Posts. Ring posts shall be made of some strong material, preferably metal pipe, three inches (3") in diameter, extending from the floor of the building to a height of at least fifty-eight inches (58") above the ring floor.
(g) Ring Certification. Rings used in professional kickboxing matches in Alabama must be certified by the chief referee and/or the Commission representative in attendance at the show.
Any ring judged unsafe by the chief referee and/or the Commission representative or not otherwise meeting basic standards as defined in Commission rules, or which is deemed by the chief referee or Commission representative to be improperly stabilized will not be certified.
Failure to obtain certification will result in immediate and summary suspension of the match permit.
(h) Cage. Cross promotional events held in a cage shall meet the cage standards established in 165-X-2-.06 or 165-X-3-.06.
(2) Ring Ropes.
(a) Rope Dimensions. Ring ropes shall be four (4) in number, at least one inch (1") in diameter, the lower rope eighteen inches (18") above the ring floor and the top rope fifty-two inches (52") from the ring floor. The two remaining ropes will be evenly spread between the top and bottom ropes. All four ropes shall be wrapped in soft material.
(b) Rope Lanyards. Each ring rope on each side of the ring shall be connected with two (2) rope lanyards.
(c) Ring Lighting. The ring shall be amply illuminated by the overhead lights, which shall be so arranged that shadow shall be eliminated and discomfort from heat and glare minimized for persons in and near the rings.
(3) Bell.
(a) There will be a bell at the ring, no higher than the floor level of the ring. The bell will be clear in tone so that the fighters and referee may easily hear it when it is sounded.
(4) Ring Equipment.
(a) The promoter shall provide a sufficient number of water buckets for the use of all contestants. Each bucket shall be sterilized before being used. Additionally, the promoter shall provide resin, stools, and such other articles as are required for the conduct of each bout.
(5) Scales.
(a) Scales shall be furnished by the promoter. The Commission may require that the scales be certified. Residential bathroom scales of the type generally used in private residences will not meet certification requirements of the Commission and will not be allowed for use at any weigh-in.
(b) Weigh-Ins for Championship and Televised Events.
The scale used for the official weigh-in shall be provided by the promoter.
The scale used for the weigh-in shall be an NTEP Certified Scale, which shall be registered with the Alabama Department of Agriculture, Weight and Measure Division.
The scale used for the official weigh-in shall be certified as being accurate, on the morning of the weigh-in, by the State of Alabama, Department of Agriculture, Weight and Measures Staff.
Documentation verifying the scales accuracy shall be submitted to the Executive Director no later than noon (12 pm) on the date the weigh-in is to occur.
No one shall be allowed on the scale once it is certified, until the Chief Inspector is present.
If a scale is moved after certification, it shall be recertified before any further weigh-ins can be performed on that scale.
Once certified, the promoter shall have a security member watch the scale until the time of weigh-in, to avoid tampering.
A "Ceremonial" scale may be used during a Ceremonial Weigh-in. The Ceremonial Scale shall not be used to record official weights and are strictly to be used for ceremonial purposes.
History
(1) General Provisions.
(a) The Commission shall appoint to each contest, match, or exhibition, at minimum, one (1) chief inspector, two (2) referees, three (3) judges, two (2) door wardens, and two (2) timekeepers.
(b) The referee or three judges shall determine the outcome of all contests, matches, or exhibitions. A majority scoring of the judges will determine the outcome of a contest that does not result in a knockout, technical knockout, or disqualification.
(c) No manager, promoter, matchmaker, trainer, second, or contestant shall be allowed to officiate at any contest.
(d) Officials must be physically fit and mentally sharp.
(e) All kickboxing events must have, at minimum, two referees.
(2) Officials' Fees.
(a) All fees, per diem, and travel expenses shall be paid by the promoter conducting the match, contest, or exhibition and shall be on the following schedule:
Payment shall be made to the Commission-appointed supervisor no later than at the weigh-in, and shall be by cashier's check or money order. Payments in cash or personal check are subject to the approval of the Commission-appointed supervisor.
When assigned by the Commission or the Executive Director, the fee for a Chief Inspector who will perform the duties of the Commission-appointed representative shall be a minimum of $425.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition does not exceed $50,000, the fee for each judge shall be $175.00 and the fee for each referee shall be $300.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition is between $50,000 and $100,000, the fee for each Chief Inspector shall be $450.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition is between $50,000 and $100,000, the fee for each judge shall be $200.00 and the fee for each referee shall be $350.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition is between $100,000 and $300,000, the fee for each Chief Inspector shall be $500.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition is between $100,000 and $300,000, the fee for each judge shall be $250.00 and the fee for each referee shall be $4.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition exceeds $300,000, the fee for the Chief Inspector, referees, and judges shall not exceed $5,000 for each official.
Except as provided in the 7(c) below, [sanctioned championship bouts], payment for the timekeeper and countdown person shall be the same as payment for each assigned judge.
ravel expenses for officials required to travel a distance of fifty (50) miles or greater to the site of a match, contest, or exhibition shall be set by the Commission-appointed supervisor, provided that such amount shall not exceed the usual and customary amount allowed by state guidelines for state employees. Hotel rooms may be required, but only when the distance traveled on way exceeds one hundred (100) miles.
(b) In the event one or more of the referees assigned to a kickboxing match, contest, or exhibition become incapacitated, or in an emergency situation where he or she becomes unavailable, the remaining referee(s) shall officiate the remaining matches, contests, or exhibitions of the program, and may be compensated in a greater amount not to exceed the total amount originally intended for the unavailable referees(s). In such a situation, the compensation to be paid to the incapacitated or unavailable referee shall be reduced accordingly.
(c) The compensation schedule set forth in (a) above shall not apply in sanctioned championship bouts. The Commission shall set compensation to be paid to the Chief Inspector, referees, judges, and timekeepers officiating at sanctioned championship bouts. In making this determination, the Commission may consider any standards or recommendations made by a recognized kickboxing association or organization. Nevertheless, the Commission shall retain full authority to set the compensation schedule for referees and judges in championship bouts regardless of a recommendation by such an association or organization.
(3) Chief Inspector.
(a) Chief Inspector's Authority. The Chief Inspector shall have complete authority over each professional contest, match, or exhibition in this state.
(b) Chief Inspector's Duties. The Chief Inspector assigned to a contest, match, or exhibition shall have the following duties:
The Chief Inspector shall attend the weigh-in and contest, match, or exhibition.
The Chief Inspector shall ensure that all rules and regulations of the Commission and the Alabama Boxing, Wrestling, and Mixed Martial Arts Act are strictly followed and enforced.
(4) Corner Inspectors.
(a) Corner Inspector's Authority. A Corner Inspector shall be assigned to the red corner and a Corner Inspector shall be assigned to the blue corner to observe the fighters assigned to the corresponding corners, before, during, and after each match.
(b) Locker Room Inspectors and Door Wardens.
Corner Inspectors shall observe fighters in the dressing room while wrapping hands, securing gloves, and warming up.
Door Wardens shall observe fighters, trainers, and seconds, before, during, and between rounds.
Corner Inspectors and Door Wardens shall be responsible for identifying and reporting all rules violations to the Chief Inspector and referee.
Corner Inspectors may also be Door Wardens, provided that an additional Corner Inspector is in the respective red and blue locker rooms performing the duties of the Corner Inspector listed above in (1.).
(5) Referee.
(a) Referee's Authority. The referee is the chief official of the contest and has general supervision over the contest, match, or exhibition.
(b) Referee's Duties. The referee assigned to a contest, match, or exhibition shall have the following duties:
Before the contest, the referee shall ask the name of each contestant's chief second and shall hold that chief second responsible for the conduct of the contestant during the contest.
Before each bout, the referee shall call the contestants and their chief second together for final instructions. Referees must then instruct the kickboxers that illegal techniques or fouls will not be tolerated, and instruct the kickboxers to protect themselves at all times. The contestants, after receiving final instructions, may touch gloves and retire to their corners.
Any referee or judge assigned to a match who becomes unable to officiate shall notify the Chief Inspector twelve (12) hours before the start of the contest.
(c) Referee License. Referees applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in refereeing, and shall produce a list of all professional contests, matches, or exhibitions that he or she has served as referee, the judges who scored the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur contests, matches, or exhibitions that he or she has served as referee, the judges who scored the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed by the applicant to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
A referee must pass an examination administered by the Commission, the Association of Boxing Commissions and Combative Sports, and/or another recognized commission to be licensed as a referee.
(6) Judges.
(a) Judge's Authority. Each judge shall determine the outcome of each contest, match, or exhibition in this state that does not end in a knockout, technical knockout, or disqualification.
(b) Judge's Duties. The judges assigned to a contest, match, or exhibition shall have the following duties:
The judges shall score the contest, match, or exhibition according to the rules and regulations of the Commission.
The judges shall score the contest, match, or exhibition fairly.
The judges shall deduct points as directed by the referee.
(c) Judge License. Judges applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in judging, and shall produce a list of all professional matches that he or she has served as an official judge, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur matches that he or she has served as an official judge, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed by the applicant to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
A judge must pass an examination administered by the Commission, the Association of Boxing Commissions and Combative Sports, and/or another recognized commission to be licensed as a judge.
(7) Timekeepers.
(a) Timekeeper's Authority. At kickboxing matches, there shall be appointed to each contest, match, or exhibition two (2) timekeepers: a clock timekeeper who keeps the official time and a countdown timekeeper who starts the official count once a kickboxer is knocked down.
(b) Clock Timekeeper's Duties. The timekeeper starts the clock and rings the bell at the beginning of each round. Ten (10) seconds before the end of the round, the Clock Timekeeper shall alert the referee to the impending end of the round.
(c) Countdown Timekeeper's Duties. The Countdown Timekeeper keeps the official count when a kickboxer is knocked down, until the referee picks up the count.
(d) Timekeeper's License. Timekeepers applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in timekeeping, and shall produce a list of all professional contests, matches, or exhibitions that he or she has served as an official timekeeper, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur matches that he or she has served as official timekeeper, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed by the applicant to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
History
(1) Professional Kickboxers.
(a) False Name. No kickboxer shall enter any agreement or contract with a promoter, compete in any match, or otherwise participate in any capacity in a kickboxing program under any name which does not appear on his or her photo ID.
(b) Prohibition if Under Suspension. No kickboxer shall enter any agreement or contract with a promoter, compete, or attempt to compete in any match in this state when the kickboxer knows that his or her kickboxing license, issued by this commission is under suspension.
(c) Pregnancy. No kickboxer shall enter any agreement or contract with a promoter, compete, or attempt to compete in any match in Alabama when such kickboxer knows that she is pregnant.
(d) Diuretics Prohibited. The use of any herbal, prescription or non-prescription diuretic by any kickboxer within twelve hours prior to the weigh-in is strictly prohibited.
(e) Weigh-In.
(i) All official weigh-ins shall be conducted at a time and place designated by the Commission. Attendance to official weigh-ins is strictly limited to commissioners, licensees and officials scheduled to participate in the contest or exhibition.
(ii) Ceremonial weigh-ins may be conducted in such manner and at such place as agreed to by all parties involved in the promotion or match.
(f) Weight Classes. Weight Classes for Professional kickboxing shall be:
ATOMWEIGHT (108 LBS/49.1 KG & BELOW) - 8 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
SUPERATOMWEIGHT (108.1 - 111 LBS 49.2 -50.5 KGS) - 8 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
FLYWEIGHT (111.1 - 114 LBS/50.6-51.8 KGS)
SUPERFLYWEIGHT (114.1-117 LBS/51.9-53.2 KGS) - 8 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
BANTAMWEIGHT (117.1-120 LBS/53.3-54.5 KG)
SUPERBANTAMWEIGHT (120-124 LBS/54.6-56.4 KG) - 8 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
FEATHERWEIGHT (124.1-128 LBS/56.5-58.2 KG)
LIGHTWEIGHT (128.1-132 LBS/58.3-60.0 KG) - 10 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
SUPERLIGHTWEIGHT (132.1-137 LBS/60.1-62.3 KG) - 10 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
LIGHT WELTERWEIGHT (137.1-142 LBS/62.4-64.5 KG) - 10 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
WELTERWEIGHT (142.1-147 LBS/64.6-66.8 KG)
SUPERWELTERWEIGHT (147.1-153 LBS/66.9-69.5 KG) - 15 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
LIGHT MIDDLEWEIGHT (153.1-159 LBS/69.6-72.3 KG) - 15 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
MIDDLEWEIGHT (159.1-165 LBS/72.4-75.0 KG)
SUPERMIDDLEWEIGHT (165.1-172 LBS/75.1-78.1 KG) - 15 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
LIGHT HEAVYWEIGHT (172.1-179 LBS/78.2-81.4 KG) - 20 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
LIGHT CRUISERWEIGHT (179.1-186 LBS/81.5-84.6 KG) - 20 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
CRUISERWEIGHT (186.1-194 LBS/84.7-88.2 KG) - 20 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
SUPERCRUISERWEIGHT (194.1-207 LBS/88.3-94.1 KG) - 20 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
HEAVYWEIGHT (207.1-223 LBS/94.2-101.4 KG)
(i) No professional kickboxing contest or exhibition may be scheduled, and no kickboxer may engage in a contest or exhibition without the approval of the Commission or the Commission's representative if the difference in weight between the kickboxer exceeds the allowances set out above.
(ii) Any agreement to proceed with a kickboxing contest or exhibition where the weight spread exceeds the limit established in this rule shall be entered on each participant's bout contract and shall be initialed or signed by such participant.
(g) Weighing of Kickboxers. Weighing of all kickboxers shall be conducted in accordance with the requirements for professional kickboxers in these rules.
(h) Appearance Time. All contestants must be in the officially designated dressing room at least sixty (60) minutes before the event is sanctioned to begin.
(i) Making Weight for Non-Title Bouts. In non-title professional bouts, if a fighter fails to make the weight specified in their contract, they will be allowed to reweigh no more than two (2) hours after the time they originally tried to make weight.
(j) Making Weight for Title Bouts. In title bouts, if a fighter fails to make the weight specified in their contract, they will be allowed to reweigh no more than two (2) hours after the time they originally tried to make weight. If a fighter cannot make weight at the final "official" weigh-in opportunity and that fighter is the champion, the title will be declared vacant. The bout may ensue if the fighters are within the allowable weight spread. Should the challenger win the bout, he will become champion. In the event the former champion wins the bout, the title will be declared vacant. In either case, the fighter who cannot make weight will also be subject to purse penalties as specified by either the contract or the regulations established by the Commission.
(k) Maximum Allowable Weight Spreads. There is a maximum allowable weight spread for each weight division. The maximum allowable weight spread, as defined by the Commission, is the difference in weight between two fighters outside of which they will not be able to compete against each other.
(135/2) No over-contract-weight contestant appearing at the initial weigh-in and weighing 135 pounds or less will be allowed to lose in excess of two (2) pounds in order to make contract weight unless such kickboxer is re-examined by the ringside physician and receive clearance from the ringside physician prior to entering the ring.
(160/3) No over-contract-weight contestant appearing at the initial weigh-in and weighing 135.1 pounds but less than 160 pounds will be allowed to lose in excess of three (3) pounds in order to make contract weight unless such kickboxer is reexamined by the ringside physician and receives clearance from the ringside physician prior to entering the ring.
(190/4) No over-contract-weight contestants appearing at the initial weigh-in and weighing 160.1 pounds but less than 190 pounds will be allowed to lose in excess of four (4) pounds in order to make contract weight unless such kickboxer is reexamined by the ringside physician and receive clearance from the ringside physician prior to entering the ring.
(2) Hand and Foot Wrapping: Gauze and Tape .
(a) Contestants desiring to stabilize the metacarpal bones may use no more than six inches (6") of adhesive tape, not more than two inches (2") in width, across the back of each hand, provided however that the Commission inspector or representative must sign each piece of tape prior to placing gauze over such tape.
(b) Stabilization tape may not extend beyond a line one inch on the posterior side of the knuckle.
(c) Gauze shall be of soft surgical-type gauze not more than two inches (2") in width, held in place by surgeon's tape for each hand. All contestants will have their hands wrapped in the dressing room [or some other suitable place in the general vicinity of the dressing room] under the examination of a representative from the Commission. Whenever requested by any party, hand wrapping shall take place only in the presence of one or more representatives from the opposing contestant's camp.
(1) In all weight classes, the bandages on each hand shall be restricted to soft gauze cloth not more than 13 yards (13 yds.) in length and two inches (2") in width, held in place by not more than 10 feet (10') of surgeon's tape, one inch (1") in width, for each hand. Any Commission inspector or representative must sign each hand prior to placing a glove on the hand.
(d) Under no condition will any adhesive tape be allowed to extend a position within one inch (1") of the posterior line of knuckles; provided however, that a thin "butterfly" of tape between the fingers will be allowed to stabilize the placement of gauze.
(e) Stacking the process of layering on top of the kickboxer's wrapped hand additional layers of gauze and tape is prohibited.
(f) Foot Wrapping
Kickboxers shall not wear shoes in the ring.
A single elastic or neoprene sleeve may be worn to support either or both ankles and knees. Sleeve supports must not have any metal or plastic hinges, must not have rubber gripping, and must not have seams that could injure the fighter or his/her opponent. Tape of any kind is prohibited.
(3) Mouth Pieces.
(a) All contestants are required to wear a mouthpiece during competition. The mouthpiece shall be subject to examination and approval by the attending physician.
The round cannot begin without the mouthpiece in place.
(i) If the mouthpiece is involuntarily dislodged during competition, the referee shall call time, clean the mouthpiece, and reinsert the mouthpiece at the first opportune moment, without interfering with the immediate action.
(4) Protective Equipment and Attire.
(a) All kickboxers will be required to wear such protective gear as deemed necessary by the Commission.
Male and female kickboxers shall wear the appropriate trunks, groin cup, mouthpiece, and gloves.
Female kickboxers shall wear a short sleeved (above the elbow) or sleeveless form fitting rash guard and/or sports bra. No loose-fitting tops shall be allowed. Female competitors will follow the same requirements for bottom covering as the male competitors, minus the requirement for groin protection.
The belt-line of the trunks shall not extend above the waistline and the hem may not extend below the knee.
Kickboxers in the same match shall wear different color trunks.
No rings, jewelry, or items other than those authorized may be worn. Hair ties must be of a soft nature. Fighters shall not apply temporary tattoos or make-up prior to the bout.
Elbow pads and forearm pads shall not be worn.
(5) Gloves.
(a) Gloves. All fighters will wear regulation, approved boxing/kickboxing gloves colored to be coordinated with the corner out of which the fighters will be appearing (NOTE that a neutral color gloves may be used in which case the fighters will be distinguished by colored tape covering the wrists of the gloves) .
No breaking, roughing, or twisting of gloves shall be permitted. The gloves shall not be placed on the hands until after the Corner Inspector or Commission Representative has signed off on the fighter's hand wraps.
The gloves shall be put on the hands under the supervision of an inspector who will then endorse the gloves by signature, initials or emblem written on the tape holding the glove closure in place.
All gloves must be of a professional quality and must be approved Commission. In certain instances, multiple pairs of gloves may be required for use in matches, bouts, and exhibitions.
If both fighters weigh 147lbs./66.8 kg. or lighter, then the bout may be contested wearing 8 oz. gloves or heavier.
If one or more of the fighters weigh more than 147lbs./66.8 kg. then both fighters shall contest the bout wearing 10 oz. gloves or heavier.
All fighters must use the gloves provided by the promotion and approved by the Commission.
Brand-Name Certification Required. The commission is authorized to certify boxing gloved by brand-name or manufacturer and gloves not so certified may not be used. Each promoter desiring to use for the first time in Alabama a brand of gloves or gloves manufactured by a company not previously certified for use in Alabama are advised to seek prior certification.
Glove Approval. Gloves shall be examined by the referee and/or the Commission representative prior to the start of the matches.
Glove Style. Only gloves of the "thumb-attached" or thumbless variety will be used, and all gloves must be laced with the knot on the top [or exterior] side of the wrist. Thumbless gloves may be worn only if both kickboxers in a particular match agree.
New Gloves: Main Event Bouts. The promoter shall furnish new gloves for all main events.
Skinning of Gloves. "Skinning" (the practice of tying gloves in such a manner as to force a portion of the padding back from the fist area to over the contestant's wrist) is prohibited. Any glove tied in such a manner will be required to be re-tied.
Taping of Gloves. Unless otherwise permitted by the Commission appointed supervisor, glove laces shall not be covered by tape except under the direct supervision of a commission approved inspector or official.
(6) Fighter Conduct.
(a) Use of profanity by all kickboxers, managers, trainers, or seconds is prohibited. Any use of profanity after a warning by the referee or Chief Inspector may result in disqualification of the contestant, or ejection from the facility and a penalty point may be deducted from the contestant. Profanity in a competitor's ring entry music is prohibited.
(b) Entering the Ring. All contestants must be ready to enter the ring immediately following the conclusion of the preceding match on a scheduled fight card.
(c) Demeanor during the Round. All kickboxers shall take care to avoid fouling their opponent or illegally striking their opponent.
Regulations against fouls, as defined in these rules will be strictly enforced.
Illegal techniques or fouls in the ring will not be tolerated.
All kickboxers are at all times to follow the instructions of the referee. Any call for a break should immediately result in a clean break.
(d) Under-Conditioned Fighter. A contestant deemed under-conditioned by the referee, Commission, or any designated representative of the Commission shall be suspended for ninety (90) days.
(e) Penalty for Disqualification. Any kickboxer who is disqualified for any reason by the referee or Chief Inspector will be subject to disciplinary action by the Commission.
(f) Fines. Any kickboxer can be fined, have his or her license suspended, or have his or her license revoked in the event that a majority of the Commission determines that the kickboxer did not utilize his or her best efforts in a match.
(g) Cuts and Lacerations. A cut or laceration caused by either an intentional or an unintentional foul may only be treated during the one (1) minute break between rounds, provided however that the referee may call a brief timeout and request a physician's evaluation of the cut to determine if the bout shall be allowed to continue. During such timeout, the cut may not be treated by the physician or any other person.
(h) Recuperation Time. Any contestant struck by a low blow may, at the discretion of the referee and after consultation with the ringside physician, be given up to five (5) minutes to recuperate.
During such recuperation time, the injured kickboxer may sit on a stool inside the ring, or in a neutral corner, by may not rest in his or her assigned corner.
Only the referee is allowed to assist the injured kickboxer during the five (5) minute rest period.
The uninjured fighter, during any such rest period, may not be assisted and shall remain in the neutral corner furthest from the injured kickboxer.
(i) Bout Stoppage by Low Blow. Except as provided in sub-paragraph (5)(a)(15) of this rule, no contestant injured by a low blow may be awarded the contest.
(7) Seconds.
(a) Number Allowed. Each kickboxer must have two (2) seconds, unless the Commission permits otherwise. Each contestant shall have one (1) chief second and each chief second must have a complete first aid kit. The seconds must be neatly attired. Persons holding a manager's or trainer's license in this state may participate in a contest as a second without applying for or obtaining a second's license.
(b) Leaving the Ring. Seconds shall leave the ring enclosure at the sound of the timekeeper's whistle. They shall leave the ring platform promptly when the bell sounds for the beginning of each round and immediately remove all obstructions, including stools, buckets, and any other corner equipment. None of these articles shall be replaced on the ring floor until the bell has sounded the end of a round.
(c) Assisting Contestant during Bout. During rounds, seconds are prohibited from assisting or interfering with the contestants.
(d) Throwing Towels. Seconds are prohibited from tossing a towel into the ring. The chief second may declare the defeat of his principal by notifying the Corner Inspector. The Corner Inspector shall then climb up onto the ring apron to notify the referee of the chief second's desire to stop the bout, contest, or exhibition.
(e) Ejection and Disqualification. Violations of the provisions of this subparagraph may result in ejection of the offender from the ring corner, and may result in the disqualification of his or her contestant by the referee.
(8) Between Round Care. Between rounds care of a kickboxer will be strictly enforced by the Commission.
(a) Licensees Allowed in Ring between Rounds. One
(1) Licensee shall be allowed in the ring with the kickboxer during the rest period between rounds and no more than two (2) licensees, exclusive to the corner inspector and approved media personnel, will be allowed on the apron during that time.
(b) Swinging Towel. Fans may be used between rounds. Towels may not be used to fan the contestant. Motorized fans must be approved by the Commission, prior to use at a contest or exhibition.
(c) Corner Kit. The use of an unapproved preparation during the match is prohibited. The only substances and materials allowed in the corner are limited to the following:
Ice;
Water;
Cotton swabs;
Gauze pads;
Clean towels;
Vaseline or surgical lubricant approved by the commission;
Enswell;
Avitine or Adrenalene;
Athletic tape approved by the Commission.
(i) Any variance to the materials must be approved by the Commission.
(ii) Substances such as Monsell's solution, other iron or bismuth compounds, collodion, silver nitrate, ammonia or smelling salts will not be used and the use of such modalities will result in disqualification, and disciplinary action against the kickboxer, manager, second and/or trainer.
(d) Excessive Lubricant. The use of excessive lubricant on the body, arms or face of a kickboxer shall be prohibited. The referee shall determine whether excessive lubricant is on the kickboxer's body, arms or face.
(e) Rehydration of Contestant during Bout. Water shall be used to hydrate a kickboxer between rounds. Honey, electrolyte glucose, sugar or any other substance mixed with water is prohibited.
(f) Throwing Water Prohibited. Any excessive or undue spraying of water on any fighter between rounds is prohibited. Seconds will wipe dry the ring canvas in their corner before the start of each round. Fighters will spit only in the pails, and not on the ring canvas.
(9) Referees.
(a) Stopping a Match. No one other than the referee may stop a fight during or between rounds. The referee shall have the authority to stop a contest at any time if one of the kickboxers is unable or no longer able to defend himself.
(b) Pre-Fight Instructions. Referees shall meet with the contestants and each chief second appointed by the contestants prior to the beginning of the match and during that meeting shall inform each party of the rules applicable to each fight, as well as the in-ring conduct expected from each contestant and second assisting in the corner of each contestant.
(c) Pre-Bout Confirmation of Officials and Physician. Prior to calling for the sounding of the bell to begin each bout, the referee shall confirm that the ringside physician, as well as each judge assigned to the bout, is in place at the ringside.
(d) Touching Contestants. The referee shall not touch the competing kickboxers, unless a contestant fails to obey the break command.
(e) Count. The referee shall have sole determination of whether a kickboxer has been knocked out. There will be no knockout count if the referee deems the contestant to be knocked out.
(f) Count for Dazed Contestant. Should a contestant who is downed rise before the count of ten (10) and again goes down without being struck, the referee shall resume the count where he or she stopped.
(g) Kickboxers Knocked Out of the Ring.
Any kickboxer knocked out of the ring shall receive a twenty (20) second count.
During the time that any such kickboxer is outside the ring, he or she shall not be assisted by any member of their corner, and if such assistance is offered, it shall end the match with that kickboxer losing by a technical knockout.
As a general precaution, to protect the safety of the kickboxers and to prevent any potential injury, a kickboxer knocked out of the ring may have his or her fall stopped or slowed by any person without penalty, provided however that such assistance shall only be to prevent injury from the fall and not to assist the kickboxer in returning to the ring.
(h) Standing Eight (8) Count. There shall be no standing eight (8) count.
(i) Knockout. Knockouts are instantly called by the referee in kickboxing matches, contests, and exhibitions. There shall be no ten (10) count.
(j) Failure to Answer the Bell. A contestant shall not leave the ring during any one (1) minute rest period between rounds. If any contestant fails or refuses to resume fighting when the bell sounds, signaling the commencement of the next round, the referee shall award a decision of a technical knockout to his opponent, as of the round which has last been finished.
If the circumstances indicate to the referee the need for investigation or punitive action, the referee may withhold giving a decision and may recommend the purse or purses of either or both fighters should be withheld pending a Commission hearing.
(10) Fouls.
(a) The referee may caution, warn, penalize or disqualify a fighter for fouling behavior based on his perception as to the severity, repetitive nature or intent of the fighter committing the foul and the result of the foul. If the referee will be deducting points for a foul infraction, he will stop time, indicate whether he is classifying the foul as accidental or intentional and the number of points that will be deducted. Fouls include but are not limited to:
Head butting
Biting
Striking with the elbow, forearm or the unpadded part of the glove
Striking or kicking to the groin.
Intentional striking or kicking to the back of the head, back of the torso or the spine.
Linear or thrusting kicks directed at the knee joint.
Any effort to "down" a fighter other than by way of legal strikes; this includes sweeps, reaps, throws and take downs of any kind. However, during a legal clinch, a fighter may reposition or temporarily off-balance their opponent in order to effectively continue their knee attack.
Punching or kicking a fighter when they are "down". A fighter is considered down when any part of their body other than their feet touches the canvas. If a fighter is on his way to the floor, their opponent may continue to attack until they have touched the floor with any part of his body other than their feet.
Intentionally pushing, shoving or wrestling an opponent out of the ring with any part of the body.
Attacking on the break when both fighters have been instructed to take a step back by the referee.
Attacking after the bell has sounded to end the round.
Holding the ropes with one or more hands while striking.
Hitting or flicking with an open glove or thumb, or striking with the inside, bottom or hammer-fist part of the glove.
Pushing or pushing-off an opponent without striking; (NOTE: a fighter may push or push-off an opponent only in an effort to create space in order to strike).
Grabbing or holding onto an opponent's foot or leg without an immediate, single, legal strike which may be accompanied by a single step, followed by immediately releasing the foot or leg (NOTE: It is a foul to grab or hold the leg without an immediate single, legal strike attack, to try to off-balance the opponent while holding the leg by any method including sweeping the supporting leg, to take multiple steps while holding the foot/ leg, or to fail to release the foot/leg after the single strike attack).
Holding; The definition of which includes but is not limited to: Grabbing or clinching without immediately launching a knee attack. Failing to release a legal clinch when the knee attack is completed. Grabbing or clinching an opponent in an effort to stop the opponent from attacking or merely to rest. (NOTE: A fighter may legally clinch; which is defined as grabbing an opponent and immediately launching a credible knee attack. If in the referee's estimation the attack and/or counter knee attack is consistent and effective than he may allow it to continue in his estimation for up to five seconds. Once the knee attack/counter attack wanes the fighters must release their clinch and continue fighting).
Delaying or Stalling the Contest by either excessive passivity, repetitive falling, or intentionally delaying through either, improper equipment, seconds remaining in the ring after the start of the round, beginning a round without a mouthpiece or by intentionally dropping or spitting out the mouthpiece, etc.
Unsportsmanlike, unprofessional or undisciplined conduct of any kind including but not limited to spitting, cursing, talking, making rude sounds or obscene gestures or the use of abusive language in the ring or corner as determined by the referee.
Refusing to obey the commands of the referee
(b) Disqualification occurs after any combination of three or more of the fouls listed in (a) above or after a referee determines that a foul was intentional or flagrant.
(c) Fouls will result in a point being deducted by the official scorekeeper from the offending kickboxer's score.
(d) Only a referee can assess a foul. If the referee does not call the foul, judges shall not make that assessment on their own and cannot factor such into their scoring calculations.
(e) A fouled fighter has up to five (5) minutes to recuperate.
(f) If a foul is committed, the referee shall:
Call time;
Check the fouled kickboxer's condition and safety; and
Assess the foul to the offending contestant, deduct points, and notify each corner's seconds, judges, and the official scorekeeper.
(g) Injuries Sustained during Competition.
If an injury is sustained during competition as a result of a legal strike is severe enough to terminate a bout, the injured contestant loses by technical knockout.
If an injury is sustained during competition as a result of an intentional foul is severe enough to terminate a bout, the contestant causing the injury loses by disqualification.
If an injury is sustained during competition as a result of an intentional foul and the bout is allowed to continue, at the referee's discretion, the referee may notify the scorekeeper to automatically deduct two (2) points from the contestant who committed the foul.
If an injury is sustained during competition as a result of an intentional foul causes the injured contestant to be unable to continue at a subsequent point in the contest, the injured contestant shall win by technical decision, if he or she is ahead on the score cards. If the injured contestant is even or behind on the score cards at the time of stoppage, the outcome of the bout shall be declared a technical draw.
If a contestant injures himself or herself while attempting to foul his or her opponent, the referee shall not take any action in his or her favor, and the injury shall be treated in the same manner as an injury produced by a fair blow.
If an injury sustained during competition as a result of an accidental foul is severe enough for the referee to stop the bout immediately, the bout shall result in a no contest if stopped before two (2) rounds have been completed in a three (3) round bout or if stopped before three (3) rounds have been completed in a five (5) round bout.
If an injury sustained during competition as a result of an accidental foul is severe enough for the referee to stop the bout immediately, the bout shall result in a technical decision awarded to the contestant who is ahead on the score cards at the time the bout is stopped, only when the bout is stopped after two (2) rounds of a three (3) round bout, or three (3) rounds of a five (5) round bout have been completed.
There will be no scoring of an incomplete round. However, if the referee penalizes either contestant, then the appropriate points shall be deducted when the scorekeeper calculates the final score.
(h) Authorized Offensive Techniques.
Punches: striking with the padded part of the glove to a legal target; including spinning back-fist.
Kicks: striking with the foot or lower leg to a legal target.
Knees: striking with the knee to a legal target.
(6) Warnings.
(a) The referee shall issue a single warning for the following infractions:
Hitting below the belt;
Failure to break when instructed by the referee;
Intentionally spitting ones mouthpiece;
Unintentionally butting with the head or shoulder.
The presence of more than one second on the fighting area perimeter.
(b) After the initial warning, if the prohibited conduct persists, a penalty may be issued. The penalty may result in a deduction of points or disqualification.
(11) Types of Bout Results.
(a) Decisions via Score Cards:
Unanimous: When all three judges score the bout for the same contestant.
Split: When two judges score the bout for one contestant and one judge scores for the opponent.
(b) Draws:
Unanimous Draw: When all three judges score the bout a draw.
Split Draw: When all three judges score differently and the total results in a draw. One judge scores the bout for one contestant; One judge scores the bout for the other contestant; The third judge scores the bout a draw.
Majority Draw: When two judges score the bout a draw and one judge scores the bout for the opponent.
(c) Decision from Strikes:
Technical Knockout. When the referee stops the bout, the ringside physician instructs the referee to stop the bout, or an injury resulting from a legal strike is severe enough to terminate a bout.
Knockout. When the referee stops a bout for failure to rise from the canvas.
(d) Disqualification: When an injury sustained during competition, as a result of an intentional foul, is severe enough to terminate the contest.
(e) Forfeit: When a contestant fails to begin competition or prematurely ends the contest for reasons other than injury or by indicating unwillingness to continue.
(f) Technical Draw: When an injury sustained during competition, as a result of an intentional foul, causes the injured contestant to be unable to continue and the injured contestant is even or behind on the score cards at the time of stoppage.
(g) No Contest: When a contestant is prematurely stopped due to accidental injury and a sufficient number of rounds have not been completed to render a decision via the score cards.
(12) Judging.
(a) All bouts will be evaluated and scored by three (3) judges who will each select the winner of each round.
(b) The 10-point-system must be the standard system of scoring a bout. Under the 10-Point Must Scoring System, ten (10) points must be awarded to the winner of the round with nine (9) points or less must be awarded to the loser, except for a rare even round, which is scored (10-10).
(c) Judges shall evaluate kickboxing number and quality of knockdowns, cumulative impact of strikes, number of clean scoring strikes, and ring generalship.
(d) An advantage in points will be awarded according to the following priority:
Number or Quality of Knockdowns,
Cumulative Impact on the Opponent,
Number of Clean Scoring Strikes,
Ring Generalship
(e) The following objective scoring criteria shall be utilized by the judges when scoring a round:
10-10 Indicates and even round. Neither fighter distinguished themselves as being more effective in consideration of the four criterion points by which the judges must evaluate each fighter's performance. This score should be used very rarely if at all since the judge has a responsibility to issue a judgment and an advantage in ring generalship is enough to earn a 10-9 score.
10-9 Indicates a round in which one fighter distinguished themselves as the more effective fighter according to the established criteria - usually without scoring a knockdown. This score is used most often.
10-8 Indicates a round in which one fighter distinguished themselves as the more effective fighter according to the established criteria - usually including having scored a knockdown - or having demonstrated dominance and/or overwhelming impact on the opponent for the vast majority of the round.
10-7 Indicates a round in which one fighter distinguished themselves as the more effective fighter according to the established criteria - usually including having scored two knockdowns - or having scored one knockdown and demonstrated dominance and/or overwhelming impact on the opponent for the vast majority of the round.
10-6 This score is almost never used as it would indicate a round in which one fighter must have been so completely dominated as to have been knocked down at least three times, and never to have really been in the fight at all.
Points shall be totaled on each scoring judge's scorecard to determine that judge's selection of a winner. Each judge's selection will count as one vote towards determining the overall winner of the bout. If a judge's scorecard, when totaled, reflects an equal number of points for both fighters, that judge will have voted for a draw. If two judges' have an equal number of points for both fighters, the bout will be declared a majority draw. If one judge has an equal number of points for both fighters and the other judges' scores each favor a different fighter, the match shall be declared a split decision draw. If two judges' scores favor one fighter, and the other judge votes for a draw, the fighter receiving two votes shall be declared the winner by majority decision. If one judge votes for a fighter, and the other two judges vote for the other fighter, the fighter receiving the two votes shall be declared the winner by split decision. If all three judges' scores favor one fighter, that fighter will be declared the winner by unanimous decision.
(f) Sudden Victory Round. Based on the approval of the Commission, three round bouts may not end in a draw. If the judge's scores reflect a draw, the fighters will contest one additional "sudden victory" round. The scoring previous to the sudden victory round will no longer be relevant in regard to the result of the match. The scoring of the sudden victory round will determine the winner of the match. Judges may not score a sudden victory round even (10-10). If a bout is extended to a sudden victory round and one of the fighters is unable to continue to compete that fighter will lose by TKO and his opponent will be declared the winner.
(g) Three (3) Knockdown Rule. There will be no "three knockdown rule" in effect in any bout unless otherwise approved by the Commission. The referee will in all circumstances have the authority to stop a contest or allow it to continue, regardless of the number of knock downs.
(13) Announcement Responsibilities.
(a) The bell shall be sounded at the beginning and at the end of each round. Except as provided in (d) below, the timekeeper shall not sound the bell during the process of the round.
Regardless of the sounding of the bell, the referee in the ring is the sole authority to announce when the round begins. Each kickboxer will remain in their assigned corner. The referee, once he or she is satisfied that each kickboxer is prepared to begin and that no condition exists which may present a medical hazard to either kickboxer, will announce "FIGHT."
The timekeeper will immediately start the clock at the referee's command of "FIGHT."
(b) Timekeepers shall alert the referee by striking the table ten (10) seconds prior to the end of each round.
(c) Timekeepers shall blow their whistle ten (10) seconds prior to the end of each one (1) minute rest period.
(d) Responsibility to Announce in an Emergency Suspension of a Round. If the referee is absent from the ring or temporarily incapacitated, the timekeeper shall immediately sound the bell for temporary discontinuance of the contest.
(14) After the Contest, Match, or Exhibition.
(a) Contestants to Leave the Ring. When the decision of the referee or judges has been announced, both contestants and their seconds shall at once leave the ring and retire to their dressing room. Contestants shall report to the post-fight medical evaluation before retiring to the locker room.
(b) Decision Announcement. In all preliminary contests decided by the judges' scorecards, up to and including the semi-main event, featured bout, or co-main event, the announcer will announce if the decision is "unanimous," "a majority decision," or "a draw." In the main events and championship contests decided by the judges' scorecards, the total points given to each contestant by the three (3) individual judges will be announced, as well as the resulting scoring decision.
(c) Finality of the Decision. A decision rendered at the end of an event is final and shall not be changed unless the Commission determines that any of the following has occurred:
There was collusion or fraud affecting the result of any contest, or,
The compilation of the scorecards of the judges reveals a clerical or mathematical error which caused the decision to be given to the wrong kickboxer.
There was a violation of the laws or rules and regulations governing professional kickboxing in this state which affected the results of any contest.
The Chief Inspector may in his or her discretion change a referee's decision if, in his or her judgment, a palpable and self-evident error has been committed.
Video Instant-Replay. When available, video instant-replay may be used to ensure the accuracy of a fight ending sequence and at no other point in the bout. Once video instant-replay is employed match is over. When used, the Chief Inspector shall review whether the cause of the bouts end was by means of legal or illegal striking. Bouts ending due to illegal (intentional or unintentional foul) shall be settled in the manner listed in the chapter above. The secondary referee, outside the ring, may consult with the Chief Inspector on the correct outcome of the bout, but the decision rests solely with the Chief Inspector.
(d) Appeal of Decisions.
A petition to change a decision or the ruling of the Chief Inspector shall be in writing and filed by a kickboxer or the kickboxer's manager within five (5) business days from the date the decision was rendered.
The Commission may hold a hearing to change the decision of the ruling of the Chief Inspector at any time within fourteen (14) days from the date the decision was written. A majority vote of the Commissioner shall be required prior to holding a hearing.
If the Commission determines that any of the above occurred with regards to any contest, then the decision rendered shall be changed as the Commission may direct, and shall notify the national registry or registries of the change.
(15) Tournament Regulations.
(a) All rules and regulations related to either the single-day or grand-prix style tournament format presentation of bouts shall be determined separately and are subject to the approval of the Commission.
Proposed tournament rules shall be submitted in writing to the Commission no fewer than thirty (30) days prior to the scheduled event.
The Commission shall meet in advance of an event where either single-day or grand-prix style tournament rules and regulations are requested, to vote on the use of the proposed alternate rules. A majority vote shall be required for approval of alternate rules.
(16) Request for Alternate Rules.
(a) The rules in 165-X-6 shall be the governing rules for professional kickboxing for the State of Alabama.
(b) If a promotion and/or sanctioning organization desires to use rules specific to their organization, promotion, and/or kickboxing style, the promotion and/or sanctioning body shall submit a written request, petitioning the Commission to adopt their rules format on a one (1) event duration. The written request shall be submitted to the Commission no fewer than fourteen (14) days prior to the event. Approval of the submitted alternate rules shall be at the discretion of the Commission.
The request for alternate rules shall be in writing.
The request for alternate rules shall outline specific distinctions from 165-X-6 from the proposed rules and why each proposed rule should be used in place of the approved Commission rules.
The Commission shall meet in advance of an event where alternate rules are requested, to vote on the use of the proposed alternate rules. A majority vote shall be required for approval of alternate rules.
History
(1) "Kickboxing" - Unarmed combat involving the use of any combination of techniques, including, without limitation, striking or kicking with the hands, feet, or knees.
(2) "Amateur Kickboxing" - Includes kickboxing matches, contests, or exhibitions, which are not governed or otherwise designated by the Alabama Athletic Commission as a professional kickboxing event.
(3) "Applicant" - Means any persons, corporations, organizations, or associations required to be licensed before promoting, holding, organizing, participating in, or competing in a professional kickboxing match.
(4) "Body Jewelry" - Means any tangible object affixed to, through, or around any portion of the contestant's body.
(5) "Official" - Unless otherwise indicated is an exclusive term collectively meaning "chief inspectors," "judges," "referees," "timekeepers," and "inspectors."
(6) "Amateur Kickboxing Sanctioning Organization" - A national or international organization generally recognized in the kickboxing community and which: ranks kickboxing competitors within each weight class; sanctions and approves championship matches in those weight classes; and awards championship status and championship prizes (belts, rings, plaques, etc.) to the winner of those matches.
(7) "Special Event" - Means an amateur kickboxing card event, exhibition, or event, which has among its contests a championship match, a pay-per-view or subscription match, a national televised match, or any other match of significance to kickboxing in this state as designated by the Alabama Athletic Commission.
(8) "The Commission" - Refers to the Alabama Athletic Commission.
(9) "Match" - Means match, contest, or exhibition.
History
(1) Application Procedures.
(a) Terms and Agreements. Every license issued is subject to the terms, conditions, and agreements set forth in the application as well as those set forth in these rules and the Alabama Boxing, Wrestling, and Mixed Martial Arts Act.
(b) Applications and Forms. Applications for annual license shall be submitted to the Commission on an application form provided by the Commission.
(c) Incomplete Applications.
No license or permit shall be issued until the person seeking the license or permit has submitted a complete application.
Applications submitted without proper payment as provided in these rules will not be processed or approved.
(d) Participant Application Due Date. Except as provided in 165-X-7-.02(a) below, all participant applications must be submitted prior to the weigh-in preceding the first amateur match in which the applicant intends to participate in this state, in a given year.
No official weigh-in will be performed for an unlicensed kickboxer.
Licenses shall be issued annually and shall expire on December 31 of each calendar year.
(e) Approval and Denial of Participant Licenses. Annual licenses for promoters, referees, judges, timekeepers, matchmakers, kickboxers, managers, trainers, and seconds may be approved or denied by the Commission.
(f) Background Investigation. The Commission may request general background information of any applicant for any license.
(g) Denial of License. The Commission may deny issuing a license to any person who has violated the Alabama Boxing, Wrestling, and Mixed Martial Arts Act, or has violated Commission rules and regulations or violated Commission bylaws or who submits an application containing false statements or material omissions.
(h) Verbal or physical abuse of officials or commission supervisor(s). Any licensee who verbally or physically abuses an official or member of the Commission appointed supervisor of a match shall be summarily suspended and his or her license may be revoked.
(i) Prohibited Communication with Individual Commissioners. Anyone wishing to communicate with member of the Commission must notify the executive director of the Commission two (2) weeks prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting. Timely written notices will be added to the meeting's agenda. Any person wishing to address the Commission shall be given the opportunity to do so during the new business section of the next regularly scheduled Commission meeting.
(j) License Differentiation. Persons wishing to compete in kickboxing matches, bouts:
(k) Documents. All documents submitted to the Commission for purposes of making application or any other purpose shall be property of the Commission.
(2) License Fees.
(a) Application Fees. All application and renewal fees shall be submitted with the application or renewal. All fees shall be by certified check or money order.
Schedule of Fees. Annual fees for participant licenses, promoter's licenses, and match permits are as follows:
| i) | Amateur Kickboxer | $ 40.00 | | --- | --- | --- | | ii) | Amateur Kickboxing Judge | $100.00 | | iii) | Amateur Kickboxing Manager | $100.00 | | iv) | Application for Match Permit Kickboxing- Amateur Event | $250.00 | | (v) | Match Permit Kickboxing (Minimum) | $250.00 | | (vi) | Kickboxing Matchmaker - Amateur | $100.00 | | (vii) | Kickboxing Promoter - Amateur | $250.00 | | (viii) | Kickboxing Referee - Amateur | $100.00 | | (ix) | Kickboxing Timekeeper- Amateur | $100.00 | | (x) | Kickboxing Trainer/Second - Amateur | $ 40.00 | | (xi) | Returned Check | $ 30.00 |
Application Fees are not refundable. The proposed date of any match disclosed on an open match permit application may be changed without the requirement of an additional fee.
(3) Licenses Issued By the Commission.
(a) Promoter's License. Application for promoter's license must be made in writing and received by the Commission no less than thirty (30) days in advance of the proposed date for promoting any amateur match in this state.
Each application for a promoter's license shall be accompanied with cash, certified check, cashier's check, or personal check in the amount of $250.00 and made out to the Commission.
Each application for a promoter's license shall be accompanied with an appropriate security bond.
Applications for a promoter's license shall be signed in the presence of a Commission representative, or shall be signed in the presence of and verified by a notary public.
The promoter shall provide the Commission's executive director a video of the match within thirty (30) days of the match. The video shall be provided in a format acceptable to the Commission or the Commission's executive director. The Commission reserves the right to change the requested format of the video at any time.
Promoters are prohibited from participating in any match that they are promoting without approval from the Commission. Any promoter that is approved to participate in a match must obtain the appropriate participant license from the Commission.
Any licensed promoter who partners or joint-ventures with any other person, for the promotion of a kickboxing match in this state, shall disclose to the Commission each party's financial responsibility in the partnership or joint-venture. The promoter licensed by the Commission shall be considered the principal promoter of the show and will be solely responsible for all financial obligations incurred in its production. Contracts shall be filed with the Commission delimiting each party's financial responsibility.
Any licensed promoter who partners or joint-ventures with any other person, or the promotion of a kickboxing match in this state, shall be considered a co-promoter.
Co-promoters must obtain a promoter's license prior to promoting any amateur match in this state.
Any licensed promoter and co-promoter may be able to cross-promote a joint boxing and kickboxing event or mixed martial arts and kickboxing event under one event permit. The promoter shall declare on their event permit application that they intend to promote the event as a cross-promotional event.
(i) A promoter for a cross-promotion event must be licensed as a promoter for each type of match that is to be held at a cross promotional even. When more than one promoter promotes an event, the collective licenses held by the promoters must cover each type of match that is to be held at a cross-promotional event.
Agreements between the promoter and any other party or co-promoter for payment of any purse will not be honored by the Commission unless the co-promoter or any other party files with the Commission an approved security bond in the amount of the total deferred obligation.
Agreements between the promoter and any other party or co-promoter for payment of any regulatory fees, match permit fees, license fees, and or taxes will not be honored by the Commission without prior approval by the Commission and without the co-promoter or other party filing with the Commission an approved security bond or some combination thereof in the amount of the total deferred obligation.
(i) Rules and requirements shall be the same for co-promoters as for promoters, provided however that the Commission may require from each co-promoter, in addition to the promoter's license bond, a suitable match permit bond or such other financial security as defined by these rules or the Alabama Boxing, Wrestling, and Mixed Martial Arts Act.
(ii) Agreements between the co-promoter and the promoter for payment of any purse shall be submitted to the Commission and approved prior to the start of the match.
(iii) Agreements between the co-promoter and the promoter for payment of any fees, and taxes shall be submitted to the Commission and approved prior to the start of the match.
(b) Match Permit.
Applications for a match permit must be made in writing and received by the Commission at least thirty (30) days in advance of the date for such amateur kickboxing match. Any licensed promoter who has held an amateur kickboxing match in the state within the previous twelve (12) months may apply for subsequent match permits no less than fifteen (15) days in advance of the proposed date of each subsequent amateur kickboxing match.
Each match permit application shall be accompanied by a non-refundable cashier's check or money order in the amount of $250.00 and made out to the Alabama Athletic Commission.
A match permit fee will be calculated by the Commission. The Match permit fee shall be calculated at six percent (6%) of the gross receipts from ticket sales to the amateur kickboxing match. For television and broadcasts, the match permit fee shall be calculated at three percent (3%) of the gross ticket receipts from television and broadcast revenue for the first one million dollars ($1,000,000) of revenue and one percent (1%) of the next two million dollars ($2,000,000). Television and broadcast fees will cap at fifty thousand dollars ($50,000).
(i) Ticket sales include the face value of all tickets, orders, and lots sold for the event, and the fair value or face value of any promotional tickets, orders, and lots sold or provided at no cost.
(ii) The promoter must complete and submit to the Commission a Match Permit Fee Form provided by the Commission at the conclusion of the match. The Commission will calculate the Permit Fee and notify the promoter.
(iii) The promoter shall have thirty (30) days to submit the Permit Fee. Permit applications and fees not received within thirty (30) days of the planned event may be subject to an additional match permit application and match permit application fee.
(iv) Two percent (2%) of tickets may be complimentary and exempt from the match permit fee.
Each application for a match permit shall be accompanied with an appropriate security bond as provided for in these rules.
Each match permit application shall be accompanied with copies of all contracts with all participants and officials, and any other contracts which the promoter has entered into for the match.
Applicants for a match permit will be notified of the date, time, and place of documents submitted by the applicant will be reviewed by the Commission.
(i) Applicants or their designated and licensed representative(s) may attend the meeting and answer any questions the Commission has concerning the proposed event.
(ii) The Commission shall notify the applicant that his or her application has been approved or denied within seven (7) days of the Commission's decision.
(c) Matches, Contest and Exhibitions Benefiting Charity.
A person who wishes to promote a match for charitable purposes must file with the Commission a letter of intent to present the match as benefitting a charitable organization. The letter of intent must contain the name of the charity, charitable fund, or organization which is to benefit from the match and the amount expected to be paid to the charity. The letter of intent must be signed by the promoter and co-signed by an authorized representative of the charity to benefit from the match. No match permit shall be issued for a charitable match without full financial disclosure of both the promoter(s) and charitable organization(s) involved, including all contracts and proposals between all licensees, officials, and parties involved.
Within three (3) business days after a match benefitting a charitable organization is held, the promoter(s) and benefitting charitable organization(s) shall furnish to the Commission:
(i) A certified copy of the ticket manifest showing the number of tickets sold. The manifest shall give a breakdown disclosing the number of tickets sold in each price range and the number of complimentary tickets given for the match;
(ii) A certified and itemized statement of the match's gross receipts from sponsorships, ticket sales, advertisements, or any other source;
(iii) A statement disclosing the itemized and total gross expenditures in connection with the match;
(iv) A statement co-signed by the promoter and the authorized representative of the charitable organization, disclosing the net amount paid to the charitable fund or organization.
(i) Shall notify the promoter that his or her license is summarily suspended.
(ii) Shall notify the charity of the suspension.
(iii) Shall decline to issue a match permit to any promoter to hold any future match for the benefit of the charitable organization, until the statements are provided.
(d) Matchmaker. Matchmakers applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
A matchmaker shall demonstrate to the Commission that they have the proper background in matchmaking, and shall produce a list of all amateur fighters that they have matched, the promoters who promoted the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact persons listed by the applicant to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
For cross-promotional events, a matchmaker shall be licensed for each combative discipline in which he or she is matching competitors in the event.
(e) Trainers. Trainers applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that they have experience in training kickboxers, and shall produce a list of all amateur fighter that they have trained, the promoters who promoted the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the person listed by the applicant to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
(f) Seconds. Seconds applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that they have experience in serving as a second, and shall produce a list of all amateur fighters that they have served as a second, the promoters who promoted the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur fighters that they have served as a second.
The Commission may contact the persons listed by the applicant to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
(g) Disciplinary Action.
(i) Any person who has had his or her license revoked by the Commission may not petition for reinstatement or apply for a new license until one (1) year after the revocation.
(h) Falsifying an Application. Upon a finding by the majority of the Commission that any licensee or applicant has knowingly made a misleading, deceptive, untrue, or fraudulent representation in regard to an amateur match of kickboxing or any document connected therewith, or practiced fraud or deceit or intentionally made any false statement in obtaining a license to participate or promote an amateur match of kickboxing, or made a false statement or deceptive registration with the Commission, then the Commission shall have the authority to refuse to grant a license to an applicant, revoke the license of a person licensed by the Commission, or otherwise discipline the applicant.
History
(1) Promoter's License Surety Bond.
(a) Before any promoter's license is issued, authorizing the promotion of amateur kickboxing matches in Alabama, the applicant shall make and deliver to the Commission a security bond executed by a surety corporation authorized to transact business in this state.
(b) Any and all bond applications shall be on a form provided by the Commission, and shall be accompanied by an enforceable power of attorney. The Commission may also require a certificate of "good standing" issued by the Commissioner of Insurance.
(c) If any company issuing a bond shall be removed from doing business in this state, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Insurance to notify the Commission within thirty (30) days.
(d) The bond shall be in such amount as the Commission may determine based upon the payment of officials' fees, fees necessary to secure the proper medical supervision of any amateur kickboxing event in Alabama, and/or the estimated potential damages, penalties, taxes, or expenses resulting from promotional activities contemplated in Alabama.
(e) Whenever the Commission shall determine that a previously approved bond has for any cause become insufficient, the Commission may require an additional bond or bonds to be given, conforming with the requirements of these rules.
(2) Match Permit Bond.
(a) Before any match permit is issued, authorizing the sale of tickets and the ancillary contracting necessary to promote an amateur kickboxing show in Alabama, the applicant shall make and deliver to the Commission a security bond executed by a surety bond corporation authorized to transact business in this state. The purpose of the bond is to ensure that each entity requiring payment in an event in Alabama is paid their entire amount owed, and that full payment of other contractual liabilities is made.
(b) Any and all bond applications shall be on a form provided by the Commission, and shall be accompanied by an enforceable power of attorney. The Commission may also require a certificate of "good standing" issued by the Commissioner of Insurance.
(c) If any company issuing a bond shall be removed from doing business in this state, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Insurance to notify the Commission within thirty (30) days.
(d) The bond shall be in such amount as the Commission may determine based on the estimated contractual liabilities against the licensed promoter for damages and expenses resulting from non-payment of financial liabilities, including but not limited to the total amount of each official's payment or other services contracted for or from promotional activities conducted within Alabama.
(e) Whenever the Commission shall determine that a previously approved bond has for any cause become insufficient, the Commission may require additional bond or bonds to be obtained, conforming with the requirements of these rules.
(3) Complaints and Actions to Recover Damages. Complaints shall be categorized and kept on file by the Commission the appropriate action to be taken. Reports of illegal events, contesting of bout results, complaints against a licensee, and claims against a bond shall be categorized as complaints.
(a) Any person claiming that he or she has been damaged by a breach of the conditions of a bond given by a licensee as provided in these rules shall notify the Commission.
(b) The Commission, after an investigation is conducted, may initiate disciplinary action against the person who the complaint was filed.
(c) Reports of unsanctioned events shall be logged on a complaint database and given a claim number. The Executive Director or other Commission appointed representative(s) may work with the Attorney General's Office and federal, state, and/or local law enforcement agencies to terminate illegal event.
(d) Complaint against a bout result. See 165-X-7-.08,9., C.
(e) Complaints against a licensee. See 165-X-7-.08,9., C and D.
History
(1) Medical Examinations.
(a) Neurological Examination.
All kickboxers intended to compete in Alabama, who have competed in over two hundred (200) rounds during their amateur career, according to the number of rounds disclosed on such kickboxer's official record, and prior to competing in Alabama, must submit to the Commission the results of a detailed neurological examination, performed within the previous twelve (12) months by a board certified and state licensed neurologist.
Such examination shall include a careful examination for signs of any trauma-induced neurological damage along with any other specific test or tests requested by the neurologist.
Any kickboxer not submitting said results prior to the match may be allowed to compete provided however that such kickboxer's license will, at the conclusion of the match, be medically suspended until such time as his or her neurological examination requirement is fulfilled.
(b) Eye Examination.
All kickboxers intending to compete in Alabama, who have competed in over two hundred (200) rounds during their amateur career, according to the number of rounds disclosed on such kickboxer's official record, and prior to competing in Alabama, must submit to the Commission results from a complete optometric or ophthalmological examination, performed within the previous twelve (12) months, by a board-certified ophthalmologist or a state licensed optometrist.
Such examination shall include a careful dilated examination of the retinal periphery utilizing indirect ophthalmoscope sufficient to identify any sign of previous trauma or retinal damage along with any other specific test or tests requested by said ophthalmologist or optometrist.
Any kickboxer not submitting said results prior to the match may be allowed to compete provided however that such kickboxer's license will, at the conclusion of the match, be medically suspended until such time as this ophthalmological or optometric requirement is fulfilled.
(i) The Commission may require updated examinations pursuant to sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) of this rule after each successive fifty (50) fought rounds, after the previous submission, as disclosed on such kickboxer's official ring record.
(2) Pre-Fight Examination. At the time of weigh-in, or at such other time as is then announced, all kickboxers must pass a pre-fight medical examination and a Commission designated physician must complete a Pre-Fight Medical Examination Form. The examining physician shall deliver all Pre-Fight Medical Examination Forms to the Commission or to its authorized representative no more than five (5) days after the weigh-in.
(a) Pregnancy Testing.
Each female kickboxer, during the pre-fight physical, will be required to submit a pregnancy test administered under the direction of the examining physician, or such physician's authorized assistant. The cost of such test, unless the kickboxer's contract or bout agreement states otherwise, shall be the responsibility of the promoter. For purposes of this sub-paragraph, the term "pass" shall mean that the contestant is not pregnant.
Female kickboxers submitting written documentation acceptable to the examining physician may be waived from the pre-fight physical pregnancy test requirement. Such documentation shall be limited to:
(i) A copy of a lab report from a recognized clinical laboratory and dated within ten (10) days of the pre-fight physical attesting that the kickboxer is not pregnant, or
(ii) A statement from a state licensed physician, on such physician's letterhead, stating that the kickboxer has undergone certain medical procedures rendering her medically improbably of bearing children.
(b) Failed Pre-Fight Physical.
Whenever a kickboxer's examination indicates that they are unfit for competition, because of any weakness or disability discovered by the physician, an immediate report of such evidence must be made to the Commission. In such case, the kickboxer shall be prohibited from participating in the match.
The examining physician shall deliver all pre-fight examination reports to the Commission or to its authorized representative immediately following the weigh-in.
(c) Hydration Testing.
(d) Minimum Uncorrected Visual Acuity.
(e) Additional Medical Examinations.
(i) The Commission shall require re-examinations submitted after each successive fifty (50) amateur rounds after the previous submission, as disclosed on such kickboxer's official record.
(f) Medical Suspensions by Other Commissions.
Medical suspensions. Other athletic commissions recognized by the Association of Boxing Commissions and Combative Sports and which are published by any boxing and/or mixed martial arts registry approved for such purposes by the Association of Boxing Commission and Combative Sports shall be recognized by the Commission.
(g) Drugs Prohibited.
(i) The Commission may order a kickboxer to undergo drug screening at any time. A Drug Screen Form must be completed by an approved laboratory and submitted to the Commission within seven (7) days of the order. On site doping control tests may also be implemented for the enforcement purposes of these rules.
(h) Post Contest Inactive Period.
(i) Head Injury.
(j) Knockout and Technical Knockout.
When a kickboxer is defeated by knockout, that kickboxer's license shall be placed on an immediate sixty (60) day medical suspension.
Upon a kickboxer's second defeat by knockout, the kickboxer's license may be placed on an immediate ninety (90) day medical suspension, with discretion given to the physician and the Commission's Executive Director.
Any kickboxer losing by knockout in three (3) or more consecutive fights shall be placed on immediate medical suspension for a period of six (6) months.
Unless otherwise ordered by the attending ringside physician, there shall be a minimum thirty (30) day medical suspension after a technical knockout.
Technical knockouts caused by a severe cut shall result in a sixty (60) day medical suspension.
Completing a suspension may require approved medical evaluations as determined by the ringside physician.
(k) Under-Conditioned Fighter.
(i) If it should be determined by the referee, any member of the Commission present, or any designated representative of the Commission present that a kickboxer did not give a good faith effort to display his or her skills, then that kickboxer shall be subject to disciplinary action.
(ii) A disqualified kickboxer may be disciplined by the Commission.
(l) Consecutive Losses.
Four (4) or More Consecutive Losses by TKO, KO, or DQ. A kickboxer who suffers his fourth (4th) or more consecutive loss by knockout, technical knockout, or disqualification, according to the kickboxer's official record, shall be summarily suspended pending a hearing by the Commission. The suspension will be listed as "Indefinite Pending Hearing" and reported to both the official boxing and mixed martial arts registries, or an official registry for kickboxing.
History of Poor Performance. Any kickboxer with a history of poor performance shall not be approved to compete against any other kickboxer, except another kickboxer who has a similar history of poor performance in the same weight class.
(m) Verification of Contestant Experience.
(i) Kickboxer is making a pro debut;
(ii) Kickboxer has not competed in the last twelve (12) months;
(iii) Kickboxer has lost his or her last six (6) consecutive events;
(iv) Kickboxer has lost four (4) or more consecutive events by TKO, KO, or DQ.
(n) General Responsibilities and Provisions.
(i) Medical Insurance.
(I) The promoter shall provide for the kickboxers' insurance covering ambulance services, medical, surgical, and hospital care with a minimum limit of $20,000 for injuries sustained while participating in said program and for a $20,000 death benefit awarded to the estate of any contestant should death occur from injuries received while participating in the contest or exhibition.
(ii) Physician.
(I) A ringside physician shall be present at all events. A Commission-designated ringside physician must be at ringside each bout. A Commission-designated ringside physician shall be either a M.D. or D.O.
(II) All "Ringside" physicians serving ring or cage side shall obtain ARP/ACSM Certified Ringside Physician (CRP) certification. All physicians having completed the CRP shall be licensed as a "Ringside Physician."
(iii) Ambulance Service.
(I) The promoter shall provide continuous ambulance service with a state-certified EMT attendant and a state-certified paramedic, who shall provide a resuscitator, stretcher, backboard, oxygen, and such other medical equipment reasonably expected for immediate trauma care, and who shall be present before the start of each contest and shall remain on site until the end of the program.
(II) For the purposes of this section, a program of kickboxing begins with the commencement of the first contest or exhibition and ends when the last kickboxer leaves the site of the program.
(III) The chief referee and/or Commission-appointed supervisor shall meet with the EMT and paramedic prior to the beginning of the match. During such meeting the chief referee or Commission supervisor will instruct the EMT and paramedic concerning the match, placement of the stretcher and any other information necessary to ensure prompt and appropriate immediate care.
(IV) An ambulance shall be able and available to immediately transport any severely injured kickboxer to an appropriate medical facility. No other scheduled contest or exhibition may proceed until there is an ambulance and paramedic at the facility, that has met with the chief referee and/or the Commission appointed supervisor as described in subparagraph (III), above.
(V) In addition to the above-mentioned ambulance, a paramedic, licensed by the State of Alabama, shall be present at ringside with the ringside physician. The paramedic shall possess advanced life support equipment necessary to resuscitate a fighter and package them for transport to the hospital. The paramedic is in addition to any EMT's or paramedics that are hired for the safety of the crowd and shall not leave ringside while a fight is taking place and shall be in direct communication with the ringside physician at all times. The ringside paramedic shall only leave ringside to attend to a spectator or other person in the event of an emergency and when no other paramedic is available.
(iv) Hepatitis and HIV Testing.
(I) Blood borne pathogen testing. All kickboxers in all bouts shall be tested for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and HIV by a laboratory approved by the Commission. The initial test for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and HIV detection shall be conducted within (365) days prior to competition.
I. In addition to the pre-competition test, any kickboxer shall be re-tested for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and HIV prior to his or her participation in each kickboxing match in Alabama if the match is scheduled to occur more than (365) days after the date of the most recent test. The results must be submitted to the Commission with the show date request prior to the official weigh-in.
(II) Positive tests for blood-borne pathogens. Any kickboxer who tests positive for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, or HIV shall appear before the medical advisory panel, which after verifying the results of the test, shall advise the Commission as to whether the kickboxer's participation in a match would pose a threat to the health and safety of a participant, official, or spectator.
I. Any kickboxer that tests positive for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, or HIV who is scheduled for competition must disclose to the promoter that they tested positive for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, or HIV.
History
(1) General Safety. It shall be the promoter's responsibility to ensure safety for the contestants, officials, media, and fans and to comply with all safety stands required by the Commission.
(a) Arena Security. Arena security is the responsibility of the promoter and such security measures provided by the promoter shall be sufficient to maintain order. At a minimum, two (2) sworn off duty law enforcement officers shall be retained for security.
(b) Obtaining a Ring. The promoter will provide a ring for the match and that ring must pass the certification requirements established by the Commission.
(c) Extra Gloves. Each promoter must have an extra set of gloves, of the appropriate weight, available to be used in case a glove is broken or otherwise damaged during the course of the match of kickboxing.
(d) Ring and Glove Certification. It is the promoter's responsibility to ensure that the ring and gloves selected for use during each event meets the Commission's rules and regulations concerning proper certification and should be resolved no less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the show.
(e) Advanced Advertising. In addition to the requirements in this chapter, no contestant or celebrity shall be advertised by any promoter before said promoter has in their possession a written commitment from said contestant or celebrity and before said promoter has filed a copy of such written commitment with the Commission.
(f) Suggesting Benefits for Charitable Organizations. No promoter my advertise, hold out, or suggest in any fashion that a portion of the proceeds of any proposed kickboxing event will be donated to a charitable organization without first complying with the Commission's rules governing "programs for charity."
(g) Main Event Start Time. The final bout for all kickboxing events sanctioned by the Alabama Athletic Commission shall start by 11:59pm on the date for which the event permit is approved.
(2) Ringside Physician.
(a) Providing a Physician. It shall be the responsibility of the Commission representative to assign one or more physicians at ringside during each kickboxing match.
The physicians assigned must be on the roster of physicians authorized to conduct pre-fight physicals and serve as ringside physicians created by the Commission and must meet the physician requirements in these Rules.
At least one ringside physician must have in their possession any medical supplies and equipment reasonably anticipated to provide first-aid medical assistance for the type of injuries reasonably anticipated to occur in amateur kickboxing matches, contests, or exhibitions.
The promoter shall procure the physicians to be used at the event and compensate the ringside physicians in an amount mutually agreed upon by the promoter.
(3) Arena.
(a) Drinks. No kickboxing match will be allowed to commence or continue, without specific authorization from the Commission, in any arena where concessionaires dispense or serve beverages in containers other than plastic or paper cups, or aluminum cans.
(b) Arena Safety. No kickboxing match will be allowed to commence or continue in any arena which appears to the Commission-appointed supervisor that such building or location does not conform to any applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations in the city or unincorporated county area.
(c) Dressing Rooms. The only people allowed in the Contestant's dressing room are the contestants, managers, trainers, seconds, Commission representatives, Commissioners, referees, and approved physician(s).
Promoters shall be required by the Commission-appointed supervisor to post a guard or Commission-appointed inspector at the entrance to the dressing rooms to aid in enforcement of dressing room security.
A separate dressing area shall be provided for all referees, judges, and all other Commission-appointed representatives.
(4) Media Guidelines.
(a) Promoter Responsibilities for Media Personnel. It shall be the responsibility of the promoter to provide access to any sanctioned event to media amateurs for print, television, radio, and online media. The promoter has a duty to provide access to media amateurs while ensuring their personal safety at the event.
Promoters of kickboxing events shall provide media personnel with easily identifiable credentials that are clearly visible to state inspectors.
Promoters of kickboxing events shall provide a four-foot (4') wide open buffer zone between credentialed media and the ring apron.
(i) Promoters shall provide security in the general area of credentialed media to ensure they are allowed to perform their job functions with a clear view of the action and without hindrance from ticket holders, fight staff, or others.
(b) Media Access to Restricted Areas. Promoters may provide access to credentialed media inside the ring immediately following a bout, upon clearance from an official.
Following an individual bout or at the close of an event, promoters may allow access to credentialed reporters and photographers directly outside the dressing rooms or staging areas restricted for fighters, fight staff, and state officials.
Promoters shall ensure the personal safety of any credentialed media by providing a police officer in any area designated for interviews, photographs, or press conferences.
(5) Violation: Penalties.
(a) Promoters or contestants that violate any section of this chapter shall be referred to the investigations hearing of the Commission for further action. Provided however that any action taken as a result of the hearing or by the full Commission to enforce or attempt to enforce the provision of this chapter will be taken only after notice and hearing according to the Alabama Administrative Procedure Act. Either paragraph (a) or (b) within this subsection shall be subject to disciplinary action by the Commission.
(6) Match.
(a) Marketing Prohibited Without Prior Commission Approval. Commission approval or authorization must be obtained prior to selling tickets, making announcements, or distributing advertisements concerning any event, event date, contestants, or matches, bouts, or exhibitions of amateur kickboxing. Violations shall be referred to the Commission for disciplinary action.
(b) Amateur Rounds Scheduled.
(i) The number of rounds may be split amongst the distinct combative disciplines in cross-promotional events.
(i) All non-title matches, contests, or exhibitions in amateur kickboxing featuring male kickboxers will have three (3), two (2) minute rounds, with a one (1) minute rest period between each round.
(ii) All non-title matches, contests, or exhibitions in amateur kickboxing featuring female kickboxers will have three (3), two (2) minute rounds, with a one (1) minute rest period between each round.
(iii) All title matches, contests, or exhibitions in amateur kickboxing featuring male kickboxers will have five (5), two (2) minute rounds, with a one (1) minute rest period between each round.
(iv) All title matches, contests, or exhibitions in amateur kickboxing featuring female kickboxers will have five (5), two (2) minute rounds, with a one (1) minute rest period between each round.
(c) Card Approval. Requests for preliminary approval of kickboxing cards should be received by the Executive Director of the Commission or the Commission-appointed supervisor no less than ten (10) days prior to the start of the event. The names, birthdates, and verifiable records, with suspension histories, of all competitors must be included and shall be typed. No handwritten requests shall be accepted. The final card must be received by the Executive Director or Chief Inspector no less than three (3) days prior to the date of the event.
Substitutions to the final card will only be allowed after sufficient written evidence documenting the reason why such substitution is required. The information must be written on a form provided by the Commission and then signature must be witnessed by the Executive Director, Commission-appointed supervisor, or a State of Alabama notary public. Failure to provide sufficient evidence will result in the cancellation of the scheduled bout and/or disciplinary action by the Commission.
No substitution will be allowed during the final twelve (12) hours prior to the beginning of the event.
(i) No bout will be allowed to take place without the prior approval of the Chief Inspector or Executive Director.
(7) Purse.
(a) Amateur kickboxers shall not be paid for their participation in a match.
(b) Amateur kickboxers may be provided lodging when applicable.
(c) Amateur kickboxers may be compensated for tickets they sell to the event. Compensation for tickets sold shall not exceed the face value of any ticket purchased from them.
(d) Amateur kickboxers shall complete and remit an Amateur Bout Letter of Intent to the Commission declaring their intention to compete for a specified promoter, on a specific date, at a specific weight, against a specific opponent.
(8) Bout Agreements.
(a) Bout Agreement: Unless agreed upon in advance by the Alabama Athletic Commission, all bout agreements must be on the form approved by the Commission.
Bout agreements will be verbal agreements wherein competitors agree to fight a specific opponent at a specified weight. The bout agreement will also expressly declare whether or not the bout will be for a title.
When an amateur kickboxer is agreeing to compete in a match, the weights expressed in the bout agreements for all three (3) and five (5) round bouts shall allow no less than a +/-2 pounds variance of the agreed-upon weight.
Each Contestant applying for a license is required to obtain on their own a Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and HIV blood test and must present to the Commission representative no later than at the weigh-in the results of such test conducted within 365 days of the proposed match.
(b) Bout Agreement: Required Form for Submission. All information appearing on bout agreements shall be typed. Bout agreements may be in contract format (minus purse amounts), a typed letter to the Commission, or via written email to the Commission. The weights for competitor shall be provided to the Commission prior to the weigh-in by the promoter. When a written bout agreement is, one (1) copy of each signed written agreement shall be filed with the Commission or the Commission appointed representative, within three (3) days of its signing.
(9) Split or Different Styles.
(a) Cards split between professional and amateur matches, contests, and exhibitions, including mixed professional and amateur kickboxing cards, as well as cross-promotional boxing and kickboxing (professional), and mixed martial arts (professional) and kickboxing (professional). Mixed cards of any type shall be left to the discretion of the Commission. All amateur shows shall reflect the amateur status of the event in all advertising in a way approved by the Executive Director. A card split between professional and amateur kickboxing matches shall be advertised as "Pro-Am," and shall include a minimum of three (3) professional bouts on the card. Failure to provide the minimum number of professional bouts will result in action against the promoter by the Commission.
Cross-promotional cards, consisting of professional boxing with kickboxing (professional only), shall be advertised as "Pro Boxing and Kickboxing," and shall include a minimum of four (4) professional bouts from each combative discipline on the card.
Cross-promotional cards, consisting of mixed martial arts (professional only) and kickboxing (professional only), shall be advertised as "Pro MMA and Kickboxing," and shall include a minimum of four (4) professional bouts from each combative discipline on the card.
Amateur kickboxing shall only be allowed on a mixed card with professional kickboxing, so long as the card meets the standards listed above in (9)(a).
History
(1) The Ring.
(a) Ring Size. The ring must be a square and not less than sixteen feet (16') or more than twenty feet (20') on a side within the ropes. The ring platform (floor) must extend beyond the ropes at least eighteen inches (18") on all sides (apron).
(b) Safety Padding. The ring floor shall be padded with one-inch (1") thick slow recovery foam matting, or other soft material approved by the commission or its authorized representative, and shall extend over the edge of the ring platform with a top covering of canvas, duck or similar material tightly stretched and laced to the ring platform. Padding material that tends to gather in lumps may not be used.
(c) Ring Mat. The mat and covering shall be kept clean and free from odors at all times. The corners must be covered by a pad long enough to cover all the rope joints.
(d) Platform Height. The ring platform shall not be taller than fifty-four inches (54") from the floor of the building and shall be provided with suitable steps for use by the contestants.
(e) Ringside Tables. Each promoter shall be responsible for employing a safety plan to protect kickboxers who might fall outside of elevated rings. Except where deemed impractical, the floor of those sides not so protected shall be covered with protective matting.
(f) Ring Posts. Ring posts shall be made of some strong material, preferably metal pipe, three inches (3") in diameter, extending from the floor of the building to a height of at least fifty-eight inches (58") above the ring floor.
(g) Ring Certification. Rings used in amateur kickboxing matches in Alabama must be certified by the chief referee and/or the Commission representative in attendance at the show.
Any ring judged unsafe by the chief referee and/or the Commission representative or not otherwise meeting basic standards as defined in Commission rules, or which is deemed by the chief referee or Commission representative to be improperly stabilized will not be certified.
Failure to obtain certification will result in immediate and summary suspension of the match permit.
(h) Cages. The use of a cage may be used in Cross-promotional events. Cages shall adhere to the Cage standards established in 165-X-2-.06 and 165-X-3-.06.
(2) Ring Ropes.
(a) Rope Dimensions. Ring ropes shall be four (4) in number, at least one inch (1") in diameter, the lower rope eighteen inches (18") above the ring floor and the top rope fifty-two inches (52") from the ring floor. The two remaining ropes will be evenly spread between the top and bottom ropes. All four ropes shall be wrapped in soft material.
(b) Rope Lanyards. Each ring rope on each side of the ring shall be connected with two (2) rope lanyards.
(c) Ring Lighting. The ring shall be amply illuminated by the overhead lights, which shall be so arranged that shadow shall be eliminated and discomfort from heat and glare minimized for persons in and near the rings.
(3) Bell.
(a) There will be a bell at the ring, no higher than the floor level of the ring. The bell will be clear in tone so that the fighters and referee may easily hear it when it is sounded.
(4) Ring Equipment.
(a) The promoter shall provide a sufficient number of water buckets for the use of all contestants. Each bucket shall be sterilized before being used. Additionally, the promoter shall provide resin, stools, and such other articles as are required for the conduct of each bout.
(5) Scales.
(a) Scales shall be furnished by the promoter. The Commission may require that the scales be certified. Residential bathroom scales of the type generally used in private residences will not meet certification requirements of the Commission and will not be allowed for use at any weigh-in.
History
(1) General Provisions.
(a) The Commission shall appoint to each contest, match, or exhibition, at minimum, one (1) chief inspector, two (2) referees, three (3) judges, two (2) door wardens, and two (2) timekeepers.
(b) The referee or three judges shall determine the outcome of all contests, matches, or exhibitions. A majority scoring of the judges will determine the outcome of a contest that does not result in a knockout, technical knockout, or disqualification.
(c) No manager, promoter, matchmaker, trainer, second, or contestant shall be allowed to officiate at any contest.
(d) Officials must be physically fit and mentally sharp.
(e) All kickboxing events must have, at minimum, two referees.
(2) Officials' Fees.
(a) All fees, per diem, and travel expenses shall be paid by the promoter conducting the match and shall be on the following schedule:
Payment shall be made to the Commission-appointed supervisor no later than at the weigh-in, and shall be by cashier's check or money order. Payments in cash or personal check are subject to the approval of the Commission-appointed supervisor.
When assigned by the Commission or the Executive Director, the fee for a Chief Inspector who will perform the duties of the Commission-appointed representative shall be a minimum of $425.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match does not exceed $50,000, the fee for each judge shall be $175.00 and the fee for each referee shall be $300.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match is between $50,000 and $100,000, the fee for each Chief Inspector shall be $450.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match is between $50,000 and $100,000, the fee for each judge shall be $200.00 and the fee for each referee shall be $350.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match is between $100,000 and $300,000, the fee for each Chief Inspector shall be $500.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match is between $100,000 and $300,000, the fee for each judge shall be $250.00 and the fee for each referee shall be $400.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match exceeds $300,000, the fee for the Chief Inspector, referees, and judges shall not exceed $5,000 for each official.
Except as provided in the 7(c) below, [sanctioned championship bouts], payment for the timekeeper and countdown person shall be the same as payment for each assigned judge.
Travel expenses for officials required to travel a distance of fifty (50) miles or greater to the site of a match shall be set by the Commission-appointed supervisor, provided that such amount shall not exceed the usual and customary amount allowed by state guidelines for state employees. Hotel rooms may be required, but only when the distance traveled on way exceeds one hundred (100) miles.
(b) In the event one or more of the referees assigned to a kickboxing match become incapacitated, or in an emergency situation where he or she becomes unavailable, the remaining referee(s) shall officiate the remaining matches, contests, or exhibitions of the program, and may be compensated in a greater amount not to exceed the total amount originally intended for the unavailable referees(s). In such a situation, the compensation to be paid to the incapacitated or unavailable referee shall be reduced accordingly.
(c) The compensation schedule set forth in (a) above shall not apply in sanctioned championship bouts. The Commission shall set compensation to be paid to the Chief Inspector, referees, judges, and timekeepers officiating at sanctioned championship bouts. In making this determination, the Commission may consider any standards or recommendations made by a recognized kickboxing association or organization. Nevertheless, the Commission shall retain full authority to set the compensation schedule for referees and judges in championship bouts regardless of a recommendation by such an association or organization.
(3) Chief Inspector.
(a) Chief Inspector's Authority. The Chief Inspector shall have complete authority over each amateur contest, match, or exhibition in this state.
(b) Chief Inspector's Duties. The Chief Inspector assigned to a contest, match, or exhibition shall have the following duties:
The Chief Inspector shall attend the weigh-in and contest, match, or exhibition.
The Chief Inspector shall ensure that all rules and regulations of the Commission and the Alabama Boxing, Wrestling, and Mixed Martial Arts Act are strictly followed and enforced.
(4) Corner Inspectors.
(a) Corner Inspector's Authority. A Corner Inspector shall be assigned to the red corner and a Corner Inspector shall be assigned to the blue corner to observe the fighters assigned to the corresponding corners, before, during, and after each match.
(b) Locker Room Inspectors and Door Wardens.
Corner Inspectors shall observe fighters in the dressing room while wrapping hands, securing gloves, and warming up.
Door Wardens shall observe fighters, trainers, and seconds, before, during, and between rounds.
Corner Inspectors and Door Wardens shall be responsible for identifying and reporting all rules violations to the Chief Inspector and referee.
Corner Inspectors may also be Door Wardens, provided that an additional Corner Inspector is in the respective red and blue locker rooms performing the duties of the Corner Inspector listed above in (1.).
(5) Referee.
(a) Referee's Authority. The referee is the chief official of the contest and has general supervision over the contest, match, or exhibition.
(b) Referee's Duties. The referee assigned to a contest, match, or exhibition shall have the following duties:
Before the contest, the referee shall ask the name of each contestant's chief second and shall hold that chief second responsible for the conduct of the contestant during the contest.
Before each bout, the referee shall call the contestants and their chief second together for final instructions. Referees must then instruct the kickboxers that illegal techniques or fouls will not be tolerated, and instruct the kickboxers to protect themselves at all times. The contestants, after receiving final instructions, may touch gloves and retire to their corners.
Any referee or judge assigned to a match who becomes unable to officiate shall notify the Chief Inspector twelve (12) hours before the start of the contest.
(c) Referee License. Referees applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in refereeing, and shall produce a list of all amateur contests, matches, or exhibitions that he or she has served as referee, the judges who scored the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur contests, matches, or exhibitions that he or she has served as referee, the judges who scored the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed by the applicant to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
A referee must pass an examination administered by the Commission, the Association of Boxing Commissions and Combative Sports, and/or another recognized commission to be licensed as a referee.
(6) Judges.
(a) Judge's Authority. Each judge shall determine the outcome of each contest, match, or exhibition in this state that does not end in a knockout, technical knockout, or disqualification.
(b) Judge's Duties. The judges assigned to a contest, match, or exhibition shall have the following duties:
The judges shall score the contest, match, or exhibition according to the rules and regulations of the Commission.
The judges shall score the contest, match, or exhibition fairly.
The judges shall deduct points as directed by the referee.
(c) Judge License. Judges applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in judging, and shall produce a list of all amateur matches that he or she has served as an official judge, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur matches that he or she has served as an official judge, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed by the applicant to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
A judge must pass an examination administered by the Commission, the Association of Boxing Commissions and Combative Sports, and/or another recognized commission to be licensed as a judge.
(7) Timekeepers.
(a) Timekeeper's Authority. At kickboxing matches, there shall be appointed to each contest, match, or exhibition two (2) timekeepers: a clock timekeeper who keeps the official time and a countdown timekeeper who starts the official count once a kickboxer is knocked down.
(b) Clock Timekeeper's Duties. The timekeeper starts the clock and rings the bell at the beginning of each round. Ten (10) seconds before the end of the round, the Clock Timekeeper shall alert the referee to the impending end of the round.
(c) Countdown Timekeeper's Duties. The Countdown Timekeeper keeps the official count when a kickboxer is knocked down, until the referee picks up the count.
(d) Timekeeper's License. Timekeepers applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in timekeeping, and shall produce a list of all amateur contests, matches, or exhibitions that he or she has served as an official timekeeper, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur matches that he or she has served as official timekeeper, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed by the applicant to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
History
(1) Amateur Kickboxers.
(a) Amateur Kickboxer - Novice. Fighters who have competed in two (2) bouts or less must follow novice division rules.
(b) Amateur Kickboxer - Advanced. Fighters who have competed in more than two (2) verifiable bouts regulated by a recognized commission and subject to Commission matchmaking approval.
Bouts between fighters who have more than two (2) fights may be contested using novice division rules
Bouts between fighters with two (2) fights or less may not be contested using advanced division rules.
Bouts contested between one fighter who has two (2) fights or less, and one fighter who has more than two (2) fights, shall be contested using novice division rules.
Fighters who have more than two (2) fights may not qualify for bouts using advance division rules if they do not have a winning record. The decision shall be made by the Executive Director.
Decisions regarding the qualifying amateur fighters for Advanced Division Rule status shall be the responsibility of the Executive Director.
(c) False Name. No kickboxer shall enter any agreement or contract with a promoter, compete in any match, or otherwise participate in any capacity in a kickboxing program under any name which does not appear on his or her photo ID.
(d) Prohibition if Under Suspension. No kickboxer shall enter any agreement or contract with a promoter, compete, or attempt to compete in any match in this state when the kickboxer knows that his or her kickboxing license, issued by this Commission is under suspension.
(d) Pregnancy. No kickboxer shall enter any agreement or contract with a promoter, compete, or attempt to compete in any match in Alabama when such kickboxer knows that she is pregnant.
(e) Diuretics Prohibited. The use of any herbal, prescription or non-prescription diuretic by any kickboxer within twelve hours prior to the weigh-in is strictly prohibited.
(f) Weigh-In.
(i) All official weigh-ins shall be conducted at a time and place designated by the Commission. Attendance to official weigh-ins is strictly limited to Commissioners, licensees and officials scheduled to participate in the contest or exhibition.
(ii) Ceremonial weigh-ins may be conducted in such manner and at such place as agreed to by all parties involved in the promotion or match.
(g) Weight Classes. Weight Classes for Amateur kickboxing shall be:
ATOMWEIGHT (108 LBS/49.1 KG & BELOW) - 8 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
SUPERATOMWEIGHT (108.1 - 111 LBS 49.2 -50.5 KGS) - 8 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
FLYWEIGHT (111.1 - 114 LBS/50.6-51.8 KGS)
SUPERFLYWEIGHT (114.1-117 LBS/51.9-53.2 KGS) - 8 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
BANTAMWEIGHT (117.1-120 LBS/53.3-54.5 KG)
SUPERBANTAMWEIGHT (120-124 LBS/54.6-56.4 KG) - 8 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
FEATHERWEIGHT (124.1-128 LBS/56.5-58.2 KG)
LIGHTWEIGHT (128.1-132 LBS/58.3-60.0 KG) - 10 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
SUPERLIGHTWEIGHT (132.1-137 LBS/60.1-62.3 KG) - 10 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
LIGHT WELTERWEIGHT (137.1-142 LBS/62.4-64.5 KG) - 10 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
WELTERWEIGHT (142.1-147 LBS/64.6-66.8 KG)
SUPERWELTERWEIGHT (147.1-153 LBS/66.9-69.5 KG) - 15 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
LIGHT MIDDLEWEIGHT (153.1-159 LBS/69.6-72.3 KG) - 15 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
MIDDLEWEIGHT (159.1-165 LBS/72.4-75.0 KG)
SUPERMIDDLEWEIGHT (165.1-172 LBS/75.1-78.1 KG) - 15 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
LIGHT HEAVYWEIGHT (172.1-179 LBS/78.2-81.4 KG) - 20 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
LIGHT CRUISERWEIGHT (179.1-186 LBS/81.5-84.6 KG) - 20 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
CRUISERWEIGHT (186.1-194 LBS/84.7-88.2 KG) - 20 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
SUPERCRUISERWEIGHT (194.1-207 LBS/88.3-94.1 KG) - 20 lbs. maximum allowable weight spread.
HEAVYWEIGHT (207.1-223 LBS/94.2-101.4 KG)
(i) No amateur kickboxing contest or exhibition may be scheduled, and no kickboxer may engage in a contest or exhibition without the approval of the Commission or the Commission's representative if the difference in weight between the kickboxer exceeds the allowances set out above.
(ii) Any agreement to proceed with a kickboxing contest or exhibition where the weight spread exceeds the limit established in this rule shall be entered on each participant's bout contract and shall be initialed or signed by such participant.
(h) Weighing of Kickboxers. Weighing of all kickboxers shall be conducted in accordance with the requirements for amateur kickboxers of these rules.
(i) Appearance Time. All contestants must be in the officially designated dressing room at least sixty (60) minutes before the event is sanctioned to begin.
(j) Making Weight for Non-Title Bouts. In non-title amateur bouts, if a fighter fails to make the weight specified in their contract, they will be allowed to reweigh no more than two (2) hours after the time they originally tried to make weight.
(k) Making Weight for Title Bouts. In title bouts, if a fighter fails to make the weight specified in their contract, they will be allowed to reweigh no more than two (2) hours after the time they originally tried to make weight. If a fighter cannot make weight at the final "official" weigh-in opportunity and that fighter is the champion, the title will be declared vacant. The bout may ensue if the fighters are within the allowable weight spread. Should the challenger win the bout, he will become champion. In the event the former champion wins the bout, the title will be declared vacant. In either case, the fighter who cannot make weight will also be subject to purse penalties as specified by either the contract or the regulations established by the Commission.
(l) Maximum Allowable Weight Spreads. There is a maximum allowable weight spread for each weight division. The maximum allowable weight spread, as defined by the Commission, is the difference in weight between two fighters outside of which they will not be able to compete against each other.
(135/2) No over-contract-weight contestant appearing at the initial weigh-in and weighing 135 pounds or less will be allowed to lose in excess of two (2) pounds in order to make contract weight unless such kickboxer is re-examined by the ringside physician and receive clearance from the ringside physician prior to entering the ring.
(160/3) No over-contract-weight contestant appearing at the initial weigh-in and weighing 135.1 pounds but less than 160 pounds will be allowed to lose in excess of three (3) pounds in order to make contract weight unless such kickboxer is reexamined by the ringside physician and receives clearance from the ringside physician prior to entering the ring.
(190/4) No over-contract-weight contestants appearing at the initial weigh-in and weighing 160.1 pounds but less than 190 pounds will be allowed to lose in excess of four (4) pounds in order to make contract weight unless such kickboxer is reexamined by the ringside physician and receive clearance from the ringside physician prior to entering the ring.
(2) Hand and Foot Wrapping: Gauze and Tape.
(a) Contestants desiring to stabilize the metacarpal bones may use no more than six inches (6") of adhesive tape, not more than two inches (2") in width, across the back of each hand, provided however that the Commission inspector or representative must sign each piece of tape prior to placing gauze over such tape.
(b) Stabilization tape may not extend beyond a line one inch on the posterior side of the knuckle.
(c) Gauze shall be of soft surgical-type gauze not more than two inches (2") in width, held in place by surgeon's tape for each hand. All contestants will have their hands wrapped in the dressing room [or some other suitable place in the general vicinity of the dressing room] under the examination of a representative from the Commission. Whenever requested by any party, hand wrapping shall take place only in the presence of one or more representatives from the opposing contestant's camp.
(d) Under no condition will any adhesive tape be allowed to extend a position within one inch (1") of the posterior line of knuckles; provided however, that a thin "butterfly" of tape between the fingers will be allowed to stabilize the placement of gauze.
(e) Stacking the process of layering on top of the kickboxer's wrapped hand additional layers of gauze and tape is prohibited.
(f) Foot Wrapping
Kickboxers shall not wear shoes in the ring.
A single elastic or neoprene sleeve may be worn to support either or both ankles and knees. Sleeve supports must not have any metal or plastic hinges, must not have rubber gripping, and must not have seams that could injure the fighter or his/her opponent. Tape of any kind is prohibited.
(3) Mouth Pieces.
(a) All contestants are required to wear a mouthpiece during competition. The mouthpiece shall be subject to examination and approval by the attending physician.
The round cannot begin without the mouthpiece in place.
(i) If the mouthpiece is involuntarily dislodged during competition, the referee shall call time, clean the mouthpiece, and reinsert the mouthpiece at the first opportune moment, without interfering with the immediate action.
(4) Protective Equipment and Attire.
(a) All kickboxers will be required to wear such protective gear as deemed necessary by the Commission.
Male and female kickboxers shall wear the appropriate trunks, groin cup, mouthpiece, and gloves.
Female kickboxers shall wear a short sleeved (above the elbow) or sleeveless form fitting rash guard and/or sports bra. No loose-fitting tops shall be allowed. Female competitors will follow the same requirements for bottom covering as the male competitors, minus the requirement for groin protection.
The belt-line of the trunks shall not extend above the waistline and the hem may not extend below the knee.
Kickboxers in the same match shall wear different color trunks.
No rings, jewelry, or items other than those authorized may be worn. Hair ties must be of a soft nature. Fighters shall not apply temporary tattoos or make-up prior to the bout.
Elbow pads and forearm pads shall not be worn.
(5) Gloves.
(a) Gloves. All fighters will wear regulation, approved boxing/kickboxing gloves colored to be coordinated with the corner out of which the fighters will be appearing (NOTE that a neutral color gloves may be used in which case the fighters will be distinguished by colored tape covering the wrists of the gloves) .
No breaking, roughing, or twisting of gloves shall be permitted. The gloves shall not be placed on the hands until after the Corner Inspector or Commission Representative has signed off on the fighter's hand wraps.
The gloves shall be put on the hands under the supervision of an inspector who will then endorse the gloves by signature, initials or emblem written on the tape holding the glove closure in place.
All gloves must be of a professional quality and must be approved Commission. In certain instances, multiple pairs of gloves may be required for use in matches, bouts, and exhibitions.
If both fighters weigh 147lbs./66.8 kg. or lighter, then the bout may be contested wearing 10 oz. gloves or heavier. Female fighters weighing 147 lbs./66.8 kg. or lighter may wear 8 oz. gloves or heavier.
If one or more of the fighters weigh more than 147lbs./66.8 kg. then both fighters shall contest the bout wearing 12 oz. gloves or heavier. Female fighters weighing more than 147 lbs./66.8 kg may wear 10 oz. gloves or heavier.
All fighters must use the gloves provided by the promotion and approved by the Commission.
Brand-Name Certification Required. The Commission is authorized to certify boxing gloved by brand-name or manufacturer and gloves not so certified may not be used. Each promoter desiring to use for the first time in Alabama a brand of gloves or gloves manufactured by a company not previously certified for use in Alabama are advised to seek prior certification.
Glove Approval. Gloves shall be examined by the referee and/or the commission representative prior to the start of the matches.
Glove Style. Only gloves of the "thumb-attached" or thumbless variety will be used, and all gloves must be laced with the knot on the top [or exterior] side of the wrist. Thumbless gloves may be worn only if both kickboxers in a particular match agree.
New Gloves: Main Event Bouts. The promoter shall furnish new gloves for all main events.
Skinning of Gloves. "Skinning" (the practice of tying gloves in such a manner as to force a portion of the padding back from the fist area to over the contestant's wrist) is prohibited. Any glove tied in such a manner will be required to be re-tied.
Taping of Gloves. Unless otherwise permitted by the Commission appointed supervisor, glove laces shall not be covered by tape except under the direct supervision of a commission approved inspector or official.
(6) Fighter Conduct.
(a) Profanity. Use of profanity by all kickboxers, managers, trainers, or seconds is prohibited. Any use of profanity after a warning by the referee or Chief Inspector may result in disqualification of the contestant, or ejection from the facility and a penalty point may be deducted from the contestant. Profanity in a competitor's ring entry music is prohibited.
(b) Entering the Ring. All contestants must be ready to enter the ring immediately following the conclusion of the preceding match on a scheduled fight card.
(c) Demeanor during the Round. All kickboxers shall take care to avoid fouling their opponent or illegally striking their opponent.
Regulations against fouls, as defined in these rules will be strictly enforced.
Illegal techniques or fouls in the ring will not be tolerated.
All kickboxers are at all times to follow the instructions of the referee. Any call for a break should immediately result in a clean break.
(d) Under-Conditioned Fighter. A contestant deemed under-conditioned by the referee, Commission, or any designated representative of the Commission shall be suspended for ninety (90) days.
(e) Penalty for Disqualification. Any kickboxer who is disqualified for any reason by the referee or Chief Inspector will be subject to disciplinary action by the Commission.
(f) Fines. Any kickboxer can be fined, have his or her license suspended, or have his or her license revoked in the event that a majority of the Commission determines that the kickboxer did not utilize his or her best efforts in a match.
(g) Cuts and Lacerations. A cut or laceration caused by either an intentional or an unintentional foul may only be treated during the one (1) minute break between rounds, provided however that the referee may call a brief timeout and request a physician's evaluation of the cut to determine if the bout shall be allowed to continue. During such timeout, the cut may not be treated by the physician or any other person.
(h) Recuperation Time. Any contestant struck by a low blow may, at the discretion of the referee and after consultation with the ringside physician, be given up to five (5) minutes to recuperate.
During such recuperation time, the injured kickboxer may sit on a stool inside the ring, or in a neutral corner, by may not rest in his or her assigned corner.
Only the referee is allowed to assist the injured kickboxer during the five (5) minute rest period.
The uninjured fighter, during any such rest period, may not be assisted and shall remain in the neutral corner furthest from the injured kickboxer.
(i) Bout Stoppage by Low Blow. Except as provided in sub-paragraph (5)(a)(15) of this rule, no contestant injured by a low blow may be awarded the contest.
(7) Seconds.
(a) Number Allowed. Each kickboxer must have two (2) seconds, unless the Commission permits otherwise. Each contestant shall have one (1) chief second and each chief second must have a complete first aid kit. The seconds must be neatly attired. Persons holding a manager's or trainer's license in this state may participate in a contest as a second without applying for or obtaining a second's license.
(b) Leaving the Ring. Seconds shall leave the ring enclosure at the sound of the timekeeper's whistle. They shall leave the ring platform promptly when the bell sounds for the beginning of each round and immediately remove all obstructions, including stools, buckets, and any other corner equipment. None of these articles shall be replaced on the ring floor until the bell has sounded the end of a round.
(c) Assisting Contestant during Bout. During rounds, seconds are prohibited from assisting or interfering with the contestants.
(d) Throwing Towels. Seconds are prohibited from tossing a towel into the ring. The chief second may declare the defeat of his principal by notifying the Corner Inspector. The Corner Inspector shall then climb up onto the ring apron to notify the referee of the chief second's desire to stop the bout, contest, or exhibition.
(e) Ejection and Disqualification. Violations of the provisions of this subparagraph may result in ejection of the offender from the ring corner, and may result in the disqualification of his or her contestant by the referee.
(8) Between Round Care. Between rounds care of a kickboxer will be strictly enforced by the Commission.
(a) Licensees Allowed in Ring between Rounds. One
(b) Swinging Towel. Fans may be used between rounds. Towels may not be used to fan the contestant. Motorized fans must be approved by the Commission, prior to use at a contest or exhibition.
(c) Corner Kit. The use of an unapproved preparation during the match is prohibited. The only substances and materials allowed in the corner are limited to the following:
Ice;
Water;
Cotton swabs;
Gauze pads;
Clean towels;
Vaseline or surgical lubricant approved by the Commission;
Enswell;
Avitine or Adrenalene;
Athletic tape approved by the Commission.
(i) Any variance to the materials must be approved by the Commission.
(ii) Substances such as Monsell's solution, other iron or bismuth compounds, collodion, silver nitrate, ammonia or smelling salts will not be used and the use of such modalities will result in disqualification, and disciplinary action against the kickboxer, manager, second and/or trainer.
(d) Excessive Lubricant. The use of excessive lubricant on the body, arms or face of a kickboxer shall be prohibited. The referee shall determine whether excessive lubricant is on kickboxer's body, arms or face.
(e) Rehydration of Contestant during Bout. Water shall be used to hydrate a kickboxer between rounds. Honey, electrolyte glucose, sugar or any other substance mixed with water is prohibited.
(f) Throwing Water Prohibited. Any excessive or undue spraying of water on any fighter between rounds is prohibited. Seconds will wipe dry the ring canvas in their corner before the start of each round. Fighters will spit only in the pails, and not on the ring canvas.
(9) Referees.
(a) Stopping a Match. No one other than the referee may stop a fight during or between rounds. The referee shall have the authority to stop a contest at any time if one of the kickboxers is unable or no longer able to defend himself.
(b) Pre-Fight Instructions. Referees shall meet with the contestants and each chief second appointed by the contestants prior to the beginning of the match and during that meeting shall inform each party of the rules applicable to each fight, as well as the in-ring conduct expected from each contestant and second assisting in the corner of each contestant.
(c) Pre-Bout Confirmation of Officials and Physician. Prior to calling for the sounding of the bell to begin each bout, the referee shall confirm that the ringside physician, as well as each judge assigned to the bout, is in place at the ringside.
(d) Touching Contestants. The referee shall not touch the competing kickboxers, unless a contestant fails to obey the break command.
(e) Count. The referee shall have sole determination of whether a kickboxer has been knocked out. There will be no knockout count if the referee deems the contestant to be knocked out.
(f) Count for Dazed Contestant. Should a contestant who is downed rise before the count of ten (10) and again goes down without being struck, the referee shall resume the count where he or she stopped.
(g) Kickboxers Knocked Out of the Ring.
Any kickboxer knocked out of the ring shall receive a twenty (20) second count.
During the time that any such kickboxer is outside the ring, he or she shall not be assisted by any member of their corner, and if such assistance is offered, it shall end the match with that kickboxer losing by a technical knockout.
As a general precaution, to protect the safety of the kickboxers and to prevent any potential injury, a kickboxer knocked out of the ring may have his or her fall stopped or slowed by any person without penalty, provided however that such assistance shall only be to prevent injury from the fall and not to assist the kickboxer in returning to the ring.
(h) Standing Eight (8) Count. There shall be no standing eight (8) count.
(i) Knockout. Knockouts are instantly called by the referee in kickboxing matches, contests, and exhibitions. There shall be no ten (10) count.
(j) Failure to Answer the Bell. A contestant shall not leave the ring during any one (1) minute rest period between rounds. If any contestant fails or refuses to resume fighting when the bell sounds, signaling the commencement of the next round, the referee shall award a decision of a technical knockout to his opponent, as of the round which has last been finished.
If the circumstances indicate to the referee the need for investigation or punitive action, the referee may withhold giving a decision and may recommend the purse or purses of either or both fighters should be withheld pending a Commission hearing.
(10) Fouls.
(a) The referee may caution, warn, penalize or disqualify a fighter for fouling behavior based on his perception as to the severity, repetitive nature or intent of the fighter committing the foul and the result of the foul. If the referee will be deducting points for a foul infraction, he will stop time, indicate whether he is classifying the foul as accidental or intentional and the number of points that will be deducted. Fouls include but are not limited to:
Head butting
Biting
Striking with the elbow, forearm or the unpadded part of the glove
Striking or kicking to the groin.
Intentional striking or kicking to the back of the head, back of the torso or the spine.
Linear or thrusting kicks directed at the knee joint.
Any effort to "down" a fighter other than by way of legal strikes; this includes sweeps, reaps, throws and take downs of any kind. However, during a legal clinch, a fighter may reposition or temporarily off-balance their opponent in order to effectively continue their knee attack.
Punching or kicking a fighter when they are "down". A fighter is considered down when any part of their body other than their feet touches the canvas. If a fighter is on his way to the floor, their opponent may continue to attack until they have touched the floor with any part of his body other than their feet.
Intentionally pushing, shoving or wrestling an opponent out of the ring with any part of the body.
Attacking on the break when both fighters have been instructed to take a step back by the referee.
Attacking after the bell has sounded to end the round.
Holding the ropes with one or more hands while striking.
Hitting or flicking with an open glove or thumb, or striking with the inside, bottom or hammer-fist part of the glove.
Pushing or pushing-off an opponent without striking; (NOTE: a fighter may push or push-off an opponent only in an effort to create space in order to strike).
Grabbing or holding onto an opponent's foot or leg without an immediate, single, legal strike which may be accompanied by a single step, followed by immediately releasing the foot or leg (NOTE: It is a foul to grab or hold the leg without an immediate single, legal strike attack, to try to off-balance the opponent while holding the leg by any method including sweeping the supporting leg, to take multiple steps while holding the foot/ leg, or to fail to release the foot/leg after the single strike attack).
Holding; The definition of which includes but is not limited to: Grabbing or clinching without immediately launching a knee attack. Failing to release a legal clinch when the knee attack is completed. Grabbing or clinching an opponent in an effort to stop the opponent from attacking or merely to rest. (NOTE: A fighter may legally clinch; which is defined as grabbing an opponent and immediately launching a credible knee attack. If in the referee's estimation the attack and/or counter knee attack is consistent and effective than he may allow it to continue in his estimation for up to five seconds. Once the knee attack/counter attack wanes the fighters must release their clinch and continue fighting).
Delaying or Stalling the Contest by either excessive passivity, repetitive falling, or intentionally delaying through either, improper equipment, seconds remaining in the ring after the start of the round, beginning a round without a mouthpiece or by intentionally dropping or spitting out the mouthpiece, etc.
Unsportsmanlike, unprofessional or undisciplined conduct of any kind including but not limited to spitting, cursing, talking, making rude sounds or obscene gestures or the use of abusive language in the ring or corner as determined by the referee.
Refusing to obey the commands of the referee.
Knee strikes to the head.
(b) Disqualification occurs after any combination of three or more of the fouls listed in (a) above or after a referee determines that a foul was intentional or flagrant.
(c) Fouls will result in a point being deducted by the official scorekeeper from the offending kickboxer's score.
(d) Only a referee can assess a foul. If the referee does not call the foul, judges shall not make that assessment on their own and cannot factor such into their scoring calculations.
(e) A fouled fighter has up to five (5) minutes to recuperate.
(f) If a foul is committed, the referee shall:
Call time;
Check the fouled kickboxer's condition and safety; and
Assess the foul to the offending contestant, deduct points, and notify each corner's seconds, judges, and the official scorekeeper.
(g) Injuries Sustained during Competition.
If an injury is sustained during competition as a result of a legal strike is severe enough to terminate a bout, the injured contestant loses by technical knockout.
If an injury is sustained during competition as a result of an intentional foul is severe enough to terminate a bout, the contestant causing the injury loses by disqualification.
If an injury is sustained during competition as a result of an intentional foul and the bout is allowed to continue, at the referee's discretion, the referee may notify the scorekeeper to automatically deduct two (2) points from the contestant who committed the foul.
If an injury is sustained during competition as a result of an intentional foul causes the injured contestant to be unable to continue at a subsequent point in the contest, the injured contestant shall win by technical decision, if he or she is ahead on the score cards. If the injured contestant is even or behind on the score cards at the time of stoppage, the outcome of the bout shall be declared a technical draw.
If a contestant injures himself or herself while attempting to foul his or her opponent, the referee shall not take any action in his or her favor, and the injury shall be treated in the same manner as an injury produced by a fair blow.
If an injury sustained during competition as a result of an accidental foul is severe enough for the referee to stop the bout immediately, the bout shall result in a no contest if stopped before two (2) rounds have been completed in a three (3) round bout or if stopped before three (3) rounds have been completed in a five (5) round bout.
If an injury sustained during competition as a result of an accidental foul is severe enough for the referee to stop the bout immediately, the bout shall result in a technical decision awarded to the contestant who is ahead on the score cards at the time the bout is stopped, only when the bout is stopped after two (2) rounds of a three (3) round bout, or three (3) rounds of a five (5) round bout have been completed.
There will be no scoring of an incomplete round. However, if the referee penalizes either contestant, then the appropriate points shall be deducted when the scorekeeper calculates the final score.
(h) Authorized Offensive Techniques.
Punches: striking with the padded part of the glove to a legal target; including spinning back-fist.
Kicks: striking with the foot or lower leg to a legal target.
Knees: striking with the knee to a legal target.
(11) Warnings.
(a) The referee shall issue a single warning for the following infractions:
Hitting below the belt;
Failure to break when instructed by the referee;
Intentionally spitting ones mouthpiece;
Unintentionally butting with the head or shoulder.
The presence of more than one second on the fighting area perimeter.
(b) After the initial warning, if the prohibited conduct persists, a penalty may be issued. The penalty may result in a deduction of points or disqualification.
(12) Types of Bout Results.
(a) Decisions via Score Cards:
Unanimous: When all three judges score the bout for the same contestant.
Split: When two judges score the bout for one contestant and one judge scores for the opponent.
(b) Draws:
Unanimous Draw: When all three judges score the bout a draw.
Split Draw: When all three judges score differently and the total results in a draw. One judge scores the bout for one contestant; One judge scores the bout for the other contestant; The third judge scores the bout a draw.
Majority Draw: When two judges score the bout a draw and one judge scores the bout for the opponent.
(c) Decision from Strikes:
Technical Knockout. When the referee stops the bout, the ringside physician instructs the referee to stop the bout, or an injury resulting from a legal strike is severe enough to terminate a bout.
Knockout. When the referee stops a bout for failure to rise from the canvas.
(d) Disqualification: When an injury sustained during competition, as a result of an intentional foul, is severe enough to terminate the contest.
(e) Forfeit: When a contestant fails to begin competition or prematurely ends the contest for reasons other than injury or by indicating unwillingness to continue.
(f) Technical Draw: When an injury sustained during competition, as a result of an intentional foul, causes the injured contestant to be unable to continue and the injured contestant is even or behind on the score cards at the time of stoppage.
(g) No Contest: When a contestant is prematurely stopped due to accidental injury and a sufficient number of rounds have not been completed to render a decision via the score cards.
(13) Judging.
(a) All bouts will be evaluated and scored by three (3) judges who will each select the winner of each round.
(b) The 10-point-system must be the standard system of scoring a bout. Under the 10-Point Must Scoring System, ten (10) points must be awarded to the winner of the round with nine (9)points or less must be awarded to the loser, except for a rare even round, which is scored (10-10).
(c) Judges shall evaluate kickboxing number and quality of knockdowns, cumulative impact of strikes, number of clean scoring strikes, and ring generalship.
(d) An advantage in points will be awarded according to the following priority:
Number or Quality of Knockdowns,
Cumulative Impact on the Opponent,
Number of Clean Scoring Strikes,
Ring Generalship
(e) The following objective scoring criteria shall be utilized by the judges when scoring a round:
10-10 Indicates and even round. Neither fighter distinguished themselves as being more effective in consideration of the four criterion points by which the judges must evaluate each fighter's performance. This score should be used very rarely if at all since the judge has a responsibility to issue a judgment and an advantage in ring generalship is enough to earn a 10-9 score.
10-9 Indicates a round in which one fighter distinguished themselves as the more effective fighter according to the established criteria - usually without scoring a knockdown. This score is used most often.
10-8 Indicates a round in which one fighter distinguished themselves as the more effective fighter according to the established criteria - usually including having scored a knockdown - or having demonstrated dominance and/or overwhelming impact on the opponent for the vast majority of the round.
10-7 Indicates a round in which one fighter distinguished themselves as the more effective fighter according to the established criteria - usually including having scored two knockdowns - or having scored one knockdown and demonstrated dominance and/or overwhelming impact on the opponent for the vast majority of the round.
10-6 This score is almost never used as it would indicate a round in which one fighter must have been so completely dominated as to have been knocked down at least three times, and never to have really been in the fight at all.
Points shall be totaled on each scoring judge's scorecard to determine that judge's selection of a winner. Each judge's selection will count as one vote towards determining the overall winner of the bout. If a judge's scorecard, when totaled, reflects an equal number of points for both fighters, that judge will have voted for a draw. If two judges' have an equal number of points for both fighters, the bout will be declared a majority draw. If one judge has an equal number of points for both fighters and the other judges' scores each favor a different fighter, the match shall be declared a split decision draw. If two judges' scores favor one fighter, and the other judge votes for a draw, the fighter receiving two votes shall be declared the winner by majority decision. If one judge votes for a fighter, and the other two judges vote for the other fighter, the fighter receiving the two votes shall be declared the winner by split decision. If all three judges' scores favor one fighter, that fighter will be declared the winner by unanimous decision.
(f) Sudden Victory Round. Based on the approval of the Commission, three round bouts may not end in a draw. If the judge's scores reflect a draw, the fighters will contest one additional "sudden victory" round. The scoring previous to the sudden victory round will no longer be relevant in regard to the result of the match. The scoring of the sudden victory round will determine the winner of the match. Judges may not score a sudden victory round even (10-10). If a bout is extended to a sudden victory round and one of the fighters is unable to continue to compete that fighter will lose by TKO and his opponent will be declared the winner.
(g) Three (3) Knockdown Rule. There will be no "three knockdown rule" in effect in any bout unless otherwise approved by the Commission. The referee will in all circumstances have the authority to stop a contest or allow it to continue, regardless of the number of knock downs.
(14) Announcement Responsibilities.
(a) The bell shall be sounded at the beginning and at the end of each round. Except as provided in (d) below, the timekeeper shall not sound the bell during the process of the round.
Regardless of the sounding of the bell, the referee in the ring is the sole authority to announce when the round begins. Each kickboxer will remain in their assigned corner. The referee, once he or she is satisfied that each kickboxer is prepared to begin and that no condition exists which may present a medical hazard to either kickboxer, will announce "FIGHT."
The timekeeper will immediately start the clock at the referee's command of "FIGHT."
(b) Timekeepers shall alert the referee by striking the table ten (10) seconds prior to the end of each round.
(c) Timekeepers shall blow their whistle ten (10) seconds prior to the end of each one (1) minute rest period.
(d) Responsibility to Announce in an Emergency Suspension of a Round. If the referee is absent from the ring or temporarily incapacitated, the timekeeper shall immediately sound the bell for temporary discontinuance of the contest.
(15) After the Contest, Match, or Exhibition.
(a) Contestants to Leave the Ring. When the decision of the referee or judges has been announced, both contestants and their seconds shall at once leave the ring and retire to their dressing room. Contestants shall report to the post-fight medical evaluation before retiring to the locker room.
(b) Decision Announcement. In all preliminary contests decided by the judges' scorecards, up to and including the semi-main event, featured bout, or co-main event, the announcer will announce if the decision is "unanimous," "a majority decision," or "a draw." In the main events and championship contests decided by the judges' scorecards, the total points given to each contestant by the three (3) individual judges will be announced, as well as the resulting scoring decision.
(c) Finality of the Decision. A decision rendered at the end of an event is final and shall not be changed unless the Commission determines that any of the following has occurred:
There was collusion or fraud affecting the result of any contest, or,
The compilation of the scorecards of the judges reveals a clerical or mathematical error which caused the decision to be given to the wrong kickboxer.
There was a violation of the laws or rules and regulations governing amateur kickboxing in this state which affected the results of any contest.
The Chief Inspector may in his or her discretion change a referee's decision if, in his or her judgment, a palpable and self-evident error has been committed.
Video Instant-Replay. When available, video instant-replay may be used to ensure the accuracy of a fight ending sequence and at no other point in the bout. Once video instant-replay is employed, the bout, match, or exhibition is over. When used, the Chief Inspector shall review whether the cause of the bouts end was by means of legal or illegal striking. Bouts ending due to illegal (intentional or unintentional foul) shall be settled in the manner listed in the chapter above. The secondary referee, outside the ring, may consult with the Chief Inspector on the correct outcome of the bout, but the decision rests solely with the Chief Inspector.
(d) Appeal of Decisions.
A petition to change a decision or the ruling of the Chief Inspector shall be in writing and filed by a kickboxer or the kickboxer's manager within five (5) business days from the date the decision was rendered.
The Commission may hold a hearing to change the decision of the ruling of the Chief Inspector at any time within fourteen (14) days from the date the decision was written. A majority vote of the Commissioner shall be required prior to holding a hearing.
(16) Tournament Regulations.
(a) All rules and regulations related to either the single-day or grand-prix style tournament format presentation of bouts shall be determined separately and are subject to the approval of the Commission.
Proposed tournament rules shall be submitted in writing to the Commission no fewer than thirty (30) days prior to the scheduled event.
(17) Request for Alternate Rules.
(a) The rules in 165-X-7 shall be the governing rules for amateur kickboxing for the State of Alabama.
(b) If a promotion and/or sanctioning organization desires to use rules specific to their organization, promotion, and/or kickboxing style, the promotion and/or sanctioning body shall submit a written request, petitioning the Commission to adopt their rules format on a one (1) event duration. The written request shall be submitted to the Commission no fewer than fourteen (14) days prior to the event. Approval of the submitted alternate rules shall be at the discretion of the Commission.
The request for alternate rules shall be in writing.
The request for alternate rules shall outline specific distinctions from 165-X-7 from the proposed rules and why each proposed rule should be used in place of the approved Commission rules.
The Commission shall meet in advance of an event where alternate rules are requested, to vote on the use of the proposed alternate rules. A majority vote shall be required for approval of alternate rules.
History
(1) "Applicant" means any persons, corporations, organizations or associations required to be licensed before promoting, holding, organizing, participating in, or competing in a professional boxing match, contest, or exhibition.
(2) "Body jewelry" means any tangible object affixed to, through, or around any portion of the contestant's body.
(3) "Official" unless otherwise indicated is an exclusive term collectively meaning "judge," "referee," "timekeeper," and "inspectors"
(4) "Sanctioning Organization" means a national or international organization generally recognized in the bare-knuckle boxing community and which: ranks bare-knuckle boxers within each weight class; sanctions and approves championship matches in those weight classes; and awards championship status and championship prizes (belts, rings, plaques, etc.) to the winner of those matches.
(5) "Special Event" means a bare-knuckle boxing card or bare-knuckle boxing show, which has among its contests a championship match, a pay-per-view or subscription television match, a national televised match, or any other match of significance to boxing in this state as designated by the Commission.
(6) "The Commission" is reference for the Alabama Athletic Commission.
History
(1) Application Procedures.
(a) Terms and Agreements. Every license issued is subject to the terms, conditions, and agreements set forth in the application as well as those set forth in these rules and the Alabama Boxing, Wrestling, and Mixed Martial Arts Act.
(b) Application Forms. Applications for annual license shall be submitted to the Commission on an application form provided by the Commission.
(c) Incomplete Applications.
No license or permit shall be issued until the person seeking the license or permit has submitted a complete application.
Applications submitted without proper payment as provided in these rules will not be processed or approved.
(d) License Application Due Date. Except as provided in 165-X-8-.03(1)(a) below, all license applications must be submitted prior to the weigh-in preceding the first professional match, contest, or exhibition in which the applicant intends to participate in this state.
No official weigh-in will be conducted for an unlicensed bare-knuckle boxer unless approved by a Commission official.
Licenses shall be issued annually and shall expire on December 31 of each calendar year.
(e) Approval and Denial of Participant Licenses. Annual licenses for referees, judges, timekeepers, matchmakers, bare-knuckle boxers, managers, trainers and seconds, may be approved or denied by the Commission.
(f) Background Investigation. The Commission shall request general background information of any applicant for any license.
(g) Denial of License. The Commission may deny issuing a license to any person who has violated the Alabama Boxing, Wrestling, and Mixed Martial Arts Act, or has violated Commission rules and regulations or violated Commission bylaws or who submits an application containing false statements or material omissions.
(h) Expiration Date. Annual licenses are valid until December 31 of the calendar year in which they are issued.
(i) Verbal or physical abuse of official or commission appointed supervisor. Any licensee who verbally or physically abuses an official or member of the Commission, or its appointed supervisor of a match, contest, or exhibition shall be summarily suspended and his or her license may be revoked.
(j) Communication with Commission. Anyone wishing to communicate with members of the Commission must notify the executive director of the Commission two (2) weeks prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting. Timely written notices will be added to the meeting's agenda. Any person wishing to address the Commission shall be given the opportunity to do so during the new business section of the next regularly scheduled Commission meeting.
(k) Documents. All documents submitted to the Commission for the purposes of making application or any other purpose shall be property of the Commission.
(2) License Fees.
(a) Application Fee. All application and renewal fees shall be submitted with the application or renewal. All fees shall be by certified check or money order.
Schedule of Fees. Annual fees for participant licenses, promoter's licenses, and match permits are as follow:
| (i) | Bare-knuckle boxer | $30.00 | | --- | --- | --- | | (ii) | Judge | $100.00 | | (iii) | Manager | $75.00 | | (iv) | Application for Match Permit | $250.00 | | (v) | Match Permit | $6% of gross | | (vi) | Matchmaker | $100.00 | | (vii) | Promoter | $250.00 | | (viii) | Referee | $100.00 | | (ix) | Second | $40.00 | | (x) | Cutman | $40.00 | | (xi) | Timekeeper | $100.00 | | (xii) | Trainer | $40.00 | | (xiii) | Returned Check | $30.00 |
Application Fees are not refundable. The proposed date of any match, contest, or exhibition disclosed on an open match permit application may be changed without the requirement of an additional fee.
(3) Licenses Issued by the Commission.
(a) made in writing and received by the Commission no less than thirty (30) days in advance of the proposed date for promoting any professional match, contest, or exhibition in this state.
Each application for a promoter's license shall be accompanied with cash, certified check, cashier's check, or personal check in the amount of $250.00 and made out to the Alabama Athletic Commission.
Each application for a promoter's license shall be accompanied with an appropriate security bond.
Applications for a promoter's license shall be signed in the presence of a Commission representative, or shall be signed in the presence of and verified by a notary public.
The promoter shall provide the Commission's executive director a video of the matches, contests, or exhibitions within ten (10) days of the match, contest, or exhibition. The video shall be provided in a format acceptable to the Commission or the commission executive director. The Commission reserves the right to change the requested format of the video at any time.
Promoters are prohibited from participating in any match, contest, or exhibition that they are promoting without approval from the Commission. Any promoter that is approved to participate in a match, contest, or exhibition must obtain the appropriate participant license from the Commission.
Any licensed promoter who partners or joint-ventures with any other person, for the promotion of a bare-knuckle boxing match, contest, or exhibition in this state, shall disclose to the Commission each party's financial responsibility in the partnership or joint-venture. The promoter licensed by the Commission shall be considered the principal promoter of the show and will be solely responsible for all financial obligations incurred in its production. Contracts shall be filed with the Commission delimiting each party's financial responsibility.
Any licensed promoter who partners or joint-ventures with any other person, or the promotion of a boxing match, contest, or exhibition in this state, shall be considered a co-promoter.
Co-promoters must obtain a promoter's license prior to promoting any professional match, contest, or exhibition in this state.
Agreements between the promoter and any other party or co-promoter for payment of any purse will not be honored by the Commission unless the co-promoter or any other party files with the Commission an approved security bond in the amount of the total deferred obligation.
Agreements between the promoter and any other party or co-promoter for payment of any regulatory fees, match permit fees, license fees, and or taxes will not be honored by the Commission without prior approval by the Commission and without the co-promoter or other party filing with the Commission an approved security bond or some combination thereof in the amount of the total deferred obligation.
Any co-promoter of bare-knuckle boxing shall obtain a promoter license from the Commission. There shall be no limitation on the number of days prior to a match, contest or exhibition when a co-promoter's application may be submitted to the Commission, however, the application must be submitted thirty (30) days prior to promoting the match, contest or exhibition.
(i) Rules and requirements shall be the same for co-promoters as for promoters, provided however that the Commission may require from each co-promoter, in addition to the promoter's license bond, a suitable match permit bond or such other financial security as defined by these rules or the Alabama Boxing, Wrestling, and Mixed Martial Arts Act.
(ii) Agreements between the co-promoter and the promoter for payment of any purse shall be submitted to the Commission and approved prior to the start of the match, contest, or exhibition.
(iii) Agreements between the co-promoter and the promoter for payment of any fees, and taxes shall be submitted to the Commission and approved prior to the start of the match, contest, or exhibition.
(b) Match Permit.
Applications for a match permit must be made in writing and received by the Commission at least (thirty) 30 days in advance of the date for such professional boxing match, contest, or exhibition. Any licensed promoter who has held a professional bare-knuckle boxing match, contest, or exhibition in the state within the previous twelve months may apply for subsequent match permits no less than 15 days in advance of the proposed date of each subsequent professional boxing match, contest, or exhibition.
Each match permit application shall be accompanied by a non-refundable cashier's check or money order in the amount of $250.00 and made out to the Alabama Athletic Commission.
A match permit fee will be calculated by the Commission. Match permit fee shall be calculated at five percent (5%) of gross receipts from ticket sales to the professional boxing match, contest, or exhibition. For television and broadcasts, match permit fee shall be calculated at three percent (3%) of gross receipts from television and broadcast revenue for the first one million dollars ($1,000,000) of revenue and one percent (1%) of the next two million ($2,000,000). Match Permit fees and Broadcast fees will cap at fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) total.
(i) Ticket sales include the face value all tickets, orders, and lots sold for the event, and the fair value or face value of any promotional tickets, orders, and lots sold or provided at no cost.
(ii) The promoter must complete and submit to the Commission a Match Permit Fee Form provided by the Commission at the conclusion of the match, contest, or exhibition. The Commission will calculate the Permit Fee and notify the promoter.
(iii) The promoter shall have thirty (30) days to submit the Permit Fee. Permit applications and fees not received within thirty (30) days of the planned event may be subject to an additional match permit application and match permit application fee.
(iv) Two percent (2%) of tickets may be complimentary and exempt from the match permit fee.
Each application for a match permit shall be accompanied with an appropriate security bond as provided for in these rules.
Each match permit application should be accompanied with copies of all contracts with all participants and officials, and any other contracts which the promoter has entered into for the match, contest, or exhibition.
Applicants for a match permit will be notified if the date, time, and place of documents submitted by the applicant will be reviewed by the Commission.
(i) Applicants or their designated and licensed representative(s) may attend the meeting and answer any questions the Commission has concerning the proposed event.
(ii) The Commission shall notify the applicant that his or her application has been approved or denied within seven (7) days of the Commission's decision.
(c) Matches, Contests and Exhibitions Benefiting Charity.
A person who wishes to promote a match, contest or exhibition for charitable purposes must file with the Commission a letter of intent to present the match, contest or exhibition as benefiting a charitable organization. The letter of intent must contain the name of the charity, charitable fund, or organization which is to benefit from the match, contest or exhibition and the amount expected to be to be paid to the charity. The letter of intent must be signed by the promoter and co-signed by an authorized representative of the charity to benefit from the match, contest or exhibition. No match permit shall be issued for a charitable match, contest, or exhibition without full financial disclosure of all promoters and charitable organizations involved, including all contracts and proposals between all licensees, officials, and parties involved.
Within three (3) business days after a match, contest, or exhibition benefiting a charitable organization is held, the promoter(s) and benefiting charitable organization(s) shall furnish to the Commission:
(i) A certified copy of the ticket manifest showing the number of tickets sold. The manifest shall give a breakdown disclosing the number of tickets sold in each price range and the number of complimentary tickets given for the match, contest, or exhibition;
(ii) A certified and itemized statement of the match, contest, or exhibition's gross receipts from sponsorships, ticket sales, advertisements, or any other source;
(iii) A statement disclosing the itemized and total gross expenditures in connection with the match, contest, or exhibition;
(iv) A statement co-signed by the promoter and the authorized representative of the Charitable organization, disclosing the net amount paid to the charitable fund or organization.
(i) Shall notify the promoter that his or her license is summarily suspended.
(ii) Shall notify the charity of the suspension.
(iii) Decline to issue a match permit to the promoter for the holding of any match, contest, or exhibition until the statements are provided.
(iv) Decline to issue a match permit to any promoter to hold any future match, contest, or exhibition for the benefit of the charitable organization, until the statements are provided.
(d) Bare-Knuckle Boxers. Bare-Knuckle Boxers applying to be licensed in Alabama shall meet the medical requirements laid out in 165-X-8-.04 and experience requirements laid out in 165-X-8-.08.
(e) Matchmakers. Matchmakers applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
A matchmaker shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has the necessary background to be a matchmaker, and shall produce a list of all professional fighters that he or she has matched, the promoters who promoted the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
(f) Trainers. Trainers applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in training fighters, and shall produce a list of all professional fighters that he or she has trained, the promoters who promoted the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur fighters that he or she has trained.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
(g) Seconds. Seconds applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has the necessary background to serve as a second, and shall produce a list of all professional fighters that he or she has served as a second, the promoters who promoted the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur fighters that he or she has served as a second.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
(h) Cutmen. Cutmen applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has the necessary background to serve as a cutman, and shall produce a list of all professional events they have worked. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur events that he or she has served as a cutman.
All cutmen applying for licensure shall be members of the International Cutman Association (ICA), Word Cutman Association (WCA), or other professional association deemed acceptable by the Commission.
(i) Disciplinary Action.
(i) Any person who has had his or her license revoked by the Commission may not petition for reinstatement or apply for a new license until one (1) year after the revocation.
(ii) Falsifying an Application. Upon a finding by the majority of the Commission that any licensee or applicant has knowingly made a misleading, deceptive, untrue or fraudulent representation in regard to a professional match contest or exhibition of boxing or any document connected therewith or practiced fraud or deceit or intentionally made any false statement in obtaining a license to participate or promote a professional match contest or exhibition of boxing or made a false statement or deceptive registration with the Commission then the Commission shall have the authority to refuse to grant a license to an applicant, revoke the license of a person licensed by the Commission, or discipline a person licensed by the Commission.
History
(1) Promoter's License Surety Bond.
(a) Before any promoter's license is issued authorizing the promotion of professional bare-knuckle boxing matches in Alabama, the applicant shall make and deliver to the commission a security bond executed by a surety corporation authorized to transact business in this state.
(b) Any and all bond applications shall be on a form provided by the Commission, and shall be accompanied by an enforceable power of attorney, naming the Commission or its designee as the Attorney in Fact. The Commission may also require certificate of "good standing" issued by the Commissioner of Insurance.
(c) If any company issuing a bond shall be removed from doing business in this state, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Insurance to notify the Alabama Boxing Commission within 30 days.
(d) The bond shall be in such amount as the Commission may determine based upon the payment of officials' fees, fees necessary to secure the proper medical supervision of any bare-knuckle boxing show in Alabama, and/or the estimated potential damages, penalties, taxes or expenses resulting from promotional activities contemplated in Alabama.
(e) Whenever the Commission shall determine that a previously approved bond has for any cause become insufficient, the Commission may require an additional bond or bonds to be given, conforming with the requirements of these rules.
(2) Match Permit Bond.
(a) Before any match permit is issued authorizing the sale of tickets and the ancillary contracting necessary to promote a professional bare-knuckle boxing show in Alabama, the applicant shall make and deliver to the Commission a security bond executed by a surety corporation authorized to transact business in this state. The purpose of the bond is to ensure that each Contestant competing in Alabama is paid their entire purse, and that full payment of other contractual liabilities is made.
(b) Any and all bond applications shall be on a form provided by the Commission, and shall be accompanied by an enforceable power of attorney, naming the Commission or its designee as the Attorney in Fact. The Commission may also require a certificate of 'good standing' issued by the Commissioner of Insurance.
(c) If any company issuing a bond shall be removed from doing business in this state, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Insurance to notify the Alabama Athletic Commission within thirty (30) days.
(d) The bond shall be in such amount as the Commission may determine based upon the estimated contractual liabilities against the licensed promoter for damages and expenses resulting from non-payment of contract liabilities, including but not limited to the total amount of each competing Contestant's purse or other services contracted for or from promotional activities conducted within Alabama.
(e) Whenever the Commission shall determine that a previously approved bond has for any cause become insufficient, the Commission may require additional bond or bonds to be given, conforming with the requirements of these rules.
(3) Complaints and Actions to Recover Damages. Complaints shall be categorized and kept on file by the Commission the appropriate action to be taken. Reports of illegal events, contesting of bout results, complaints against a licensee, and claims against a bond shall be categorized as complaints.
(a) Any person claiming that he or she has been damaged by a breach of the conditions of a bond given by a licensee as provided in these rules shall notify the Attorney General.
(b) The Attorney General, after an investigation is conducted, may contact the Commission, its executive director or other duly authorized representative for disciplinary action against the person whom the complaint was filed.
(c) Reports of unsanctioned events shall be logged on a complaint database and given a claim number. The Executive Director or other Commission appointed representative(s) may work with the Attorney General's Office and federal, state, and/or local law enforcement agencies to terminate illegal event.
(d) Complaint against a bout result. See 165-X-8-.08,9., C.
(e) Complaints against a licensee. See 165-X-8-.08,9., C. and D.
History
(1) Medical Examinations.
(a) Neurological Examination.
All bare-knuckle boxers intended to compete in Alabama who have competed in over two-hundred (200) rounds during their professional career, according to the number of rounds disclosed on the official ring record(s), and prior to competing in Alabama, must submit to the Commission the results of a detailed neurological examination performed within the previous twelve (12) months by a board certified and state licensed neurologist. These two-hundred (200) rounds are cumulative amongst all records, in all combative disciplines.
Such examination shall include a careful examination for signs of any trauma-induced neurological damage along with any other specific test or tests requested by the neurologist.
Any bare-knuckle boxer not submitting said results prior to the match may be allowed to compete, at the determination of the Chief Inspector, provided however that such bare-knuckle boxer's license will, at the conclusion of the match, be medically suspended until such time as his/her neurological examination requirement is fulfilled.
(b) Eye Examination.
All bare-knuckle boxers intending to compete in Alabama who have competed in over two-hundred (200) rounds during their professional career, according to the number of rounds disclosed on the official ring record(s), and prior to competing in Alabama, must submit to the Commission results from a complete ophthalmological or optometric examination performed within the previous twelve (12) months by a state licensed optometrist or board-certified ophthalmologist. These two-hundred (200) rounds are cumulative amongst all records, in all combative disciplines.
Such examination shall include a careful dilated examination of the retinal periphery utilizing indirect ophthalmoscope sufficient to identify any sign of previous trauma or retinal damage along with any other specific test or tests requested by said ophthalmologist or optometrist.
Any bare-knuckle boxer not submitting said results prior to the match may be allowed to compete, at the determination of the Chief Inspector, provided however that such boxer's license will, at the conclusion of the match, be medically suspended until such time as this ophthalmological or optometric requirement is fulfilled.
(i) The Commission may require updated examinations pursuant to sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) of this rule after each successive fifty (50) fought rounds after the previous submission, as disclosed on such boxer's official ring record.
(2) Pre-Fight Examination. At the time of weigh-in, or at such other time as is then announced, all boxers must pass a pre-fight medical examination and a Commission designated physician must complete a Pre-Fight Medical Examination Form. The examining physician shall deliver all Pre-Fight Examination Forms to the Athletic Commission or to its authorized representative on the day of the weigh-in.
(a) Pregnancy Testing.
Each female bare-knuckle boxer, during the pre-fight physical, will be required to submit to a pregnancy test administered under the direction of the examining physician, or such physician's authorized assistant. The cost of such test, unless the bare-knuckle boxer's contract or bout agreement states otherwise, shall be the responsibility of the promoter. Pregnant fighters shall not fight.
Female bare-knuckle boxers submitting written documentation acceptable to the examining physician may be waived from the pre-fight physical pregnancy test requirement. Such documentation shall be limited to:
(i) A copy of a lab report from a recognized clinical laboratory and dated within ten (10) days of the pre-fight physical attesting that the boxer is not pregnant, or
(ii) A statement from a state licensed physician, on such physician's letterhead stationery, stating that the bare-knuckle boxer has undergone certain medical procedures rendering her medically improbable of bearing children.
(b) Failed Pre-Fight Physical.
Whenever a bare-knuckle boxer's examination indicates that he or she is unfit for competition, because of any weakness or disability discovered by the physician, an immediate report of such evidence must be made to the Commission. In such case, the bare-knuckle boxer shall be prohibited from participating in the match.
The examining physician shall deliver all pre-fight examination reports to the Commission or to its authorized representative immediately after the weigh-in.
Any contestant who fails his or her pre-fight physical for medical reasons or for lack of general conditioning shall be placed on immediate medical suspension and reported to the Commission.
(c) Hydration Testing.
(d) Minimum Uncorrected Visual Acuity.
(e) Additional Medical Examinations.
(i) The Commission shall require re-examinations submitted after each successive fifty (50) professional rounds after the previous submission, as disclosed on such bare-knuckle boxer's official ring record(s).
(f) Medical Suspensions by Other Commissions.
Medical suspensions. Other athletic commissions recognized by the Association of Boxing Commissions and Combative Sports and which are published by any boxing and/or mixed martial arts registry approved for such purposes by the Association of Boxing Commissions and Combative Sports, shall be recognized by the Commission.
Medical examinations after suspensions. A bare-knuckle boxer who is under medical suspension in another state shall submit to any medical examination listed in this chapter as requested by the Commission prior to competing in a contest or exhibition in this state.
(g) Drugs Prohibited.
(i) The Commission may order a bare-knuckle boxer to undergo a drug screening at any time. A Drug Screen Form must be completed by an approved laboratory and submitted to the Commission within seven (7) days of the order.
(h) Post Contest Inactive Period.
(i) Head Injury.
(j) Knock Out and Technical Knock Out.
When a bare-knuckle boxer is defeated by knock out, that boxer's license shall be placed on an immediate sixty (60) day medical suspension.
Upon a bare-knuckle boxer's second defeat by knock out, the competitor's license shall be placed on an immediate ninety (90) day medical suspension and the boxer shall submit to a medical examination.
A Post-Knock Out Examination Form shall be completed by a physician and submitted to the Commission along with request for medical clearance for thirty (30) days prior to participating in a contest or exhibition in this state. Any bare-knuckle boxer losing by knock out in two (2) or more consecutive fights shall be placed on immediate medical suspension for a period of six (6) months.
Unless otherwise ordered by the attending ringside physician, there shall be a minimum thirty (30) day medical suspension after a technical knockout.
Technical knock outs caused by a severe cut shall result in either a forty-five (45) day or sixty (60) day medical suspension.
Stoppages with injury may also warrant a medical suspension as determined by the ringside physician.
Completing a suspension may require approved medical evaluations as determined by the ringside physician.
(k) Under-Conditioned Fighter.
(i) If it should be determined by the referee, any member of the Commission present, or any designated representative of the Commission present that a bare-knuckle boxer did not give a good faith effort to display his or her skills, then that bare-knuckle boxer shall be subject to disciplinary action.
(ii) A disqualified bare-knuckle boxer may be disciplined by the Commission.
(l) Consecutive Losses.
Four or More Consecutive Losses by TKO, KO, or DQ. A bare-knuckle boxer who has lost four (4) consecutive fights by knock-out, technical knock-out, or disqualification, according to their official ring record(s) compiled and maintained by the ABC Registries, shall be summarily suspended pending a hearing by the Commission. Suspension will be listed as "Indefinite Pending Hearing."
History of Poor Performance. Any bare-knuckle boxer with a history of poor performance shall not be approved to compete against any other bare-knuckle boxer, except another bare-knuckle boxer who has a similar history of poor performance in the same weight class.
(m) Verification of Contestant Experience.
(i) Bare-knuckle boxer has competed in a fewer than four (4) professional boxing, professional bare-knuckle boxing, professional mixed martial arts, and/or professional kickboxing bout.
(ii) Bare-knuckle boxer has not competed in the last twelve (12) months.
(iii) Bare-knuckle boxer has lost his or her last six (6) consecutive events.
(iv) Bare-knuckle boxer has lost three (3) consecutive events by TKO, KO, or DQ.
(n) General Responsibilities and Provisions.
(i) Medical Insurance.
(I) The promoter shall provide for the bare-knuckle boxers' insurance covering ambulance services, medical, surgical, and hospital care with a minimum limit of $20,000 for injuries sustained while participating in said program and for a minimum limit of $20,000 death benefit awarded to the estate of any contestant should death occur from injuries received while participating in the contest or exhibition.
(ii) Physician.
(I) A minimum of two (2) physicians shall be present at all events. A Commission designated ringside physician must be at ringside each bout, with the remaining physician(s) available to perform suturing of injured fighters, in a designated medical area. A Commission designated ringside physician shall be either a M.D. or D.O.
I. Physicians not having completed the Ringside Physician Certification shall be licensed as "Non-Ringside Physicians," but may serve at ring or cage side so long as a minimum of one certified Ringside Physician is present.
(II) All "Ringside" physicians serving ring or cage side shall obtain ARP/ACSM Certified Ringside Physician (CRP) certification. All physicians having completed the CPR shall be licensed as a "Ringside Physician."
(iii) Ambulance Service.
(I) The promoter shall provide continuous ambulance service with a state-certified EMT attendant and state-certified paramedic, who shall provide a resuscitator, stretcher, backboard, oxygen, and such other medical equipment reasonably expected for immediate trauma care, and who shall be present before the start of each contest and shall remain on site until the end of the program.
(II) For the purposes of this section, a program of Bare-knuckle boxing begins with the commencement of the first contest or exhibition and ends when the last bare-knuckle boxer leaves the site of the program.
(III) The chief inspector and/or Commission appointed supervisor shall meet with the EMT and paramedic prior to the beginning of the match, contest, or exhibition. During such meeting the chief inspector or Commission supervisor will instruct the EMT and paramedic concerning the match, contest, or exhibition, placement of the stretcher and any other information necessary to ensure prompt and appropriate immediate care.
(IV) An ambulance shall be able and available to immediately transport any severely injured bare-knuckle boxer to an appropriate medical facility. No other scheduled contest or exhibition may proceed until there is an ambulance and paramedic at the facility, that has met with the chief inspector and/or the Commission appointed supervisor as described in subparagraph (III), above.
(V) In addition to the above-mentioned ambulance, a paramedic, licensed by the State of Alabama, shall be present at ringside with the ringside physician. The paramedic shall possess advanced life support equipment necessary to resuscitate a fighter and package them for transport to the hospital. The paramedic is in addition to any EMT's or paramedics that are hired for the safety of the crowd and shall not leave ringside while a fight is taking place and shall be in direct communication with the ringside physician at all times. The ringside paramedic shall only leave ringside to attend to a spectator or another person in the event of an emergency and when no other paramedic is available.
(iv) A minimum of two (2) licensed cutmen are required for each bare-knuckle boxing event; one for each corner. All cutmen shall be licensed by the Commission.
(v) Hepatitis and HIV Testing.
(I) Blood borne pathogen testing. All bare-knuckle boxers in all bouts shall be tested for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and HIV by a laboratory approved by the Commission. The initial test for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and HIV detection shall be conducted within (365) days prior to competition.
I. In addition to the pre-competition test, any bare-knuckle boxer shall be re-tested for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and HIV prior to his or her participation in each boxing match, contest, or exhibition in Alabama if the match, contest, or exhibition is scheduled to occur more than (365) days after the date of the most recent test. The results must be submitted to the Commission with the show date request prior to the official weigh-in.
(II) Positive tests for blood-borne pathogens. Any bare-knuckle boxer who tests positive for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, or HIV shall appear before the medical advisory panel, which after verifying the results of the test, shall advise the Commission as to whether the bare-knuckle boxer's participation in a match, contest, or exhibition would pose a threat to the health and safety of a participant, official, or spectator.
I. Any bare-knuckle boxer that tests positive for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, or HIV who is scheduled for competition must disclose to the promoter that he or she has tested positive for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, or HIV.
History
(1) General Safety. It shall be the promoter's responsibility to ensure safety for the Contestants, officials, media and fans and to comply with all safety standards required by the Commission.
(a) Arena Security. Arena security is the responsibility of the promoter and such security measures provided by the promoter shall be sufficient to maintain order. At a minimum, two (2) sworn off duty law enforcement officers shall be retained for security.
(b) Obtain Ring. The promoter will provide a ring for the show and that the ring or cage must pass the certification requirements established by the Commission.
(c) Extra Wraps. Each promoter must have extra hand wrapping materials, of the appropriate specifications, available to be used in case a wrap is rejected by the Commission in advance of a match, contest, or exhibition or otherwise damaged during the course of the match, contest, or exhibition of bare-knuckle boxing.
(d) Fight Surface and Hand Wrap Certification. It is the promoter's responsibility to ensure that the fighting surface and hand wraps selected for use during each show meet the Commission's rules and regulations concerning proper certification.
(e) Advanced Advertising. In addition to the requirements in this Chapter, no contestant or celebrity shall be advertised by any promoter before said promoter has in his or her possession a written commitment from said contestant or celebrity and before said promoter has filed a copy of such written commitment with the Commission.
(f) Suggesting Benefits for Charitable Organization. No promoter may advertise, hold out, or suggest in any fashion that a portion of the proceeds of any proposed bare-knuckle boxing, boxing, or mixed martial arts show will be donated to a charitable organization without first complying with the Commission's rules governing "programs for charity."
(g) Final Bout Start Time. The final bout for all bare-knuckle boxing, boxing, or mixed martial arts events sanctioned by the Alabama Athletic and Entertainment Commission shall start by 11:59pm CST on the date for which the event permit is approved.
(2) Ringside Physician.
(a) Providing a physician. It shall be the responsibility of the Commission representative to assign one or more physicians at ringside during each bare-knuckle boxing, boxing, or mixed martial arts contest.
The physicians assigned must be on the roster of physicians authorized to conduct pre-fight physicals and serve as ringside physicians created by the Alabama Athletic Commission. Three (3) physicians shall be required at each bare-knuckle event; only one (1) of which being a licensed ringside physician. The remaining two (2) physicians may be licensed as non-ringside physicians.
At least one ringside physician must have in his or her possession any medical supplies and equipment reasonably anticipated to provide first-aid medical assistance for the type of injuries reasonably anticipated to occur in professional bare-knuckle boxing, professional boxing, or professional mixed martial arts matches.
The promoter shall compensate assigned ringside physicians in an amount to be mutually agreed upon by the promoter.
(3) Cutmen
(a) Providing the cutmen. It shall be the responsibility of the promotions responsibility to provide the cutmen for all bare-knuckle boxing events.
The cutmen assigned must be licensed as cutmen by the Alabama Athletic Commission.
At least one cutman must be assigned to each corner and have in his or her possession any medical supplies and equipment reasonably anticipated to provide services in professional bare-knuckle boxing, to include, but not limited to:
Scissors;
Ironing;
Sterile cotton swabs;
Sterile gauze napkins and cotton wool;
Vaseline;
Disposable sterile gloves;
Means for sterilization and disinfection;
Adrenaline;
A towel;
Ice Bag;
Tape and bandage.
(4) Arena.
(a) Drinks. No bare-knuckle boxing, boxing, or mixed martial arts match will be allowed to commence or continue, without specific authorization from the Commission, in any arena where concessionaires dispense or serve beverages in containers other than plastic or paper cups.
(b) Arena safety. No bare-knuckle boxing, boxing, or mixed martial arts match will be allowed to commence or continue in any arena which appears to the Commission appointed supervisor to be unsafe or where the Commission appointed supervisor has reason to believe that such building or location does not conform to any applicable laws, ordinances and regulations in the city or unincorporated county area.
(c) Dressing rooms. The only people allowed in the Contestant's dressing room are the contestants, managers, seconds, Commission representatives including appointed Commissioners and approved physician(s).
Promoters shall be required by the Commission appointed supervisor to post a guard or Commission appointed inspector at the entrance to the dressing rooms to aid in enforcement of dressing room security.
A separate dressing area shall be provided for all referees and judges and all other Commission appointed representatives.
(4) Media Guidelines.
(a) Promoter Responsibilities for Media Personnel. It shall be the responsibility of the promoter to provide access to any sanctioned event to credentialed media professionals for print, television, radio and online media. The promoter has a duty to provide unencumbered access to media professionals while ensuring their personal safety at the event.
Promoters of bare-knuckle boxing events shall provide media personnel with easily identifiable credentials that are clearly visible to state inspectors.
Promoters of bare-knuckle boxing events shall provide a four-foot (4') wide open buffer zone between credentialed media and the fighting surface apron.
Promoters shall ensure the safety of credentialed media professionals by requiring them to remain outside the four-foot (4') buffer zone at all times.
(i) Promoters shall provide security in the general area of credentialed media to insure they are allowed to perform their job functions with a clear view of the action and without hindrance from ticket holders, fight staff or others.
(b) Media Access to Restricted Areas. Promoters may provide credentialed media inside the fighting surface immediately following a bout.
Following an individual bout or at the close of an event, promoters may allow access to credentialed reporters and photographers directly outside the dressing rooms or staging areas restricted for fighters, fight staff and state officials.
Promoters shall ensure the personal safety of any credentialed media by providing a police officer in any area designated for interviews, photographs or press conferences.
(5) Violation: Penalties.
(a) Promoters or contestants that violate any section of this chapter shall be referred to the investigations hearing of the Alabama Athletic Commission for further action. Provided however that any action taken as a result of the hearing or by the full Commission to enforce or attempt to enforce the provisions of this chapter will be taken only after notice and hearing according to the Alabama Administrative Procedure Act. Either paragraph (a) or (b) within this subsection shall be subject to disciplinary action by the Commission.
(6) Show.
(a) Marketing Prohibited Without Prior Commission Approval. Commission approval or authorization must be obtained prior to selling tickets, making announcements, or distributing advertisements concerning any show, show date, contestants, or matches of professional bare-knuckle boxing, professional boxing, or professional mixed martial arts. Violations shall be referred to the investigations hearing of the Commission for disciplinary action.
(b) Professional Rounds scheduled.
Unless otherwise approved by the Commission, promoters shall schedule no less than twenty (25) rounds of bare-knuckle boxing on one (1) program. An emergency bout must be provided in case any of the scheduled bouts are not held.
No bare-knuckle boxing match shall have any rounds lasting less than two (2) minutes, with one (1) minute rest periods between rounds. No contest shall have rounds lasting longer than five (5) minutes.
Unless otherwise approved by the Commission, no bare-knuckle boxing contest shall be permitted for less than three (3) rounds duration.
(i) A standard contest shall consist of no more than five (5) rounds duration.
(ii) A Championship contest shall consist of no more than ten (10) rounds duration.
(c) Card Approval. Requests for preliminary approval of bare-knuckle boxing cards should be received by the Executive Director of the Commission or Commission appointed supervisor no less than ten (10) days prior to the start of the event. The names and ABC identification numbers and verification numbers of all competitors must be included and shall be typed. No hand-written requests shall be accepted. The Final card must be received by the Commission appointed supervisor or Chief Inspector no less than three (3) days prior to the date of the contest.
Substitutions to the final card will only be allowed after sufficient written evidence documenting the reason why such substitution is required. The information must be written on a form provided by the Commission and the signature must be witnessed by the Executive Director, Commission appointed supervisor or a state of Alabama notary public. Failure to provide sufficient evidence will result in the cancellation of the scheduled bout and/or disciplinary action by the Commission.
No substitution will be allowed during the final twelve hours prior to the beginning of the event.
(i) No bout will be allowed to take place without the prior approval of the Chief Inspector or Commission appointed supervisor for the event.
(7) Purse.
(a) Method of Payment. Except as otherwise stated below, purses shall be paid by check, certified or cashier's check immediately after the contest. No cash shall be accepted. Payments of percentage contracts shall be made as soon as the amount can be determined. If requested by the Commission or by any Contestant, all purse payments shall be made in the presence of the authorized Commission representative.
After notification and approval by the Commission, arrangement for the payment of any purse greater than $50,000.00 shall be mutually agreed to by the promoter and the Contestant.
Should a promoter default on payments to Contestants, only that amount disclosed on the contract or bout agreement filed with the Commission and in advance of the bout will be covered by any bond on file with the Commission.
(b) Minimum Payment per Contracted Round. All contestants shall be guaranteed a purse equal to or exceeding $100 per contracted round. No "cash equivalent" substitutions for the payment of the minimum contracted amount including tickets in lieu of payment shall be allowed. Contestants shall be paid by check or money order only. Violations shall be referred to an investigative hearing of the Commission for disciplinary action.
(c) Authorized Purse Deductions. Promoters may deduct from any contestant's purse, the total amount of fees or fines owed to the Commission by said Contestant, including but not limited to fees required to issue to such contestant a federal identification card and/or state license, where such fees or fines have not previously been paid by said contestant. Any such deduction shall immediately be remitted to the Commission.
(8) Contracts.
(a) Contract or Bout Agreement: Unless agreed upon in advance by the Alabama Athletic Commission, all bout agreements must be on the form approved by the Commission.
(i) The amount of guarantee or percentage promised; the number and time limit of rounds; when and where the official weigh-in will be conducted; when and where the Contestants are scheduled to appear; weight; and all other reasonably expected to be an issue of agreement within professional bare-knuckle boxing contracts and agreements.
(I) Weights expressed on bout agreements for all three (3) to five (5) round bouts shall allow no less than a +/-2 pounds variance of the contracted weight.
(II) Weights expressed on bout agreements for all championship matches shall be absolute and shall not allow for any variance.
(ii) Signature of the promoter or his or her designated representative, and the contestant or his or her designated representative.
(iii) Each contestant applying for license is required to obtain on their own a Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, and HIV blood test and must present to the Commission representative no later than at the weigh-in the results of such test conducted within 365 days of the proposed match.
(b) Contract or Bout Agreement: Required Form for Submission. All information appearing on any written agreements or contracts shall be typed.
(c) Contract or Bout Agreement: File with Commission. One (1) copy of each signed written agreement or contract, once executed by both parties and within three (3) calendar days of such execution, shall be filed with the Commission or the Commission appointed representative.
(d) Violations: Grounds for Suspension. Violation by either party of any written bout agreement or contract may be grounds for suspension of any license issued by the Commission and shall in addition to such suspension result in a fine or other disciplinary action imposed by the Commission. Violations shall be referred to the investigations hearing of the Commission for disciplinary action.
(9) Failure to Perform.
(a) Promoter Failure to Perform. The failure of a promoter to perform according to the terms of the contract; to produce contestants or special added attractions as advertised; to pay the contestants their contractual guarantee, or percentage; or the failure of a promoter to live up to his or her agreement with his or her contestants or performers who did perform as scheduled is prohibited and violations shall be referred to an investigative hearing of the Commission for disciplinary action.
(b) Contestant Failure to Perform. The failure of a contestant under contract with a licensed promoter to perform according to the terms of said contract; or the failure of a contestant to live up to his or her agreement with a person to which the contestant is under contractual agreement is prohibited. Violations shall be referred to an investigative hearing of the Commission for disciplinary action.
(c) Violation: Penalties.
(i) Violation of either paragraph (a) or (b) within this subsection may, for the first offense, be grounds for administrative suspension of not less than ninety (90) days and a fine of not more than the contracted purse amount disclosed on the bout agreement or contract. Violations shall be referred to an investigative hearing of the Commission for disciplinary action.
(ii) The second and/or any subsequent violation by any person of either paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) within this subsection may, in addition to any suspension by the Commission, subject the violator to a fine of not more than the contracted purse amount as disclosed on the bout agreement or contract plus not more than an additional $10,000. Said fine to be imposed by the Commission. Violations shall be referred to an investigative hearing by the Commission for disciplinary action. Additional disciplinary action may be imposed.
(iii) Any person or license holder violating on three (3) or more occasions either sub-paragraph (a) or sub-paragraph (b) within this subsection shall have his or her license suspended indefinitely. Provided however that any action by the Commission to enforce or attempt to enforce the provisions of this sub-paragraph will be taken only after notice and hearing according to the Alabama Administrative Procedure Act.
History
(1) General Provisions.
(a) Any dimension in this rule, where the unit of measurement is "inches," shall be considered only as a general and approximate guideline. Where such dimension guidelines are exceeded, the Commission appointed supervisor shall have the authority to allow or disallow any such variance from the established guideline.
(2) The Ring.
(a) Ring Size. The ring must be an even number of sides and not less than sixteen feet (16') or more than thirty-two feet (32') on a side within the ropes. The ring platform (floor) must extend beyond the ropes at least eighteen inches (18") on all sides (apron).
(b) Safety Padding. The ring floor shall be padded with one-inch (1") thick slow recovery foam matting, or other soft material approved by the Commission or its authorized representative, and shall extend over the edge of the ring platform with a top covering of canvas, duck or similar material tightly stretched and laced to the ring platform. Padding material that tends to gather in lumps may not be used.
(c) Ring Mat. The mat and covering shall be kept clean and free from disagreeable odors at all times. The corners must be covered by a pad long enough to cover all the rope joints.
(i) Scratch Marks. Ring Canvases must have two
(2) parallel lines on the canvas no less than three (3) feet in length and each eighteen inches (18") from the center of the mat.
(d) Platform Height. The ring platform shall not be less than thirty-six inches (36") or more than fifty-four inches (54") from the floor of the building and shall be provided with suitable steps for use by the contestants.
(e) Ringside Tables. Each promoter shall be responsible for employing a safety plan to protect boxers who might fall outside of elevated rings. Except where deemed impractical, the floor of those sides not so protected shall be covered with protective matting.
(f) Ring Posts. Ring posts shall be made of some strong material, preferably metal pipe, three inches (3") in diameter, extending from the floor of the building to a height of at least fifty-eight inches (58") above the ring floor.
(g) Ring Certification. Rings uses in Bare-Knuckle boxing matches in Alabama must be certified by the chief referee and/or the Commission representative in attendance at the show.
Any ring judged unsafe by the chief referee and/or the Commission representative or not otherwise meeting basic standards as defined in Commission rules, or which is deemed by the chief referee or Commission representative to be improperly stabilized will not be certified.
Failure to obtain certification will result in immediate and summary suspension of the match permit.
(3) Ring Ropes.
(a) Rope Dimensions. Ring ropes shall be no fewer than four (4) in number, at least one inch (1") in diameter, the lower rope eighteen inches (18") above the ring floor and the top rope fifty-two inches (52") from the ring floor. The two remaining ropes will be evenly spread between the top and bottom ropes. All four ropes shall be wrapped in soft material.
(b) Rope Lanyards. Each ring rope on each side of the ring shall be connected with two (2) rope lanyards.
(c) Rope Lighting. The ring shall be amply illuminated by the overhead lights, which shall be so arranged that shadow shall be eliminated and discomfort from heat and glare minimized for persons in and near the rings.
(4) All Other Fighting Surfaces may be approved by the Chief Inspector, if such a surface is unique to the promotion and meets the Commission's standards for safety.
(5) Bell.
(a) The bell shall be provided by the promoter and shall be approved by the Commission and it shall be of sufficient size to enable its sound to be heard by both contestants and the referee.
(7) Ring Equipment.
(a) The promoter shall provide a sufficient number of water buckets for the use of all contestants. Each bucket shall be sterilized before being used. Additionally, the promoter shall provide, resin, stools, and such other articles as are required for the conduct of each bout.
(8) Scales.
(a) Scales shall be furnished by the promoter. The Commission may require that the scales be certified. Residential bathroom scales of the type generally used in private residences will not meet certification requirements of the Commission and will not be allowed for use at any weigh-in.
(b) Weigh-Ins for Championship and Televised Events.
The scale used for the official weigh-in shall be provided by the promoter.
The scale used for the weigh-in shall be an NTEP Certified Scale, which shall be registered with the Alabama Department of Agriculture, Weight and Measure Division.
The scale used for the official weigh-n shall be certified as being accurate, on the morning of the weigh-in. by the State of Alabama, Department of Agriculture, Weight and Measures Staff.
Documentation verifying the scales accuracy shall be submitted to the Executive Director no later than noon (12p) on the due date of the weigh-in is to occur.
No one shall be allowed on the scale once it is certified, until the Chief Inspector is present.
If a scale is moved after certifications, it shall be recertified before any further weigh-ins can be performed on that scale.
Once certified, the promoter shall have a security member watch the scale until the time of weigh-in, to avoid tampering.
A "Ceremonial" scale may be used during a Ceremonial Weigh-In. The Ceremonial Scale shall not be used to record official weights and are strictly to be used for ceremonial purpose.
(9) Hand Wrapping: Gauze and Tape. Hands may be wrapped with gauze and tape that ends no closer than one (1) inch from the fighter's knuckles. The wrap must include the wrist and may travel up to three inches past the junction of the wrist bone.
(a) Gauze may be applied to the wrist, palm of the hand, back of the hand and thumb. The length of gauze to be utilized may not exceed a length of fifteen (15) feet per hand.
(b) Tape may be applied to the wrist, palm of the hand, back of the hand and thumb. The tape shall not be greater than one inch in width and shall not exceed ten (10) feet in length per hand.
(c) Each bandage of the contestant shall be applied in the presence an inspector.
(d) Each hand wrapping placed on a contestant shall be examined and approved by an inspector. Each approved hand wrap shall be initialed by the inspector who examined it. The opponent or their representative may be present.
(e) Either contestant may witness the bandage and hand wrapping of the contestant. A contestant may waive the witnessing the bandaging or hand wrapping of the opponent's hands.
History
(1) General Provisions.
(a) The Commission shall appoint to each contest, match, or exhibition a chief inspector, a referee, a minimum of three judges, two corner inspectors, and two timekeepers.
(b) The referee or three judges shall determine the outcome of all contests, matches, or exhibitions. A majority vote of the judges will determine the outcome of a contest that does not result in a knockout, TKO, disqualification, or medical stoppage.
(c) No manager, promoter, matchmaker, trainer, second, or contestant shall be allowed to officiate at any contest.
(d) Officials must be physically fit and mentally sharp.
(e) All bare-knuckle boxing events must have, at minimum, two referees.
(2) Officials' Fees.
(a) All fees and travel expenses shall be paid by the promoter conducting the match, contest, or exhibition and shall be on the following schedule:
Payment shall be made to the commission appointed supervisor no later than at the weigh-in, and shall be by cashier's check or money order
When assigned by the Commission or the Commission Executive Director, the fee for a chief official who will perform the duties of the Commission representative shall be $425.00
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition does not exceed $50,000, the fee for each referee shall be $300.00 and the fee for each judge shall be $175.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition is between $50,000 and $100,000, the fee for each chief official shall be $450.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition is between $50,000 and $100,000, the fee for each judge shall be $200.00 and the fee for each referee is $350.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition is between $100,000 and $300,000, the fee for each chief official shall be $500.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition is between $100,000 and $300,000, the fee for each judge shall be $250.00 and the fee for each referee shall be $450.00.
When the gross aggregate purse of the match, contest, or exhibition exceeds $300,000, the fee for the chief official, referees and judges shall not exceed $5,000 for each official.
Payments for the timekeeper and countdown person shall be the same as payment for each assigned judge.
Travel expenses for officials required to travel a distance of fifty (50) miles or greater to the site of a match, contest, or exhibition shall be set by the commission appointed supervisor, provided that such amount shall not exceed the usual and customary amount allowed by state guidelines for state employees. Hotel rooms may be required, but only when the distance traveled exceeds 100 miles.
(b) In the event one or more of the referees assigned to a boxing match, contest, or exhibition become incapacitated, or in an emergency situation where he or she become unavailable, the remaining referee(s) shall referee the remaining contests of the program and, at the discretion of the Commission assigned supervisor, may be compensated in a greater amount not to exceed the total amount originally intended for the unavailable referee(s). In such a situation, the compensation to be paid to the incapacitated or unavailable referee shall be reduced accordingly.
(c) The compensation schedule set forth in (a) above shall not apply in a sanctioned championship bout. The Commission shall set compensation to be paid to the boxing referees and judges officiating at sanctioned championship bouts. In making this determination, the commission may consider any standards or recommendations made by a recognized bare-knuckle boxing association or organization. Nevertheless, the Commission shall retain full authority to set the compensation schedule for boxing referees and judges in championship bouts regardless of a recommendation by such an association.
(3) Chief Inspector.
(a) Chief Inspector's Authority. The Chief Inspector shall have complete authority over each professional contest, match, or exhibition in this state.
(b) Chief Inspector's Duties. The Chief Inspector assigned to a contest, match, or exhibition shall have the following duties:
The Chief Inspector shall attend the weigh-in and contest, match, or exhibition.
(4) Corner Inspectors.
(a) Corner Inspector's Authority. A Corner Inspector shall be assigned to the red corner and a Corner Inspector shall be assigned to the blue corner to observe the fighters assigned to the corresponding corners before, during, and after each match.
(b) Corner Inspector's Duties.
Corner inspectors shall observe fighters in dressing room while wrapping hands, securing gloves, and warming up.
Corner Inspectors shall observe fighters, trainers, and seconds, before, during and between rounds.
Corner Inspectors shall be responsible for identifying and reporting all rules violations to the chief official and referee.
(5) Referee.
(a) Referee's Authority. The referee is the chief official of the contest and has general supervision over the contest, match, or exhibition.
(b) Referee's Duties. The referee assigned to a contest, match, or exhibition shall have the following duties:
Before the contest, the referee shall ask the name of each contestant's chief second and shall hold that chief second responsible for the conduct of the contestant during the contest.
Before each bout the referee shall call the contestants and their chief second together for final instructions. Referees must then instruct bare-knuckle boxing contestants that wrestling and rough tactics will not be tolerated, and instruct the fighters to protect themselves at all times. The contestants, after receiving final instructions, shall be given the option to touch gloves and retire to their corners.
Any referee or judge assigned to a match who becomes unable to officiate shall notify the chief inspector twelve (12) hours before the start of the contest.
(c) Referee License. Referees applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in refereeing, and shall produce a list of all professional matches that he or she has served as referee, the judges who scored the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur matches that he or she has served as referee, the judges who scored the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine whether applicant is qualified for licensure.
(6) Judges.
(a) Judge's Authority. Each judge shall determine the outcome of each contest, match, or exhibition in this state that does not end in knockout, TKO, disqualification, or medical stoppage.
(b) Judge's Duties. The judges assigned to a contest, match, or exhibition shall have the following duties:
The judges shall score the contest, match, or exhibition according to the rules and regulations of the Commission.
The judges shall score the contest, match, or exhibition fairly.
The judges shall deduct points as directed by the referee.
(c) Judge License. Judges applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in judging, and shall produce a list of all professional matches that he or she has served as official judge, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur matches that he or she has served as official judge, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine the whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
(7) Timekeepers
(a) Timekeepers' Authority. At bare-knuckle boxing matches, there shall be appointed to each contest, match or exhibition two (2) Timekeepers: A Clock Timekeeper who keeps time of the match, and a Countdown Timer who starts the official count once a bare-knuckle boxer is knocked down.
(b) Clock Timekeeper's duties. The timekeeper starts the clock and rings the bell at the beginning of each round. Ten (10) seconds before the end of the round, the Clock Timekeeper shall alert the referee to the impending end of the round.
(c) Countdown Timekeeper's duties. The Countdown Timekeeper keeps official count when a boxer is knocked down until the referee picks up the count.
(d) Timekeepers License. Timekeepers applying for licensure shall meet the following requirements:
An applicant shall demonstrate to the Commission that he or she has experience in timekeeping, and shall produce a list of all professional matches that he or she has served as official timekeeper, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches. The applicant may be required to provide a list of amateur matches that he or she has served as official timekeeper, the referees who refereed the matches, and the results of the matches.
The Commission may contact the persons listed to determine whether the applicant is qualified for licensure.
History
(1) Professional Bare-Knuckle Boxers.
(a) False Name. No boxer shall enter any agreement or contract with a promoter, compete in any match, contest, or exhibition, or otherwise participate in any capacity in a boxing or MMA program under any name which does not appear on his or her ABC Issued ID card.
(b) Prohibition if Under Suspension. No boxer shall enter any agreement or contract with a promoter, compete, or attempt to compete in any match, contest, or exhibition in this state when the boxer knows that his or her boxing license, issued by this Commission is under suspension.
(c) Pregnancy. No fighter shall enter any agreement or contract with a promoter, compete, or attempt to compete in any match, contest, or exhibition in Alabama when such boxer knows that she is pregnant.
(d) Diuretics Prohibited. The use of any herbal, prescription or non-prescription diuretic by any boxer within twelve hours prior to the weigh-in is strictly prohibited.
(e) Weigh-In.
(i) All official weigh-ins shall be conducted at a time and place designated by the Commission. Attendance to weigh-ins is strictly limited to Commissioners, licensees, and officials scheduled to participate in the contest or exhibition.
(ii) Ceremonial weigh-ins may be conducted in such manner and at such place as agreed to by all parties involved in the promotion or match, contest, or exhibition.
(135/2) No over-contract-weight contestant appearing at the initial weigh-in and weighing 135 pounds or less will be allowed to lose in excess of two (2) pounds in order to make contract weight unless such bare-knuckle boxer is re-examined by the ringside physician and receive clearance from the ringside physician prior to entering the ring.
(160/3) No over-contract-weight contestant appearing at the initial weigh-in and weighing 135.1 pounds but less than 160 pounds will be allowed to lose in excess of three (3) pounds in order to make contract weight unless such bare-knuckle boxer is reexamined by the ringside physician and receives clearance from the ringside physician prior to entering the ring.
(190/4) No over-contract-weight contestants appearing at the initial weigh-in and weighing 160.1 pounds but less than 190 pounds will be allowed to lose in excess of four (4) pounds in order to make contract weight unless such bare-knuckle boxer is reexamined by the ringside physician and receive clearance from the ringside physician prior to entering the ring.
(f) Weight Classes. Weight classes for professional bare-knuckle boxers shall be:
| Atomweight | up to and including 105 lbs. | | --- | --- | | Straw Weight | over 105 to 115 lbs. | | Flyweight | over 115 to 125 lbs. | | Bantamweight | over 125 to 135 lbs. | | Featherweight | over 135 to 145 lbs. | | Lightweight | over 145 to 155 lbs. | | Super Lightweight | over 155 to 165 lbs. | | Welterweight | over 165 to 170 lbs. | | Super Welterweight | over 170 to 175 lbs. | | Middleweight | over 175 to 185 lbs. | | Super Middleweight | over 185 to 195 lbs. | | Light Heavyweight | over 195 to 205 lbs. | | Cruiserweight | over 205 to 225 lbs. | | Heavyweight | over 225 to 265 lbs. | | Super Heavyweight | over 265 lbs. |
(g) Weight Spread. No bare-knuckle boxing contest or exhibition may be scheduled, and no bare-knuckle boxer may engage in a bare-knuckle boxing contest or exhibition without the approval of the Athletic Commission or the Commission's representative if the difference in weight between the bare-knuckle boxers exceeds the contracted weight class of each contest.
(h) Appearance Time. All contestants must be in the officially designated dressing room at least sixty (60) minutes before the event is scheduled to begin.
(i) Ring Attire. Bare-knuckle boxers shall appear and compete in proper ring attire.
All boxers will be required to wear such protective gear as deemed necessary by the Commission.
(i) Male bare-knuckle boxers shall wear a standard kidney protection belt designed for male boxers, which includes a groin protection cup of such construction as to prevent any claim of injury caused by an unintentional blow.
(I) This gear shall be properly adjusted and tied prior to entering the ring.
(II) During the course of the match, contest, or exhibition the upper belt of this gear may not rise above the trunk waistline so as to protect the bare-knuckle boxer from normal body blows.
(III) The use of a protective belt commonly referred to as a training protective belt, which incorporates an oversized torso protection shield is prohibited.
(ii) Female boxers may wear a standard kidney protection belt designed for female boxers and which provides the necessary pelvic and ovary protection and shall wear a sports bra with an interior pocket which can, at the option of the bare-knuckle boxer, hold an appropriately sized breast protector of a turtle-shell style.
(I) This gear shall be properly adjusted and tied prior to entering the ring.
(II) During the course of the match, contest, or exhibition the upper belt of this gear may not rise above the trunk waistline so as to protect the boxer from normal body blows.
The belt-line of the trunks shall not extend above the waistline and the hem may not extend below the knee.
Bare-knuckle boxers in the same match, contest, or exhibition shall wear different color trunks.
Each bare-knuckle boxer shall use a mouthpiece and no round may start without a bare-knuckle boxer's mouthpiece in place.
(i) If the mouthpiece is dislodged during competition, the referee will call time and have the mouthpiece replaced at the first opportune moment without interfering with immediate action.
(ii) Points may be deducted by the referee, if the referee feels the mouthpiece is purposely spit out.
Shoes shall be of soft material and shall not be fitted with spikes, cleats, hard soles, or hard heels. Shoelace knots will be secured with adhesive tape.
When deemed necessary by the referee all bare-knuckle boxers shall have their hair secured in a manner that does not interfere with the vision and safety of either contestant.
(i) Provided however that no object can be worn to secure the contestant's hair which may cause injury to either contestant.
The wearing of body jewelry will be strictly prohibited during all contests.
The wearing of any facial or body cosmetic is strictly prohibited during all contests.
(j) Profanity. Use of profanity by a bare-knuckle boxer, manager or second is prohibited. Any use of profanity after a warning by the referee or chief official may result in disqualification of the contestant, or ejection from the facility and a penalty point may be deducted from the contestant.
(k) Entering Ring. All contestants must be ready to enter the ring immediately upon the conclusion of the preceding contest or exhibition on a scheduled fight card.
(l) Demeanor During the Round. Each bare-knuckle boxer shall take care to avoid fouling their opponent or illegally striking their opponent.
Regulations against fouls, as defined in these rules will be strictly enforced.
Wrestling and/or roughhousing in the ring will not be tolerated. Fighting from a clinch is, however, permitted. Any bare-knuckle boxer who intentionally lifts his or her opponent and then drops such opponent on the floor of the fighting surface will be subject to immediate disqualification.
Bare-knuckle boxers are at all times to follow the instructions of the referee. Any call for a break should immediately result in a clean break.
(m) Under-Conditioned Fighter. A contestant deemed under-conditioned by the referee, Commission or any designated representative of the Commission, shall be suspended for ninety (90) days.
(n) Penalty for Disqualification. Any bare-knuckle boxer who is disqualified for any reason by the referee or chief official of the program will be subject to disciplinary action by the Athletic Commission.
(o) Fines. Any bare-knuckle boxer can be fined, have his or her license suspended or have his or her license revoked in the event that a majority of the Commission determines that the boxer did not utilize his or her best efforts in a match, contest, or exhibition.
(2) Seconds.
(a) Number Allowed. Each bare-knuckle boxer must have two (2) seconds, unless the Commission permits otherwise. Each contestant shall have one (1) chief second and each chief second must have a complete first aid kit. The seconds must be neatly attired. Persons holding a manager's or trainer's license in this state may participate in a contest as a second without applying for or obtaining a second's license. The promotion assigned cutman shall not count toward a competitor's number of cornermen.
(b) Leaving the Ring. Seconds shall leave the ring enclosure at the sound of the timekeeper's whistle. They shall leave the ring platform promptly when the bell sounds for the beginning of each round and immediately remove all obstructions, including stools, buckets, and any other corner equipment. None of these articles shall be replaced on the ring floor until the bell has sounded the end of a round.
(c) Assisting Contestant during Bout. During rounds, seconds are prohibited from assisting or interfering with the contestants.
(d) Throwing Towels. Seconds are prohibited from tossing a towel into the ring.
(e) Ejection and Disqualification. Violations of the provisions of this subparagraph may result in ejection of the offender from the ring corner, and may result in the disqualification of his or her contestant by the referee.
(3) Between Round Care. Between rounds care of a bare-knuckle boxer will be strictly enforced by the commission.
(a) Licensees Allowed in Ring between Rounds. One (1) licensee and one (1) cutman shall be allowed in the ring with the bare-knuckle boxer during the rest period between rounds and no more than two (2) licensees, exclusive to the corner inspector and approved media personnel, will be allowed on the apron during that time.
(b) Swinging Towel. Fans may be used between rounds. Towels may not be used to fan the contestant. Motorized fans must be approved by the Commission, prior to use at a contest or exhibition.
(c) Corner Kit. The use of an unapproved preparation during the match, contest, or exhibition is prohibited. The only substances and materials allowed in the corner are limited to the following:
Ice;
Water;
Cotton swabs;
Gauze pads;
Clean towels;
Vaseline or surgical lubricant approved by the Commission;
Enswell;
Avitene or Adrenaline;
Athletic tape approved by the Commission.
Any variance to the materials must be approved by the Commission.
Substances such as Monsell's solution, other iron or bismuth compounds, collodion, silver nitrate, ammonia or smelling salts will not be used and the use of such modalities will result in disqualification, and disciplinary action against the bare-knuckle boxer, manager, second and/or trainer.
(d) Excessive Lubricant. The use of excessive lubricant on the body, arms or face of a boxer shall be prohibited. The referee shall determine whether excessive lubricant is on the bare-knuckle boxer's body, arms or face.
(e) Rehydration of Contestant during Bout. Water shall be used to hydrate a bare-knuckle boxer between rounds. Honey, electrolyte glucose, sugar or any other substance mixed with water is prohibited. of the
(4) Referee.
(a) Stopping a Match. No one other than the referee may stop a fight during or between rounds. The referee shall have the authority to stop a contest at any time if one bare-knuckle boxer is unable or no longer able to defend himself or herself.
(b) Pre-match Instructions. Referees shall meet with the contestants and with each chief second appointed by the contestants prior to the beginning of the match, contest, or exhibition and during that meeting shall inform each party of the rules applicable to each fight as well as the in-ring conduct expected from each contestant and second assisting in the corner of each contestant.
(c) Pre-Bout Confirmation of Officials and Physician. Prior to calling for the sounding of the bell to begin each bout, the referee in the ring will confirm that the ringside physician as well as each judge assigned to the bout is in place at ringside.
(d) Touching Contestants. The referee shall not touch the competing bare-knuckle boxers, unless a contestant fails to obey the break command.
(e) Count. The referee's count is the official count. When a contestant is knocked down, the referee shall order the opponent to retire to the farthest neutral corner of the ring, pointing to that corner. Once the opponent has so retired to the farthest neutral corner the referee will immediately pick up the timekeeper's count. The referee shall then audibly announce the passing of each second, accompanying the count upward with motions of his or her arm, indicating the count with visual finger counts at the end of each second. The referee may cease counting if the opponent fails to remain in the neutral corner until the count is complete. No contestant who is knocked down shall be allowed to resume boxing until the referee has finished counting eight. The contestant may take the count either on the floor or standing.
(f) Count for Dazed Contestant. Should a contestant who is down rise before the count of ten (10) and again go down without being struck then the referee shall resume the count where he or she stopped.
(g) Saved by the bell. A bare-knuckle boxer cannot be saved by the bell in any round, including the final round of any contest.
When any round ends before a contestant who was knocked down rises, the bell shall not ring and the count shall continue. If the contestant rises before the count of ten, the bell shall ring ending the round.
The one-minute rest period, delayed by the count in (g)(1) above, shall not begin until the bell has sounded ending the round.
A knockdown will not be awarded or scored if the blow was struck after the bell ending the round has sounded.
(h) Bare-knuckle Boxers Knocked Out of the Ring.
Any bare-knuckle boxer knocked out of the fighting surface or onto the floor shall receive a twenty (20) second count.
During the time that any such bare-knuckle boxer is outside the ring, he or she shall not be assisted by any member of their corner, and if such assistance is offered, it shall end the match, contest, or exhibition with that bare-knuckle boxer losing by a technical knockout.
As a general precaution, to protect the safety of the boxer and to prevent any potential injury, a bare-knuckle boxer knocked out of the ring may have his or her fall stopped or slowed by any person without penalty, provided that such assistance shall only be to prevent injury from the fall and not to assist the boxer in returning to the ring.
(i) Standing Eight Count. There shall be no standing eight count.
(j) Knock-Out. If the contestant fails to rise before the count of ten (10), the referee shall declare said contestant the loser by a knockout.
(k) Failure to Answer Bell. A contestant shall not leave the ring during any one (1) minute rest period between rounds. If any contestant fails or refuses to resume boxing when the bell sounds signaling the commencement of the next round, the referee shall award a decision of technical knockout to his opponent as of the round which has last been finished.
(5) Fouls.
(a) In general, a referee has wide discretion in how to punish an offending bare-knuckle boxer who fouls his or her opponent.
If the referee determines that a foul is unintentional, he or she may simply caution the offending bare-knuckle boxer to be attentive to rules concerning fouls.
If the foul is determined to be intentional, the referee may issue a warning to the offending bare-knuckle boxer, or may deduct one or more points from the offending bare-knuckle boxer.
(b) Fouls, whether intentional or unintentional, are defined as follows:
Hitting the opponent below the belt;
Hitting an opponent who is down or is getting up after being down;
Deliberately maintaining a clinch without other action;
Wrestling or kicking the opponent;
Putting a finger into any orifice of the opponent or into any cut or laceration on an opponent, including fish-hooking;
Pulling the opponents hair;
Manipulating the opponent's fingers;
Striking an opponent who is helpless as the result of blows but is supported by the ropes and does not fall;
Butting the opponent with the head, shoulder, knee, or elbow;
Hitting the opponent with the elbow or forearm;
Striking the opponent's body over the kidneys;
Hitting the opponent on the back of the head or neck;
Gouging the opponent's eye in any manner;
Using abusive language in the ring;
Hitting during a break, which is signaled by the referee's command or physical act to separate two contestants;
Hitting the opponent after the bell has sounded, ending the round;
Using the ropes to gain an advantage over the opponent;
Pushing the opponent around the ring or into the ropes;
Timidity, including intentionally spitting out the mouthpiece;
Biting the opponent;
Headlocks;
Throat punches or strikes directly towards the throat of an opponent;
Fingers outstretched toward an opponent's face or eyes; and
Engaging in any other action not described in this subsection that is deemed an intentional foul by the referee on the basis that the action poses a danger to the safety of either contestant, impedes fair and competitive play, or is unsportsmanlike.
Taunting a "downed" fighter;
Interfering with a fighter under the care of the referee or ringside physician.
(c) Intentional Foul. At the referee's discretion, any foul defined in sub-paragraph (b) may be called "intentional."
Upon the first occurrence of such intentional foul and during the same round as such intentional foul occurs, the referee may, at his or her discretion and without previous warning, disqualify the offending bare-knuckle boxer or deduct one (1) point from the offending boxer.
Upon the second occurrence of such intentional foul, the referee may, at his or her discretion and without previous warning disqualify the offending bare-knuckle boxer or deduct two (2) points from the offending boxer.
If an intentional foul causes an injury and the injury is severe enough to terminate the bout immediately, the bare-knuckle boxer causing the injury shall lose by disqualification.
If an intentional foul causes an injury and the bout is allowed to continue, the referee will immediately notify the judges of the foul and the injury, and deduct two (2) points from the bare-knuckle boxer who caused the foul. Point deduction for an intentional foul that causes injury to a bare-knuckle boxer is mandatory.
If an intentional foul causes an injury and the injury results in the bout being stopped later in the round, the injured bare-knuckle boxer:
(i) If ahead on the score cards, will win by Technical Decision (TW), or
(ii) If behind or even on the score cards, the bout will be judged a Technical Draw (TD).
(d) Unintentional Foul. Except as provided below, no point will be deducted from the score or other disciplinary action taken against either bare-knuckle boxer for an unintentional foul unless a previous warning has been given to the offending bare-knuckle boxer. For the purposes of this subparagraph, unintentional fouls are actions as described by sub-paragraph (b) above, which in the judgment of the referee were not intentionally caused.
If an unintentional foul causes an injury severe enough for the referee to stop the bout, the bout result will be announced in accordance with the Commission Rules in effect at the time of the bout.
If an unintentional foul causes an injury severe enough for the referee to stop the bout after one-half, plus one second of the scheduled rounds has been completed, the bout will result in a Technical Decision (TW), awarded to the boxer who is ahead on the score cards at the time the bout is stopped. If stoppage due to an unintentional foul occurs prior to the completion of one-half, plus one second of the scheduled rounds, the bout will result in a Technical Draw (TD).
(i) Partial or incomplete rounds will be scored. If no action has occurred, the round shall be scored as an even round.
(e) Cuts and Lacerations. A cut or laceration caused by either an intentional or an unintentional foul may only be treated during the one (1) minute break between rounds, provided however that the referee may a call a brief time-out and request a physician's evaluation of the cut to determine if the bout shall be allowed to continue. During such time-out, the cut may not be treated by the physician or any other person.
(6) Scoring.
(a) When Contestant Considered Knocked Down. A contestant shall be deemed down when, after a scoring blow was struck, and:
Any part of the downed bare-knuckle boxer's body, other than his or her feet or a single hand, makes contact with the fighting surface floor;
He or she is hanging over the ropes or falling on the cage in a defenseless manner (a referee can count the boxer out either on the ropes or on the floor);
(b) When Contestant Considered Not Knocked Down. A knockdown will not be scored or counted when:
The referee indicated that the fighter fell after slipping or being tripped.
The referee or the Commission supervisor determines that the blow was struck after the bell sounded ending the round.
(c) Deducting Points for Fouls.
A judge shall be careful to correctly deduct any point or points from the scorecard as commanded by the referee.
When one or more points is to be deducted from a bare-knuckle boxer's score, the judge shall first record his or her actual score for the round (gross points before any points are deducted) and shall then deduct the appropriate number of points from that score to arrive at a net score for the round. The net-score for the round, after points are deducted, may result in neither fighter receiving a 10-point score.
(d) The 10 Point Must System.
(7) Low Blows: Intentional or Unintentional.
(a) Recuperation Time. Any contestant struck by a low blow may, at the discretion and after consultation with the ring physician, be given up to five (5) minutes to recuperate.
During such recuperation the injured fighter may sit on a stool inside the ring, or in a neutral corner, but may not rest in his assigned corner.
Only the referee is allowed to assist the injured fighter during the five-minute rest period.
(b) Bout Stopped by Low Blow. Except as provided in sub-paragraph (5)(b)(15) of this rule, no contestant injured by a low blow may be awarded the contest.
(8) Timekeepers.
(a) Number Assigned per Bout. Two (2) licensed timekeepers, assigned by the Commission, shall be required at each event; one (1) to keep time and one (1) to count for the knockdowns.
(b) Announcement Responsibilities.
(i) Regardless of the sounding of the bell, the referee in the ring is the sole authority to announce when the round begins. Each boxer will remain in their assigned corner. The referee, once he or she is satisfied that each boxer is prepared to begin and that no condition exists which may present a medical hazard to either boxer, will announce "FIGHT."
(ii) The timekeeper will immediately start the clock at the referee's command of "FIGHT."
Timekeepers shall alert the referee by striking the table ten (10) seconds prior to the end of each round.
Timekeepers shall blow their whistle ten (10) seconds prior to the end of each one (1) minute rest period.
(d) Countdown Responsibilities. When a bare-knuckle boxer is down, the timekeeper shall rise and start his or her count, counting by one (1) for each second until ten (10) is reached. After the referee has taken control of the count, the timekeeper shall be seated and cease counting.
(e) Responsibility to Announce in an Emergency Suspension of Round. If the referee is absent from the ring or temporarily incapacitated the timekeeper shall immediately sound the gong for temporary discontinuance of the contest.
(9) After the Contest, Match, or Exhibition.
(a) Contestants to Leave Ring. When the decision of the referee or judges has been announced both contestants and their seconds shall at once leave the ring and retire to their dressing rooms.
(b) Decision Announcement. In all preliminary contests decided by the judges' scorecards, up to and including the semi-main event, the announcer will announce if the decision is "unanimous," "a majority decision," or "a draw." In main events and championship contests decided by the judges' scorecards, the total points given each contestant by the three (3) individual judges will be announced.
(c) Finality of the Decision. A decision rendered at the end of any boxing contest is final and shall not be changed unless the Commission determines that any of the following occurred:
There was collusion or fraud affecting the result of any contest, or,
The compilation of the score cards of the referee and judges reveals a clerical or mathematical error which caused the decision to be given to the wrong bare-knuckle boxer.
There was a violation of the laws or rules and regulations governing professional boxing in this state which affected the results of any contest.
The chief official may in his or her discretion change a referee's decision if, in his or her judgment, a palpable and self-evident error has been committed.
Video Instant-Replay. When available, video instant-replay may be used to ensure the accuracy of a fight ending sequence and at no other point in the bout. Once video instant-replay is employed, the bout, match, or exhibition is over. When used, the Chief Inspector shall review whether the cause of the bouts end was by means of legal or illegal striking. Bouts ending due to illegal (intentional or unintentional foul) shall be settled in the manner listed in the chapter above. The secondary referee, outside the ring, may consult with the Chief Inspector on the correct outcome of the bout, but the decision rests solely with the Chief Inspector.
(d) Appeal of Decision.
A petition to change a decision or the ruling of the chief official shall be in writing and filed by a boxer or the boxer's manager within five (5) business days from the date the decision was rendered.
The Commission may hold a hearing to change the decision or the ruling of the chief official at any time within fourteen (14) days from the date the decision was written. A majority vote of the Commissioners shall be required prior to holding a hearing.
If the Commission determines that any of the above occurred with regards to any contest then the decision rendered shall be changed as the Commission may direct, and shall notify the national registry of the change.
History
(1) Any person may file a written and signed complaint with the commission alleging a violation of Code of Ala. 1975, Sections 41-9-1029 to 41-9-1037, inclusive. The complaint shall be made in the manner prescribed by the board and shall be referred by the Commission to a standing investigative committee, consisting of a Commission member, the executive director, the attorney for the Commission, and an investigator or chief inspector of the Commission. If the investigative committee finds that no probable cause exists, the investigative committee may dismiss the charges and prepare a statement in writing, detailing the reasons for the decision.
(2) If the investigative committee finds that there is probable cause that a violation has been committed, the Commission shall initiate an administrative proceeding. If the commission determines a person has violated any provision of Code of Ala. 1975, Sections 41-9-1029 to 41-9-1037, inclusive, the Commission may do any of the following:
(a) Issue a cease-and-desist order.
(b) Suspend or revoke a license.
(c) Impose an administrative fine or not more than ten thousand dollars ($10,000) per violation.
(3) The commission may petition the circuit court of the county where the violation occurred to enforce a cease-and-desist order and to collect any assessed fine.
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
(1) Per the Military Family Jobs Opportunity Act (Act 2018-540), an application shall be issued a license, pending approval, if the requirements of the original issuing state or governing body are substantially equivalent to that required by the Board.
(2) Per the Military Family Jobs Opportunity Act (Act 2018-540), if an applicant is approved for licensure, the board will waive the initial licensing fee.
(3) Per the Military Family Jobs Opportunity Act (Act 2018-540), temporary licenses shall be issued to applicants for a 90-day period, so that the applicant can participate while completing any and all requirements for full licensure.
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
History
Connectez Omnilex pour rechercher dans le corpus juridique depuis votre assistant IA.